09 Proceedings 7th ISC Varna 2015

352&((',1*6
WK,QWHUQDWLRQDO6FLHQWLF
&RQIHUHQFH
$5&+,7(&785(&,9,/
(1*,1((5,1*02'(51,7<
0D\
9DUQD%XOJDULD
XQGHUWKHDXVSLFHVRI
3URI'U6F$QQD1HG\DONRYD
3UHVLGHQWRI9DUQD)UHH8QLYHUVLW\
&KHUQRUL]HWV+UDEDU

, -

28 30 2015 .
. ,

. ...

Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar

Faculty of Architecture
7th International Scientific Conference

ARCHITECTURE, CIVIL ENGINEERING
MODERNITY
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
under the auspices of
Prof. Anna Nedyalkova, DSc
President of Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar

. -
.
-. . ...
. - .
. - .
. ...
. - .
EDITORIAL BOARD
Executive Editor
Prof. Pavel Pavlov, PhD
Editors
Acad. Yatchko Ivanov, DSc
Prof. Arch. Atanas Kovachev, DSc
Prof. Eng. Nikola Ignatiev, PhD
Prof. Eng. Petar Staykov, PhD
Prof. Arch. Ivan Nikiforov, DSc
Prof. Arch. Luben Sivrev, PhD
, 2015
ISSN 2367-7252

I:
.
II:
,
III:
.
Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar

Faculty of Architecture
7th International Scientific Conference

ARCHITECTURE, CIVIL ENGINEERING MODERNITY
MAIN TOPICS
Part I:
Architecture. Energy efficiency
Part II:
Building Constructions, Materials and Technologies
Part III:
Fire Protection of Buildings and Facilities, Health and Safety in Construction
2015
SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE
. - . , Prof. Eng. Stefan Terziev, PhD, Bulgaria
Chairperson
. , Acad. Yachko Ivanov, DSc, Bulgaria
-. . .. , Corresponding Member Prof. Atanas Kovachev,
DSc, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Eng. Nikola Ignatiev, PhD, Bulgaria
. ... , Prof. Arch. Ivan Nikiforov, DSc, Bulgaria
. ... . Prof. Eng. Dimitar Dimitrov, DSc, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Eng. Petar Staykov, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Eng. Totyu Daalov, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Eng. Petar Sotirov, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Arch. Rositsa Nikiforova, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Arch. Luben Sivrev, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Arch. Todor Bulev, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Prof. Eng. Dimitar Nazarski, PhD, Bulgaria
. - . , Assoc. Prof. Arch. Rossen Savov, PhD
. ... , Prof. Nikolai Vatin, DSc, Russia
. - . , Assoc. Prof. Eng. Axaule Taubaldiyeva, PhD,
Kazakhstan
. - . , Prof. Arch. Masud Esmaillou, PhD, Italy
. - . , Prof. Arch. Michela De Poli, PhD, Italy
. - . , Prof. Eng. Jozef Melcer, PhD, Slovakia
. , Prof. Mikhail Zolotov, Ukraine
. . Prof. Asterios Liolios, Greece
. , Eng. Emin Pehlivan, Turkey
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE
. - . Assoc. Prof. Eng. Ivan Pavlov, PhD
Chairperson
. - . Assoc. Prof. Eng. Gencho Panicharov, PhD
. - Assoc. Prof. Galina Todorova, PhD
. - . Assoc. Prof. Eng. Aneta Georgieva, PhD
. . Assist. Eng. Tihomira Kordon
. . Assist. Eng. Ilian Kostadinov
. - . Assist. Arch. Radost Raynovska, PhD
. . Assist. Arch. Zhechka Ilieva
. . Assist. Arch. Desislava Hristova
. . Assist. Arch. Asya Nikolova
. . Assist. Arch. Petar Nikolov
. Eng. Desislava Deribeeva
Krasimira Nikolova
Vyara Yoncheva

Prepress formatting and printing

Gea Print - Varna
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
VII INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC CONFERENCE
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

CONTENTS

PLENARY REPORTS.....................................................................................................................15

E
, . ...........................................................................................16
THE BALANCE BETWEEN PLANNING AND THE MARKET IN THE CURRENT
PRACTICE OF SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT IN BULGARIA
Atanas Kovachev, Aleksandar D. Slaev.............................................................................................16

. .
, , ........................................................................25
FIRE SAFETY IN THE INVESTMENT PROCESS - REGULATORY UPDATE.
CHALLENGES.
Georgi Tolin, Yoto Vasilev, Ventsislav Yakimov .............................................................................25
.............................................................................................................................35
I: .
SECTION I: ARCHITECTURE. ENERGY EFFICIENCY ......................................................44
:

. , ............................................................................................45
SOFIAS SUBURBAN AREAS: INITIAL CONCLUSIONS ABOUT THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
Aleksandar D. Slaev, Valeri Ivanov...................................................................................................45
21
,
..............................................................................................................................54
ARCHITECTURE OF THE 21ST CENTURY IS DETERMINED BY THE
CAPABILITIES OF TECHNOLOGY, ECONOMY AND RESPONSIBILITY
Aneta Trifonova .................................................................................................................................54
5
-
................................................................................................................................... 65
THE MASKARONS ELEMENT OF THE FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE OF
ARCHITECTURE
Jetchka Ilieva ..................................................................................................................................... 65

1944 1989 .
, .................................................................................................. 69
URBAN PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION DEVELOPMENT OF SOFIA AND
MAJOR BULGARIAN CITIES DURING THE 1944 1989 PERIOD
Ivan Nikiforov , Peter Nikolov .......................................................................................................... 69

XIX -XX
, ......................................................................................... 78
SIGNIFICANT BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ALONG THE BULGARIAN
BLACK SEA COAST in the XIX-XX CENTURY
Desislava Hristova, Peter Grancharov ............................................................................................... 78

, "
2"
................................................................................................................................ 91
URBAN AND INFRASTRUCTURAL CHANGES ON THE TERRITORY OF
MUNICIPALITY OF VIDIN, CONNECTED WITH THE PROJECT "DANUBE
BRIDGE2"
Tihomir Zhikov.................................................................................................................................. 91

, .................................................................................................... 99
NOVEL LEARNING ENVIRONMENT FOR THE EDUCATION OF THE 21ST
CENTURY.
Radost Raynovska, Katya Vankova .................................................................................................. 99

............................................................................................................................... 109
REHABILITATION OF EXISTING PREFABRICATED APARTMENT
BUILDINGSIMPLEMENTATION OF THE PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINBLE
ARCHITECTURE
Plamen Petrov.................................................................................................................................. 109

........................................................................................................................... 114
CONTEMPORARY TRENDS IN DESIGNING ENERGY SUFFICIENT SPORTS
FACILITIES
Dimitar Angelov .............................................................................................................................. 114
6

..........................................................................................................................122
HISTORICAL OVERVIEW OF TECHNOLOGIES AND THEIR IMPACT ON THE
INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS ARCHITECTURE
Stefan Asparuhov .............................................................................................................................122
, , ..............................................................130
AN APPROACH FOR ACTUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF BIM TECHNOLOGY IN
THE BULGARIAN DESIGN PRACTICES
Asen Pisarski, Danail Nedyalkov, Stefan Asparuhov ......................................................................130
, , ...............................................................139
ARCHITECTURAL APPROACH FOR CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIAL
ENTERPRISES ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC SECTORS
Stefan Asparuhov, Tsvetan Simeonov, Igor Hristov........................................................................139

, .........................................................................................146
INNOVATIVE URBAN STRUCTURES FOR HI-TECH PRODUCTION
Tsvetan Simeonov, Stefan Asparuhov .............................................................................................146
. . :
- . , 1929
..............................................................................................................................156
VASILYOV & TSOLOV ARCHITECTS: PROJECT FOR THE HOUSE OF MR. AL.
VASSILEV, SOFIA 1929
Georgi Kafelov .................................................................................................................................156

..................................................................................................................................165
APPLICATION OF FACADE SYSTEMS AS PART OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT OF
RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Asya Nikolova..................................................................................................................................165

, XII XIV .
. ....................................................................................................................174
TYPOLOGY IN ARCHITECTURE OF MEDIEVAL EASTERN ORTHODOX
MONASTERY, XII - XIV century
Dragomir S. Yosifov ........................................................................................................................174
............................................................................................................................184
7
ANCIENT PORT FORMS ALONG BULGARIAN BLACK SEA COASTLINE
Yordan Lyubenov ............................................................................................................................ 184
-

................................................................................................................... 194
EXHIBITING AND PROTECTION OF CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL
HERITAGE IN THE OUTDOOR MUSEUMS - MODERN TRENDS
Mariana Pramatarova....................................................................................................................... 194

........................................................................................................................... 202
RESEARCH ON THE TRENDS IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF MODULAR AND
MOBILE ICE SPORTS FACILITIES
Marina Vasileva............................................................................................................................... 202

, .............................................................................. 209
NATURAL LIGHTING OF BUILDINGS
Gabriela Simeonova, Marieta Kostadinova..................................................................................... 209
................................................................................................................................. 219
TRENDS IN DESIGN OF INTERMODAL PASSENGER TERMINALS
Tsveta Zhekova................................................................................................................................ 219
, , ........................................................ 229
THE SEA GARDEN IN VARNA ON THE WAY DEGRADATION OR
DEVELOPMENT
Mladen Tanov, Martin Lazarov, Zhasmina Aleksandrova.............................................................. 229
.

................................................................................................................................. 239
REGENERATION OF WATERFRONT URBAN AREAS. CLASIFICATION OF
THE BASIC REGENERATION MODELS
Mladen Tanov .................................................................................................................................. 239
II . VILLA
SUBURBANA
.......................................................................................................................... 249
ARCHITECTURAL ANALYSIS OF THE ROMAN BATH FROM II SENTURY IN
VILLA SUBURBANA NEAR ANTIQUE MONTANA
Krasimira Vacheva .......................................................................................................................... 249
. .......................................................................................................................255
ROSE OF SOLAR IRRADIATION AS AN INDICATOR OF AVAILABLE SOLAR
RESOURCES FOR A PLOT IN AN URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Stoyanka M. Ivanova........................................................................................................................255

. , . ,...................................................................................265
VARIANT ANALYSIS OF THE SEASONAL VERTICAL SOLAR IRRADIATION
FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF URBAN STREET CANYONS
Stoyanka M. Ivanova, Plamen L. Chobanov....................................................................................265
. ....................................................................................................................275
GRAF-ANALYTICAL METHOD FOR IDENTIFICATION OF PERSPECTIVE
IMAGES
Natasha St. Baklarova ......................................................................................................................275

, .
.......................................................................................................................283
-

............................................................................284
II: ,
SECTION II: BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS, MATERIALS
AND TECHNOLOGIES................................................................................................................285

,
. ........................................................................................................................286
PUNCHING SHEAR OF COLUMN BASES CONTEMPORALY PROVISIONS,
ANALYSES AND PROCEDURES
Atanas A. Georgiev ..........................................................................................................................286

...............................................................................................................................292
PRESTRESSED STEEL BEAMS WITHOUT PRESTRESSING TENDONS
(CABLES) DETERMINATION OF THE INTERNAL FORCES AND STRESSES
Todor Georgiev ................................................................................................................................292

..................................................................................................................................298
9
MODULAR CONSTRUCTION - CONTEMPORARY CHALLENGE TO
CONVENTIONAL METHODS IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Anton Petrov.................................................................................................................................... 298
, ......................................................................................... 304
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE SILOS ACCORDING TO EUROCODES
Stanislav Tsvetkov, Svetozara Tateva ............................................................................................. 304

-2012
, ..................................................................................... 314
DESIGN OF R.C. WATER ACCORDING BULGARIAN STANDARDS AND
EUROCODES
Stanislav Tsvetkov, Dimitur Stefanov ............................................................................................. 314

, , ............................................................ 323
FEM MODELLING OF CONCRETE MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS
Iliana Stoynova, Radan Ivanov, Konastantin Kazakov ................................................................... 323

MODEL CODE 2010
, .............................................................................................. 330
PROBLEMS AND APPLICATION OF THE PROCIPALS OF SUSTAINABLE
DESIGN OF RC STRUCTURES ACCORDING TO MODEL CODE 2010
Tanya Chardakova, Marina Traykova ............................................................................................. 330
ON THE PRECISELY MODELING OF THE NODES FROM STEEL STRUCTURES

Vladimir Matuski, Anita Handruleva, Konstantin Kazakov ........................................................... 338

,
, ................................................................................................. 347
CRACKING MOMENTS IN RECTANGULAR RC SECTIONS, SUBJECTED TO
BENDING Zdravko Dimitrov, Ivan Pavlov ................................................................................... 347
-

..................................................................................................................... 354
SHEAR STRENGTH MODEL FOR RC B-COLUMNS WITH CIRCULAR CROSS
SECTION
Konstantin Velinov.......................................................................................................................... 354

2
, , ....................................................... 364
EARLY STRIKING CALCULATIONS OF FORMWORK FOR REINFORCED
CONCRETE SLABS ACCORDING TO EUROCODE 2
Lachezar Hrischev, Stanislav Tsvetkov, Nikolay Nedelchev.......................................................... 364
10
-,

.........................................................................................................................374
COMPARISON AMONG THE STEEL-REINFORCED CONCRETE, STEEL AND
REINFORCED CONCRETE PLANE FRAMES UNDER CYCLIC LOADING
Nikolay Kuzmanov ..........................................................................................................................374
-

, , , ,
......................................................................................................................................384
PROTECTIVE DECORATIVE POLYMER COATING ADHESION TO WOODEN
AND SILICATE SURFACES
Panayot Panayotov, Zhivko Georgiev, Dimitar Angelski, Yancho Genchev, Vasil
Merdjanov ........................................................................................................................................384

.............................................................................................................................389
NATURAL RADIOACTIITY OF BUILDING MATERIALS
Galina Todorova...............................................................................................................................389

-
, ...................................................................................................395
BUILDING MATERIALS AS VIEWED BY BUILDING CERTIFICATION
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL REVIEW
Yana Kancheva, Rumiana Zaharieva .............................................................................................395

, . .............................................................................................................406
CHARACTERISTICS OF AGGREGATES FROM RECYCLED CONSTRUCTION
CERAMICS FOR MAKING CONCRETE
Boyan Petrov, R. Zaharieva .............................................................................................................406
-, ........................................................................414
BEHAVIOR OF DISPERSIVE REINFORCED CONCTER WITH LONG CARBON
FIBER IN THE CONDITIONS OF IMPACT AND BLAS LOAD
Milena Mideva-Dimitrova, Theodor Roshavelov ............................................................................414

...........................................................................................................................424
CALCULATION OF MONOLITHIC NON-PRESSURE URBAN COLLECTORS
HORSESHOE-SHAPED
Tihomira Kordon..............................................................................................................................424
11

........................................................................................................................ 428
SEA-LEVEL RISE AS A FACTOR FOR THE RELIEF OF COASTAL ZONE
Tungay Ismailov .............................................................................................................................. 428
80-

, ....................................................................................... 434
THE DESIGN OF UPHOLSTERED FURNITURE IN BULGARIA IN THE 1980-S
Yancho Genchev, Desislava Hristodorova ...................................................................................... 434
,

.
, ................................................................................................. 443
EXPLOITATION TIME LIMIT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF CONSTRUCTION
WORKS, ACCORDING TO INTERPRET DOCUMENT IN THE SIDE
MEMBERSHIP OF EUROPEAN ALLIANCE
Ofelia Lazova, Jordan Velinov ........................................................................................................ 443
.. , .. ................................................................................................... 447
INFLUENCE OF SILICA-CONTAINING NANO DISPERSED ADDITIVES ON THE
BASIC PROPERTIES OF CONCRETES FOR TRANSPORT CONSTRUCTION
Y.A. Sorvacheva, T.M. Petrova....................................................................................................... 447
SOME ISSUES OF FINISHING PRODUCTION WASTEWATER TREATMENT

USING REAGENTS
Axaule S. Taubaldiyeva................................................................................................................... 452
III: .

SECTION III: FIRE PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.
HEALTH AND SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION....................................................................... 456

........................................................................................................................ 457
MODERN TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERFORMING FIRE CONTROL OF
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
Vladimir Damianov ......................................................................................................................... 457

,

- ............................................................................................................ 462
12
EXAMINATION THE DIRECTIONS IN THE SIDES MEMBER OF EUROPEAN
ALLIANCE, BY LIMIT THE SPREAD OF FIRE AND SMOKE IN
CONSTRUCTION WORKS
Ofelia Lazova Velinova ................................................................................................................462
SAFETY ENGINEERING IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR

Ali Cinar, Neli Trizlova ...................................................................................................................469

........................................................................................................................................475
MEASURES TO PREVENT THE IMPACT OF CARCINOGENIC ASBESTOS
DURING DEMOLISHING OF BUILDINGS
Derya Tap .........................................................................................................................................475

.................................................................................................................................479
ENSURING SAFETY CONDITIONS WHILE WORKERS ARE ON A BREAK
FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR THROUGH A DEVELOPMENT OF
MODULAR BASES
Firat Erturk .......................................................................................................................................479

, .....................................................................................................486
REMOTE TRAINING OF STAFF ON SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS IN THE
EDUCATIONAL SECTOR
Gulnur Usta, Aneta Georgieva .........................................................................................................486
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASUREMENT OF PERCEPTION

OF SCHOOL SERVICE DRIVE
Ali Chakar, Hakan Orduhan, Oguz Ozyaral ....................................................................................489
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY STUDY IN FUEL STATIONS

Ismail Pasa, Dimitar Dimitrov, Oguz Ozyaral .................................................................................502
GREEN PORT CONCEPTION AND LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Milena Kichekova, Oguz Ozyaral, Mete Cece.................................................................................508
THE REASONS FOR GREAT FIRES AND EXPLOSION INCIDENTS IN THE

PROVINCE OF ISTANBUL
Milena Kichekova, Oguz Ozyaral, Sahin Iplikci .............................................................................514

, ..............................................................................................522
RESEARCH TECHNIQUE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY IN THE MANUFACTURE
OF PLASTIC PRODUCTS BY INJECTION MOLDING
Mustafa Ozdogan, Neli Trizlova......................................................................................................522
13
A VIEW AT OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT AT MARINAS FROM
THE PERSPECTIVE OF SUSTAINABILITY
Omer Bozkurt, Stefan Terziev, Oguz Ozyaral................................................................................. 528
ANALYSIS OF WORK ACCIDENTS WHICH HAPPENED IN ELECTRIC

GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION PLANTS IN TURKEY BETWEEN THE
YEARS 2003-2013
Stefan Terziev, Oguz Ozyaral, Sinan Soyturk................................................................................ 537
TRAFFIC ACADEMY FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY IN TRAFFIC

Suat Sari, Yanko Milev, Oguz Ozyaral ........................................................................................... 549
SAFETY PROTECTIVE MEASURES IN UNIVERSITY PREP

Yalcin Karagozler, Stefan Terziev, Oguz Ozyaral .......................................................................... 558
SAFETY TECHNIQUES IN SECTOR GALVANIZATION

Akin Nural, Alexander Kirov, Oguz Ozyaral ................................................................................. 569

, ......................................................................................... 580
SAFE CONDITIONS OF LABOR IN THE MEDICAL FACILITIES
Ismail Hodjaoglu, Aneta Georgieva ................................................................................................ 580
14
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
PLENARY REPORTS
15
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

E
1, . 2
:
:

?
,

. ,
. ,

,
.
: , ,

THE BALANCE BETWEEN PLANNING AND THE MARKET IN THE CURRENT

PRACTICE OF SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT IN BULGARIA
Atanas Kovachev1, Aleksandar D. Slaev2
ABSTRACT:
The main research question of this paper is about the performance of Bulgarian planning in
balancing the operation of the market and steering urban development. A comparative study of the
rates of structural change in various regions of Bulgaria leads to the finding that the areas for
recreation and tourism have become the focus of investment processes during the transition period.
The priorities and the goals of planning in these areas are analyzed and a relationship is drawn
between these goals and the results over the last decade. The study concludes that the process of
adapting Bulgarian planning to the market system has started, but still the main mechanisms for
interaction with the market are not formulated and applied.
Keywords: spatial planning under market conditions, tourism planning, market machanisms
1
, . . . ... ,
Atanas Kovachev, Corr. Member of BAS, Professor, DSc, MArch, Varna Free Univeristy, atanas_kovachev@mail.bg
2
. , . - ,
Aleksandar D. Slaev, Assoc. Professor, PhD, MArch, Varna Free Univeristy, slaev@vfu.bg
16
1. .

, ,
.
,
-
. 90-
( ),
,
.
, .

.
:
-
?
2. :
a.

. ,
[1], [2], [3] [4] , ,
, . ,

. , , ,
, .
.

.
( 10000 1954-56 18 . -
), ( 1969 -
- 500 000 ., ,
, .., 80 4 -),
, ( 11 , -

).

.

:
. ,
. ,
, .
3.
?
- [5], [6].
,
-
. 1
2002 2014 .
-
17
1000 .
,

( ).
()
,
4 8 -, 10 .
,
, ,
.
2002-2014 98 /1000
24 /1000 . ,
, -
.
. 1. 1000 -
: [7]
4.
.
-
.

( () 2007-2013,
2002 2005-2015, 2007-2013
(), 2006-2009
2009-2013.
,
[8], [9]:
,

.
-
, .

( + )
18

( + )
(
), , , .
1982 ( - . . )
- .
2012

.
,
1997-1998
(1995). -
:
-
, .
( ) ,

5- : - ,
; ;
; , .
2008 .

,

.
5. .
, , ,
.
, ,
1995-1997 4 ,
5
3 .
. 2. ,
: World Tourism Organization [10]
19
2006-2009
, ,
, ,
.
. 3.
, ,
.
(OECD)

90 , ()
90 % .
: - [11]
- ,
, . 4.

,
.
-
, , . - 5 %
- .
20
900
800
700
600
500
400 773
720 708 693
300
200 421
100
0
Bulgaria Greece Turkey Croatia Spain
. 4. ,
,
.
, -
, ,
. 5
2005 2009.
. 5.

.

.
(, )
.
,
, .
21
,
,
.
, ,
. .. ,
, - .

, ,
. ,
, , .

.

.
, ,
, .

. 6 7
2006-2008, ,
.
. 6.
: [7]
. 7.
: [7]
22
, , ,
. , ,

,
.
1998,
-
- 15 000 . ,
10 -

.
, ,
-,
, .
,
,
. ,
(
), .
-
.

.
, , , , .

.
9
,

.
, .. .
2008 2013
, 2011-2014
.
. 9
( .). : : (2015)
23

, ,
,
,
.
2000 .

- . ,
-
. ,
-
.
,
, - .

[1] Adams D and Tiesdell S (2010) Planners as Market Actors: Rethinking StateMarket
Relations in Land and Property. Planning Theory & Practice 11 (2): 187207.
[2] Alexander ER (2008) Between State and Market: A Third Way of Planning.
International Planning Studies 13(2): 119-132.
[3] Knaap GJ (1998) The Determinants of Residential Property Values: Implications for
Metropolitan Planning. Journal of Planning Literature 12(3).
[4] Kaza N and Knaap GJ (2011) Principles of planning for economists. In Brooks N,
Donaghy K, and Knaap GJ (eds) Handbook of Urban Economics. Oxford University
Press.
[5] , . (2003) I, ,
[6] , . (2003) II, ,
[7] (2015)
,
2014 , http://www.nsi.bg/bg/content/, 06.03.2015.
[8] , . (2005) - . ,
.
[9] , A. (2010)

4, 2010, . 19-70
[10] World Tourism Organization (2015) Yearbook of Tourism Statistics, Compendium of
Tourism Statistics and data files. http://statistics.unwto.org/content/yearbook-tourism-
statistics
[11] Daily Mail 23.04.2015
[12] World Tourism Organization (2015) Yearbook of Tourism Statistics, Compendium of
Tourism Statistics and data files. http://statistics.unwto.org/content/yearbook-tourism-
statistics
24
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

. .
1, 2, 3
:

, () 305
. 169, . 1, . 2
. -
, .
1951 . .
.
I-1971/29.10.2009 . -
, ,
,

, ,
,
, ,
, , .
: , .
FIRE SAFETY IN THE INVESTMENT PROCESS - REGULATORY UPDATE.

CHALLENGES.
Georgi Tolin1, Yoto Vasilev2, Ventsislav Yakimov3
ABSTRACT:
Ensuring fire safety of buildings is the second basic requirement after providing the bearing
capacity under Regulation (EC) 305 of the European Parliament and the Council, s well as
1
,
,
1
Commissioner Georgi Todorov Tolin, Head of Department "State control" to the Directorate "Critical infrastructure,
prevention and control" in the Directorate General "Fire Safety and Civil Protection" of the Ministry of the Interior
2
,
,
2
Chief Inspector Yoto Margaritov Vasilev, head of sector "ND and NS" in the Department "State control" to the
Directorate "Critical infrastructure, prevention and control" in the Directorate General "Fire Safety and Civil
Protection" of the Ministry of the Interior
3
,
,
3
Inspector Ventsislav Venelinov Yakimov, inspector in the sector "ND and NS" in the Department "State control" to
the Directorate "Critical infrastructure, prevention and control" in the Directorate General "Fire Safety and Civil
Protection" of the Ministry of the Interior
25
under Art. 169, para. 1 pt. 2 of the Law on Spatial Planning. Fire safety is a complex of construction
and technical and organizational measures which are directly dependent on the characteristics of the
works. In 1951 is published the first Regulations for fire building codes. Since then, legislation has
undergone significant changes. In developing the current Ordinance Iz-1971 / 29.10.2009 for
construction and technical rules and standards for ensuring fire safety, as well as its amendments in
the composition of the working groups, except specialists from the Directorate General "Fire Safety
and Civil Protection" are involved and experts from the Academy of the Ministry of the Interior,
Ministry of Regional Development and Public Works, House of Design Engineers, Chamber of
Architects in Bulgaria, Bulgarian Association of Consulting Engineers and Architects, branch
organizations, experts working in the field of fire safety.
Keywords: fire safety, regulations.
1.

, . 2 I
() 305 . 169, . 1, . 2
. -
, .

,
.
,
:
1. ;
2.
;
3. ;
4.
;
5. .
2. ,

1951 . 67 .
. ,
, 1987 . 2
- , 1994 .

(), ,

. 2006 .

,
2 -
.
()
(),
, ,
, ,
26
, .

, 98/34/ (
165 14 2004 .

,
, )
96 04.12.2009 .
I-1971/2009 . -
(). ,

.
3. ,
I-1971/2009 .

.

EN 13501
, :
- - 1, 2, B, C, D, E F;
- - 1fl, 2fl, fl, fl, Dfl, fl Ffl;
- - Aca, B1ca, B2ca, Cca, Dca, Eca Fc;
- - A1L, A2L, BL, CL, DL, EL FL;
- Broof(t1), Froof(t1), Broof(t2),
Froof(t2), Broof(t3), roof(t3), Droof(t3), Froof(t3), Broof(t4), roof(t4), Droof(t4), Eroof (t4)
Froof(t4).
,

, , s (s1, s2, s3)
d (d0, d1, d2).
,
EN 13501
,
:
- /R/;
- /E/;
- /I/;
- /W/;
- /C/;
- /S/;
- .

, .

,
, N 1990,
.

, . ,
,
.
27
, ,
(, ,
), ,
( )
. .
, ,
, -
,
, .
- ,
.
, , .
,
.
I-1971/29.10.2009 . ,
,
.
2010 . ,
,
.
,
.

. 17
,
.
, ,
, ,
, ,
, , .
, , . 75
27.08.2013 .
, ,
, ,
, , III .
, , :
,
, ,
.

1-4,
, .
, .

. ,
, -
()
.
,
,
. , 100
28
, -
.
,
, . .
40, . 2 I-1971/2009 . :
5
1 - 4, -

. 37, . 1, . 1, 2 4
40 m.. (. 1)
. 1. -

. 40, . 3 . 2
() ,
50 ,
-
. 37, . 1, . 1 2 20 m e
- (. 2):
1. - 0,1 m2 ()
,
;
2. ;
3. 50 cm
;
4. . 1 - 3 1.3
1.4.
29
. 2. ,

,
- . , , :
- ,

();
- ;
- ,
,
;
-
.
,
:
- ,
3000 m3 ,
,

- / ;
- ,
, ,
;
-
28 m ( 1.4),
.
,
, ,
,
30
EN 60079-10-1:2009 . 10-1: .
(IEC 60079-10-1:2008)" EN 60079-10-2:2009
. 10-2: . ".
,
: 28 m,
, , ,
5.
, . 69
2014 . , " "
,
, 1 . 8, . 1 .
" " :
1. 1 - 4 (
) 200 m2 ( ..
);
2. , 8 m
200 m2.
. 229, . 1 ( "
"), ,
- .
, , . 89
2014 .
. -
,
. (. 3)
. 3.

. .
,
,
.
31

1000 V ,

, , .
, . 8 2015 .
,

8121-647
2014 . .
,

.

, . -+
4. :
-02-20-19 29 2011 .

(. . . 2 6 2012 ., . . . . 111 27
2013 ., . . . .104 16 2014 ., . . .3 13
2015 .)
( )
, EN 1990 1999,
.
, , ,
, /
.
-02-20-19 29
2011 ., 2013 . 2014 .
, :
-
(.. 6 2014 .),
,
,
;
- 6 2014 . ,
(),
. , ,
( 27.12.2014 .),

, ,
;
- , ,

, ,
;
- . 154, . 5 ,
6 2015 ., .

EN 1990 1999
, .
32
1-2
.
EN 1991-1-2
, . 2
89/106/ ( () 305/2011 .),

, ,
( ) () ,
/ .
()
, ,

.
, EN 1991-1-2,
.

/.

.
,

,
. . 2.3, . 3 EN 1991-1-2, ,
,
, ,
. , . 2.4, . 4 EN 1991-
1-2 , ,
,

.
, ,
, F,
.
,
, .
3 . 12, . 1 I-1971/29.10.2009 . .

.
EN 1991-1-2 ,
,
,
. NA.4
, ,
. 3 . 12, . 1 I-1971/29.10.2009 . .
, I-1971/29.10.2009 . 2010 .

,
.
,
,
.
33
-
, .
,
:
.
,

.

[1] I-1971 29.10.2009 . -
(. - , . 96 04.12.2009 .,
04.06.2010 .; . - , . 17 02.03.2010 .; . 13641
15.11.2010 . .. 9105/2010 . - , . 101 28.12.2010 .; .
. - , . 75 27.08.2013 ., . . , .69 19.08.2014., .
. , .89 28.10.2014., . , .8 30.01.2015.).
[2] -02-20-19 29 2011 .

(. . . 2 6 2012 ., .
. . . 111 27 2013 ., . . . .104 16
2014 ., . . .3 13 2015 .).
[3] EN 1991-1-2:2004/NA 1:
. 1-2: . ,
. .
[4] N 1992-1-2:2005/NA 2:
. 1-2: .
. .
[5] EN 1993-1-2:2006/NA 3: .
1-2: .
. .
[6] EN 1994-1-2:2005/NA 4: -
. 1-2: .
. .
[7] EN 1995-1-2:2005/NA 5: .
1-2: .
. .
[8] EN 1996-1-2:2006/NA 6: .
1-2: . .
.
[9] EN 1999-1-2:2007/NA 9: .
1-2: .
.
34
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

-
,
,
,
- 5 000, , . ,
, .

,

, .

, .
: , .
1
. , , , e-mail: n.pashov@hydrostroy.com
35

, (C, D, E, F, B1), TV ,
, , -
,

,
, - 5 000,
, . , , .

: , ( -4.90, 0.00 +3.20).
,
. -
.
,
.

1968 .
. .. ,
(
)
.

,
,
.
, .
,
.
,
,
, ,
( ).
,
.

. ,
,
. ,

,

,

,
N 87 / 10.09.2014 .

. 2014 .
,
.
36

, ,
.
.
, ,

, .

, :
400, ,

37
;
,
1. , .
38

;
39

, ,
.
40
9
;
41
-4.90
20, 0+00
42

. ,
, ,
,
, .

.

.
,
-
.
.
43
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
I:
.
SECTION I:
ARCHITECTURE. ENERGY EFFICIENCY
44
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

. 1, 2
:
:
- ,

.
, , ,

,
.
: , ,
SOFIAS SUBURBAN AREAS: INITIAL CONCLUSIONS ABOUT THE

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
Aleksandar D. Slaev1, Valeri Ivanov2
ABSTRACT:
The main research questions of this study are: How the new Master Plan of Sofia refers to the
new socio-economic situation and to the market and how it treats the connection between its own
centralized impact and the actions of the decentralized market players and how this relationship
affects the realization of the plan.The study concludes that along with acheiving significant positive
results the Master Plan of Sofia is also missing some of its goals due to inconsistency in the
structure of priorities, measures and instruments of application and primarily because of the
insufficient interacion with market mechanisms.
Keywords: spatial planning under market conditions, suburbanization, market machanism
1
. , . - ,
Aleksandar D. Slaev, Assoc. Professor, PhD, March, Varna Free Univeristy, slaev@vfu.bg
2
, , . - , , ,
Valeri Ivanov, Assoc. Professor, PhD, March, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy, Sofia
45
1. .

.
. ,
45 , ,
. -
- .

. ,
,
XXI
. ,
.
,
-,
.

.
, . ,
- [1].
, :
;
;
;
;

.
:
- ,

.
2.
.

.
,
( 2003 ., 62).

- .
2.1.

.
.
, .
140 000,
[3] ( 2003, . 136), [4]
( 2009, . 25), , 25
.
( "/")
,
46
- -
. ,
7,5 . ,
30-35 , ,
.
" ,
- " [3] ( 2003, . 103)
"".

. (2003)
, ,
. 2009
.
, 2009 ,
. ,
- - ,
[3] ( 2003, . 136).
, ,
.
.
- , ,
.
"
".
2.2. ,

/,
, . ,
:
(, , ).
. . 49
340 41 208 , 36 112 2009.
(8580 )
(8170 ). -
(1900 ) -
(4920 ). ,
, ( 1961)
. ,
.
.
( 2009)

"" . ,
, ,
- 20-25 .
-, .
. .
.
, ,
.
-
47
.
- , , . -
. ,
, (
) , ( 1).

, .
,
.
1.

,
-. 5-6

,
. 24
53
, - 10 % .
,
.
, ,

- , .
.
, ,
.
,
. , ,
-
,
- .
48
. .
.
,
.
-
.
.. .
, , ,
. .

.
.
, ,
.
2. 2003
.

,
.
, ,

, , ,
, .. .
2.3.

,
( 2003, 2)
[3], .
- ,
-:
49
;
, ;
;
.

.
3.
3.1.
,
,
.
,
[5], [6], [7].
- ,
-,
. ,
, 7-8 , , ,
.
. ,
3.
.
, - 30
.
. :

. 1985
63 % , 2001 (
)
31% [2].
3.

, 2011
2011
55%.
50
,
.
,
.
,
, 2006 2013.
, .
,
- , - .
1, ,
- .
( 1 4) 2006-2013
. - 5 -
. ,
.
, , -
. ,
, , 650
( 2012 .), .
1.
-

2006 [] 2514.43 2751.44 3405.68
2013 [] 3131.27 2806.42 3707.55
2013/2006 [] 616.84 54.98 301.87
[%] 24.5% 2.00% 8,86%
4. 2006-2013
51
. 3 .
( ) -
.
.
( 2018) ,
.
2020. , ,
, -,
. ,
.
(, ),
.
3.2.

,
.

- .
, ,
.
,
,
,
. -, ,

.
.
, "",
, -

, . , -,
?.
, ,
. ,
, .
,
.
""
.
-.
, ,
. (
)
. .
( )
: .
, ,
,
.
52
4.

. ,
. .
, ,
.
-
; .
- ,
.
,
, , .
- . -
.

TURAS, 282834
FP7-ENV.2011.2.1.5-1
Acknowledgement
This paper builds on research conducted within the TURAS Project, grant agreement 282834
under the Seventh Framework Programme of EU FP7-ENV.2011.2.1.5-1

[1] Fischel WA (1985) The Economics of Zoning Law: A Property Rights Approach to
American Land Use Control, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press
[2] 2012, 2011
[3] 2003 ( 2007)
[4] 2009
[5] Bertaud A (2003) The China course (lecture course for Chinese urban planners).
http://alain-bertaud.com, accessed 17.08.2009
[6] Adams D and Tiesdell S (2010) Planners as Market Actors: Rethinking StateMarket
Relations in Land and Property. Planning Theory & Practice 11 (2): 187207
[7] Holcombe RG (2013) Planning and the invisible hand: Allies or adversaries? Planning
Theory 12(2): 199210
53
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
21
,
1
:
21 ,
. / ,
, , ,
.
. -
-
(, , , , ),
, .
,
, : ;
; -
, - .
: , ,
(, , , , ),
ARCHITECTURE OF THE 21ST CENTURY IS DETERMINED BY THE CAPABILITIES

OF TECHNOLOGY, ECONOMY AND RESPONSIBILITY
Aneta Trifonova 1
ABSTRACT:
The architecture of the 21st century is determined by social, climate changes and significant
technological capabilities. Postmodern/fluid economy is characterized by uncertainty, volatility
irresponsibility and estimates architecture as engineering project. The changed nature of the
profession requires a critical re-evaluation of all criteria and its creative possibilities. Construction
and digital technologies provide new potentials for the expression of architectural space - clear
physical characteristics (materiality, continuity, resonance, waves, field); to the point of building
intelligent systems and buildings, as a priority of Engineers. In terms of the conflicting requirements
of high technological competence in the spirit of modern times, architecture seeks its own path,
whose poles could be: a return to the old professional models; uncritical obedience to the prevailing
technology; or striving for new ways of expressing the architectural space and commitment to
ecological and social responsibility.
Keywords: architectural criteria, technology, qualities of architectural and physical space
(materiality, waves, field, continuity, resonance), responsibility
1
, ., , ,
Aneta Trifonova, arch, PhD candidade, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, BAS, email: anny1599@abv.bg
54
1. 21
.

: 21
.

. /
,
.
--
, ,
, . ,

, .
, ,
, -
. ,

, .

- .
-
, ACE. ,
,
, - :
; ; ;
; ;
.
,
. ,
- -
()
(, , ), .
,
.
:
, ;
.
, .

.
.
21 , ,
. ,
.
: ; ; ,
. - .
, ( 40 %
). .
.
,
55
(, , , ),
.
2.
,
. ,
,
.
. ,
,
.
, , ,
.
, ,
[1].
, .
, , , .
.
, -
-
.
, ,
. . :" - ,
, , ,
. ,
, . ,
" [2].
.
, - ,
, . ,
.
, ,
.
20- ,
.
. ,
,
.
,
,
,
, , , ,
, , , , .

( ) ;
, ; ..
, ,
-. , ,
,
[3]. , ,

, ,
56
, , ,
,
.
3. -

.
.
,
, .
- ,
, , , -
. - -,
. -
, , 4 80-.
,
, .
, -
, .
+
,
, Danzer
,
. 1. , ;
. 2. MAD, ,
. 3. Future Systems, Arup, Lords Media Centre London, England;
4. UNStudio, Living Tomorrow Pavillion,
, .
:
(. 1)
. , MAD, (. 2) ,
- , .
. , -
,
- , , .
, ,
: , , , ,
.
, ; ,
, , ;
Lords Media Centre (. 3) ,

; Living Tomorrow (. 4) UNStudio ,
.
57
,
, .
- :
Architecture as air: study for chateau la cost ,
12- , , -
, -
[4].
(.5) :

. "",
'''' , .
. 5. , 1972 ., . 6.
, , ;
. 7. ., EUR, ; . 8. i-city, 13
, ;
-
Cloudscapes Transsolar& [5] -
,
; -
2008 , ;
(. 6)
; . EUR (. 7) 3500 .
, . Toms
Saraceno Cloud Cities,
, - .
i-city (. 8) 13 ,
100% , , -
.
.
, ,
- .
, /
. , - .
-
, , 2011. (,
) - .
, -
:
, ,, , .
/;
;
; . - ,
, , .

58
,
(, , .
, .
, , ,
- - . . : 1.
; 2.
/; 3. ,
[3].
. ,
; , , , ,
..
: "

. ,
, ,
. . Rolex (. 9)
,
.
,
, ,
. ,
,
( , .)
[6]
,
- -
,
.
. 9. , Rolex, ;
. 10-11. , , ;
. 12. Metropol Parasol, J. MAYER H, .

(. 10-11) - .
,
, [7].
: Tverrfjellhytta, Snhetta,
; Metropol Parasol (. 12)
;
, .
59
.13. l,UN Studio , 1999.;
. 14-15. BIG, ,
, -
.. ,
(.13) .
, ,
. ,
-
, - .
, ( /,
)
, .
[8], BIG (.14-15),
,
. - :
.
: + + + = .
.
, [9].
,
, .
-
- , , , . ,
.
. ,
, .
, , - , ,
:
.
:
, 1943 .; Art Nature
(.16); Wave, [10],
. ,
, . ,(.17)
, , .
.16. , ; .17. , ;
.18. Hening Larsen,Wave Veile, ; .19. , Aquatic Centre,
60

, (.18)
. ,
, (.19)
Arup. (160 , 3000 )
- .
-
() = 1.
rmin Rmax = Ro2 rmin , Rmax ,
Ro - . ,
,
,
. ( ) Ro
, , ,
, .
, -
, -
, , .
= 1.618, e. , rmin, Rmax
, - , ..

,
.

.
()
, .
, ,
, -
, .
.
-
, .
,
-, .
, .
, /
.
, : -
- ,
.
(. ), (, , ).
/
/ , - .
,
: , ,
.
, , - .
,
[11]
.
61
, , ,
,
. -
, NANA. (.20)
. 20. NANA, Bulgari, , 2012;

. 21. Wolf Prixs Coop Himmelb(l)au, BMW Welt, ,;
. 22. UNstudio, MUMUTH, UNstudio, ;
. 23. UNstudio, ARUP Arnhem Centraal (1996), , ARUP
BMW Welt,
, (.21), ,
. - - ,
: .
UNstudio MUMUTH (.22) -
, ,
,
[12]. - Arnhem Centraal (.23),
UNStudio ARUP,
[13]. Twist

[14].
3.

,
: , ,
, . , .
, -
14- ,
2015 ., ,
-
. ,
- ,
, .
,
, :
; ;
, -
,
.
,

.
, , ,
62
( ,
)
, ,
, . ,
,
,
. , -
21 Informal ,
. , . , ., ,
. ,
, .
,
, -
, -
, . , ,
.
,
. , ,
, .
/,
, ,
. , ,
. ,

,
-
.
[15]. -
- : , , .
.
- , :
;
, [16].
, 2012 ., -
: . ,

. - ,
, .
.
-. , -
, 2015 ,
. ,

//. , .
-
,
. ,
, .
[17],
. , ,

.
63
, , 21 ,
- ,
. ,
, ;
, . ,
: , , .

[1] , , 5 (428), 26.09. - 02.10.2000 .
[2] Jencks, Charles. The new Paradigm in architectural theory, Architectural Revue,
February 2003
[3] Capanna, Alessandra, Limited, Unlimited, Uncompleted, Towards the Space of 4-D in
Aplimat Journal of Applied Mathematics Volume 4 (2011), 62-65
[4] Architecture as air: study for chateau la coste - In: Biennale Architettura 2010
[5] Cloudscapes - In: Biennale Architettura 2010, Fondazione di Biennale, 2010
[6] : -
: www.capital.bg/show.php?storyid=398003
[7] In: Biennale Architettura 2012, Fondazione Biennale
2012
[8] stana National Library, www.architectour.net
[9] Tadao Ando Architect & Associates
[10] Wave, stana National Library, www.architectour.net
[11] Bardi, Lina Bo SESC Pompeia Leisure and Culture Center, Sao Paolo, Brazil
1977,a+u Architecture and Cities, vol 341, February1999, p.56.
[12] http://www.architectour.net, http://www.unstudio.com/projects/recent/1/279
[13] www.balmondstudio.com/work/informal, Arnhem Centraal luisiana, exhibition,
serpentine pavilion, twist, settle library.
[14] www.balmondstudio.com/work/informal, luisiana, exhibition, serpentine pavilion,
twist, settle library
[15] Lazzarato, M. In: Biennale Architettura 2010, Fondazione la Biennale di Venezia,
2010, 23-45.
[16] Graafland, A. n criticality. In: onstructing a new agenda: Architectural Theory
1993-2009 editor Krista Sykes, Princeton Architectural Press, 2010.
[17] Sejima, Kazuyo Introduction, Biennale architectura, Exhibition, 2010, cit
64
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-
1
:
,
.
.
, , ,
, .
( ), ,
.
. -
, - ,
, .
: , , , ,

THE MASKARONS ELEMENT OF THE FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE OF

ARCHITECTURE
Jetchka Ilieva1
ABSTRACT:
The Maskarons are specific decoration, used for centuries by architects of different eras. Their
expressive figurativeness ranks them among some of the most preferred facade decorations. They
give rich stylistic possibilities to decorate keystones of arched openings, of pilasters, consoles, stone
pediments, tympana and fountains. The images vary in a wide range of static or dynamically
presented human masks (female and male), allegorical, mythological and animal images. In the
early architectural eras, the maskarons are high relief images of stone. Later, the materials and the
modelling technique change and from constructively connected with the building, the elements
become sticked - gypsum plaster casts, terracotta, cement or lime mortar.
Keywords: maskaron, ornaments, facade decoration, embossed images, plastic language
1
. , ,
Arch. Jetchka Ilieva, Assist. Prof., VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, e-mail: jetchka.ilieva@gmail.com
65
.
.
.
,
.
.
( ).

. 1. , 1230-1240 . .
. 2
. 1, .
( . 2, , ) (
/).
, .
. 3
66
. 4 ,
, ,
. 3, 4, 5. - . 6,
. , -
.

. 5 : . . , . , .
.

. 6 : . . . . .
, ( - . 7)
- . ,
, , , . -
, .
( , ,
) . 8.

. 7 8 : . . . . .
67
XIX .,
. ,
, .
, ,
.
,
. -
,
.
,
.
-
, , , , . 9.
.

.
. 9

[1] , . - . -120
, , 2000
[2] , . , .&, 2004
[3] . , . . . , ,
2005
68
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1944 1989 .
1, 2
:

.
.

.

.

.
.
: , , ,
, .
URBAN PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION DEVELOPMENT OF SOFIA AND

MAJOR BULGARIAN CITIES DURING THE 1944 1989 PERIOD
Ivan Nikiforov 1, Peter Nikolov 2
ABSTRACT:
After the end of the Second Worl War Bulgarian urban planning entered a new era in its
development. The totalitarian governance and the centralized planned economy favored the
emergence of total planning in urban development projects. The planning and construction of social
and technical infrastructure in the country is facilitated because of the large share of public
ownership of land and buildings. The technical base and the transportation capacity of all modes of
transport were improved and the movemen speed increased. The established opportunities for a
maximum concentration of material and human resources favored the implementation of major
urban plans. As a whole the urban planning during that period played a very inportant role in the
general national governance and the centralized planned economy.
Keywords: urban planning, transport, technical infrastructure, centralized governance,

Bulgarian cities.
1
, ... . - ., ,
Ivan Nikiforov, DSc, Prof. Arch., VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, iv.nikiforov@abv.bg
2
, . .,
Peter Nikolov, MArch, Assist. Prof., VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, peter.n.nikolov@gmail.com
69
1. .

.
,
. -
. 1946 1956 .
12 200 , 3070, 2400 2050. 1000
, , ,
. , .
.
, , .

- .
- ,
, ()
. ,
, .

.
1944 1989 . ,
-
,
, :
- . - -
: 40 50 ;
- . : 50
60- ;
- . : 70 80
;
2. - -
40 50 .
1944 1948 .
.

, , .
09. 09. 1944 .
() ,
. ,
- ()
. .
,
.
,
( )
- .
, .
, .
.
,
.
70

.
, , , ,
, . ,
, , . ,
,
,
. ,
.
.
- .
-
.
,
, , , .

, , .
, ,
.
,
, :
1. , ,
- .
, (
1945 . , , , ..);
2.
,
,
;
3.
;
4.
, .
, ,
;
5. , ,
, .
, , ,
, .

15 .
.
, ,
,
.
3. - 50-
60 .
.
(, ,
) ,
.
71

, , .

(, ). ,
-
, , (, ,
), , .
, ,
.
.
.
()
,
.
,
,
, , .
,
,
. 60
, ,
, , .
, ,
, ,
.
, , . , .
. , .
, , ,
, . , .
, . .
.
.
..
. , ,
. .

.

-
... . . , .
, , .
..
(),
. ,

.
, ,
, - ,
.
72

.
, .

,
,
.
.
, ,
, ,
,
,
.
4. 60- 80 .
-
.
.

. ( -
. ), ( - . ),
( - . ), ( -
. ), ( - . )
.

.

. 1970 .
.
, ,
, .
. 1973 .
(). ,
,
, .
(1973)
,
.
60 ,
. , ,
, .
.
,
( )
. 70-
, 1961 .,
. . 1971 .
, 1975 .
.
.

73
- . ,
1 120 000 1990 ., 2000 . 1 200 000.

.

: , -, ,
, .

.
,
, (, , . ),
(, , ) (, )
, (, )
, , - ,
,
. ,
(), (
) - , .

, .

.

.
.
1973 .
, ,
, ()
.

(),

(), ,
. 1976 . ,

,
, ()

().

,
.

.
()
() .

.
,
. , ,
74
, .
,
.

,
. ,

. , ,
. ,
.
,
.
, (, , ),
,
.
(, )
.
5. .

. -
, .
:
-

;
-
,
;
- ,
, -
;
-
(). 1957
(), , 70-
, ,
, .
, , ,
.
-
. ,
.
;
-

. 1960 .
(),
(),
, , ,
.
75
. , .
.

:
-
. ,
,
, .
, ,
;
-
.
,
;
-
.
,
.
,
.
, ..
,
. ,
, ,

.
,
,
.
,
,
,

;
-
.

, ,
;
- ,
,
;
- ,
,
.

,
.
,
.

(), (
76
).
,
90 XX .
, ,
,
.

[1] , ., ,
, , 1987.
[2] , 1973.
[3] , ., ,
, , 2003.
[4] , ., ,
, , 2008.
[5] , ., ,
, , 1980.
[6] , ., , ,
, 1971.
[7] , . . , , , 1971.
77
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

XIX -XX
1, 2
:

, ,
, .
,
,
XIX-XX .
- 1978.
,
- .
, XX o .
: , , , , .
SIGNIFICANT BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ALONG THE BULGARIAN BLACK SEA

COAST in the XIX-XX CENTURY
Desislava Hristova1, Peter Grancharov2
ABSTRACT:
This report examines the influence of the sea on the historical development of cities, the
significant buildings along the Bulgarian Black Sea coast, the problem of their endurance and their
role in memory of the city as well as their historical intransience. The main purpose we would like
to focus on is the importance of preservation and restoration of certain number of them being
architectural and cultural monuments of national and international significance which form and
represent the face and the spirit of the Black Sea Coast cities throughout the XIXth and XXth
century. The report reviews three major periods of urban coastline development from the
Bulgarian liberation in 1878 to the First World War, then the period between the First World War
and the Second World War, and finally the socialist years after the Second World War. For a
century the Bulgarian coastline suffers complete transition and transforms from a wild and virgin
territory into an overdeveloped urban area at the end of the XXth century.
Keywords: black sea coastline, buildings, facilities, city, development
1
, , , , dhristova_arch@abv.bg
2
,
78
.
-
V IV ....
- .

- . (, .1997) .
() 1992.
-
. .

.
, . ... ,
(-
.,1997). , -
, . -
, ,
. ,
, ,
.

.(- ., 1997). ,
-
, , ,
, , .
) )
. 1. )
( ., ., .9, 1997) ) -
- ( www.google.bg) ;
79
-
( . ) ..
(.1), XIII II . (, ., 1997).
, .
.
, .
, .

, - .

,
:
1. , 1878.
2.
3. 1989.

, .
,
,
, , , , ,

, ,
, ,
, , , ,
, , .
, , -
.
1878 .,
. -
,
. XIX
XX ,
. ,
.
.
-
. ,
, , .

, .
-1888.,
.
, . ,
. ,
, , , ,
.
, , ,
, ,
, . ,
.
-, 30- XX
,
80
, (
). .
, ,
,
. .
-
, XX .
XX
,
, , .

. .
-
.
. 2. , , , XX .

378
.
XX ,
XXI .,
, . 2012 -2013.

, , ,
, , , , ,
. ,

.
, 1878 .
- , (.3),
.
, . .,
. -
,
- .
,
.
81
) )
.3. ) , ; ) ,
( .)
) )
.4. ,) ( .)

(.5). ,
,
, XIX, XX
. ,
.
, -
. XIX
,

. ,
.,
1908 . ,
, . .
,
I, ,
82
.

- XIII( ,
- )
. 1890- .
.
310
, , 550 800
. ,
.
) )
.5. ) , ) -
-, XIX
(.6,7), .
.6. ,
,
.
, , . ,
, ,
, .
.
,
.
,
.
83
) )
.7. ) , )
,
. ,
,
.
.,
.
XX
,
,
, ,
!
- (.8.), 1912 .
, . ,
1932 . III .
, .
-
.

, .
, ,
. . ,
, ,
, ,
. ,
, ,
, - ,
,
, .

, , .
,
, ,
.
84
) )
.8. , . , 1932 .),) , 2013
.( .)
XX .
. .
, -
, .
.
,
, .
.
1935 . -
.
, ,

. ,
, . , ,
, , , ,
.
, , ,
, , -
, ,
.

( ), 1200 .
.
, 1945.
- ,
.
XIX XX
,

.
,
28.05.1939., . (.9)

, .
85
) ) )
.9. ) ,) , )
,
, ,
- . ,
, .

, .
1907 . ,
, ,
(.9),
. XXI. ,
.
,
,
, , ,
.

.
1993 . XX XXI ,
.
,
,
. ,
.
-, .
2010 .
.
, (2010),
:
,
, , .
, ,
,
.
.

-
,
30- XX. , .
86
.
, , ,
1881 .
. ,
.
. 26 130 .
. 1912-
1913 . .
. .,
, ,
.
,
.
I,
, .
, 1989.
,
,
, ,
., , , - ,
, ,
.
XX , ,
, , ,
.
XX .,
.
.
1953-1978 . -
, , ,
, , a,
.
1964 .
. 65 ,
. ,
, .
. .
.
.
- .
.

a ,
.
.
.
(.10),
. 1919 .
3 1930 ., 1 1933 .,
, 1925 . 1930 . , ,
- (1934 1940 .) 2010 .
. "
87

",
.
, .
) )
.10. ) 1954,) - , 1930
.(.10)
1881 . .
. 1900 . "
". ,
1954 .
.. - ,
, - ,
, . ,
,
. 1985 . ,
. 120
- , , , ,
, .
1984 ., ..,
- ,
. ,
1134 . -,
.
, .
,
. - ,
.
,
, ,
..
.

, .
88
, , ,
, .
.
, , ,
. 230 /
/, 1982 -
"". 7
.
, ,
. - , , 32
. 1856 .,
.
, .
51 450 .

- . . .

.
.
. !
, ,
.
( : ,
). , ,
.
,
, ,
, .
,
- , ,
, , , ,
,
, ,
.
.
,
.
.
- .
,
. ,
-
, -
, , , , .
, ,
.

, ,
. .
.
89

[1] ,. ,
http://www.milanasadurov.com/61/bg_lh/
[2] , . , ., .9,.1-7, 1997
[3] , .
, ., .9, 1997
[4] , . .,
.9,.10, 1997
[5] , . , , 1990
[6] , ., . , , , . -, 2009
[7] ., ., .
, , 1971
[8] ., .2, 1993
[9] ., 1967
[10] . , .2, 1941
[11] . , 1934-1939
[12] http://bolgari.net/faryt_%E2%80%93_magiia__istoriia_i_neshto_zagadychno-h-
444.html
90
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

, " 2"
1
:

,
2. ,
. .

, ,
. 2014 .
, 2.
.
2.
: , 2, ,
URBAN AND INFRASTRUCTURAL CHANGES ON THE TERRITORY OF

MUNICIPALITY OF VIDIN, CONNECTED WITH THE PROJECT "DANUBE BRIDGE2"
Tihomir Zhikov1
ABSTRACT:
The theme of this report examines the urban and infrastructural changes, that have appeared
on the territory of the Municipality of Vidin and are affected by the realization of the Danube bridge
2. The positive and the negative sides, that the engineer installation brings in the urban organism of
the city, have been taken in consideration. The master plan of the town of Vidin includes the
transport installation trough the river Danube and its' adjoining infrastructure and adjacent
utilization, as well as some additional projects, implemented in the municipality. Since 2014 the
Municipality of Vidin began working on a plan for urban regeneration and development, which
affects Danube Bridge 2 as well. A short analysis of the work of all completed projects has been
made. Future projects of the Municipality of Vidin are noted with their relationship with Danube
Bridge 2.
Keywords: infrastructure, Danube bridge 2, Vidin Municipality, traffic flow
1
. , , , ttt66@abv.bg, tihomirzhikov@icloud.com
dipl.arch. Tihomir Tonev Zhikov, pHD student, UASG, ttt66@abv.bg, tihomirzhikov@icloud.com
91
1. .
- ,
,
- " 2".
, , -
. , ,
.
, . " 2"
.
.
2. .
2.1. .
(. 1) ,
. - :
, , , .
. -
- ,
, . ( ),
.
.
, .
, ,
.
. 1.
92
2.2. .
. 2
- (. 2).
, .
4 ( - ) 7
,
,
.
. 2 . ,
2013 . 2- ,
( - 2 - ).
, .
, -
.
3. " "
3.1. .

.
, -.
, -
.
. 80- -

. .
, IV
(.4). -
- 90- XX- .
93
. 3 " " ( 2)
,
"
2".
, IV
.
. 4

,
. -
, -
.
- 980
60 . .
.
:
1: ( )
, , .
94
2: ,
: ,
.
225,806,452 ( 1).
1: 2
70 000 000
(EIB) 70 000 000
AFD 5 000 000
KfW 20 045 167
60 761 285
3.2. .
2000 . (. 5)
. 2,
, .
650 ,
. 13.02.2003 .
, .
(. 6) .
. , .
. 5
95
. 6
3.3. .
, 2
. 5
(. 7). ,
-79.
. 7 -
- .
. (. 8)
-79
.
. (. 10).
.
,
,

. 2015 . .

871 (1) ,
.
1
, , , 01.02.2011 ., . http://www.nsi.bg/
96
. 8 . 9
. 10 -
"
2" (. 9).
.
, , 7
(. 11). ,
.
,
.
-, .
, .
. 10
97
3.4. .
,
.
.
, .
,
.
.
- .
.
2015 . . -

. .

.
, .
,
.
,
, , ,
,
.

[1] EDGAR MARTIN, Transport Research Institute, Napier University, UK, International
Waterway in Crisis: the case of the River Danube
[2] , http://www.nsi.bg/
[3] , www.vidin.bg
[4] , www.vidin-online.com
[5] 2, http://danubebridge2.com/
98
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:
,
.
-
, ,
- ,
.
.
.
. ,
.
: , , ,
NOVEL LEARNING ENVIRONMENT FOR THE EDUCATION OF THE 21ST

CENTURY.
Radost Raynovska1, Katya Vankova 2
ABSTRACT:
Social development drives strategies for education which stay in the forefront of social
growth. Historically, industrialization has played paramount role in social progress. As result, the
double-loaded hallway school layout was conceived, which is still the most common type of school
buildings to date. The school edifice is the physical environment that was instrumental in teaching
the desired workforce workers and employees that would operate the industrial manufacture.
Modern society requires changes in the learning process and places new challenges to the
education system and the school architecture. The school environment is an active instrument in the
learning process. The conception of novel learning environments should anticipate changes in the
education system. Upbringing, education and personal development of individuals is a priority of
society.
Keywords: education, school, school architecture, learning environment
1
, -, ., ,
Radost Raynovska, Rh.D., M.Arch., Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar, e-mail: atika@mail.bg
2
, 5 , ,
Katya Vankova, 5th year student of Architecture, VFU "Chernorizets Hrabar", e-mail: vankova.katie@gmail.com
99
1. .
,
.
-
- .
, -
, .

.
,
. ,
.
,
.
2. (1750 - 1850)
- ,
, V ,
, ,
.
: (
)
, .
V (1750 - 1850).

.
, .
, ,
,
. 3-5
.
,
.
, ,
. [1].
,
,
,
.
, .

, .

. ,
.
. ,
XIX. -
" ".

, ,
. ,
100
.

.

.
.
,
, ,
, ,
.
,
.

.
3.

, ,

.
. ,
.

,
.
,

. ,
. ,
, . ,
, ,
, (.1).
-
.
Google Google
1. open space
( )
,
.
,
.
101
,
.
.
,
.
. -

.

,
.
3.1. -

. ,
, , .

.
,
(. 2).
, ,
, ,
,
.
(.22- .. ),
1926. 1920.
: .- . .
- .
2.

,
, .
, -
,
.
a -
, .
102

, .
.

,
.
3.2.
60
. ,
. :
, " " ..
" ". ,
. .
. 90-
, 5, 5 , - , -
, ,
.
, ,

.
, .
- ,
. ,
, , 3
, XXI , IT
50% . ,

.
,

90- .
, ,
,
,
.
3.3. ?
PISA e
- . 70- ,

.
,
.
:
-
. .
.
-
. ,
.
103
- ,
. ,
, .
.
. , -
.
- .
, ,
.
- ,
,
.
4. ,
.
4.1. ()
-
.
, ,
. Kirkkojrvi Comprehensive School , .
Kirkkojrvi Comprehensive School Sakarinmki school and day nursery, ,

, , 2010 2006
3.

,
- .
() ,
.

, - .

.
104
4.2. -
- ,
. , ,
.
- -
.
. ,
.
, - -
,
open-space- .
- .

, .
4.2.1
.
,
. .
. , ,
, . Kirkkojrvi Comprehensive School
, ,
. ,
. ,
. .
.
.

.
, .
restad College ,Copenhagen,

Denmark, arch. 3XN architects, 2006

4.

,
. - .

. ,
.
105
,
.
4.2.2
, , ,
, .
, .
,
. ,
-. ,
, , , .
, .
, .
. .
, .
.
.
5.
5.1. (Open-space Classrooms)

,
. -
.
.

Vittra Telefonplan School , ,
Rosan Bosch Ltd., . [2]
Rosan Bosch Ltd
.
-

(Open Space
Vittra Telefonplan School, . Rosan Bosch Classrooms)
Ltd.
,
.5.
(Open Space Classrooms)

(-) .
, , .

,
106
.
,
, .
,
,
.
- ,
,
,
.
, , .
, , ,
.

- , ;
- , ,

. ,
, , ( ) ;
;
; ,
. .

, , ,
, " "
.
.
: , , .
Google.
, "".
, ,
, "" .
,
,
. .

.
, - .
: -
, . [3]

.
- ,
,
. ,
,
,
, ,
.
107
5.2.
-
.
. ,
. ,
. , ,
,
. ,
.
Gehua Youth and Cultural Center, , .

Open Architecture , Qinhuangdao, China (Open Space
2012, Classrooms)
. 6. (Open Space
Classrooms)

.

. , , .

.
. ,
.

. , ,
.
, ,
.

[1] http://bg.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%98%D0%BD%D0%B4%D1%83%D1%81
[2] www. Rosanbosch.com, Vittra Telefonplan School, ,
[3] , ., , :
- ,
. ,2014
[4] . ., , , , 2014
[5] , .,
108
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:
A ,

.

.
: , ,
REHABILITATION OF EXISTING PREFABRICATED APARTMENT BUILDINGS

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PRINCIPLES OF SUSTAINBLE ARCHITECTURE
Plamen Petrov1
ABSTRACT:
The author proposes the idea that principles of sustainable architecture are applicable in the
process of rehabilitation of existing prefabricated housing stock in Bulgaria. The author presents
samples of standard plans of existing apartment buildings and proposes solutions for extensions and
rehabilitation of the selected apartments in line with the principles of sustainable architecture.
Keywords: sustainable architecture, reconstruction, prefabricated panel apartment buildings
1
-. . , , ,
Ph.D., M. Arch. Plamen Petrov, Lecturer, Varna Free University, plamen@petrovart.com
109
1. .
:

- .
, :
;
,
;
,
(
, );
,
;
, ;
.
1981 . ,
1980 . ,

. ,
, . [1].
- .
-
, ,

.
. [2].
. .
,
.
, ,
. .
.

312-222, -69 .
. ()
.
, .
().
.
- .
.
, ,
,
.
,
( ) .
110
.1 312-222, -69-,
( )
.
.
.
.2 312-222, -69-, ( )
111
()
. ,
. (. 23)
.3 , ( )
.4 , ( )
112
.5 - , ( )
, . 4 ,
.
.
. 5
.
.
, .
:

.

.

[1] ., ., ., .,
, , , 2013
[2] .
, , 2012
113
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

.

.
,
. ,
- ,
. -

.
: , ,
,
CONTEMPORARY TRENDS IN DESIGNING ENERGY SUFFICIENT SPORTS

FACILITIES
Dimitar Angelov1
ABSTRACT:
The design of energy sufficient sports facilities is becoming a necessity nowadays It is
important part of building a sustainable environment. Stadiums and sports halls have enormous
energy consumption. However sports facilities have very complex function and inconsistent profit.
These factors create the necessity to implement different passive and active measures in the
designing process to decrease energy consumption of sports buildings. The implementation of
sustainable measures reflects both on the architectural form and the function of sports facilities and
establish the contemporary trends in designing energy sufficient stadiums and sports halls.
Keywords: energy-sufficient sports facilities, sustainable architecture, stadiums, sports halls
1
, V ,
Dimitar Angelov, student of Architecture 5th year VFU Chernorizets Hrabar Varna, d.angelov.angelov@gmail.com
114
1.
, ,
, , .
,
,
, ,
. 3-14 1992,
(UNCED).
,

.

.

- , .
.
, , .
-

.
() ()
.
, .

.

.
2.

.
,

.

.
2.1
.
.

.
. ,
,

.
115
. 1.

400 000 CO2
. 92000
2006
,
2010.
.

2009
2018

2010 2010.
20 ,
.

2011

75% .
2012
500 000$

2013
2014.

2014. :
-
.
- .
-
LEED.

.
3.
10
3.1 , (MetLife Stadium)

, ,
.
, .
2007 2010.
80 000 .
.
- ,
50 000.
LED ,
.
, .
- .

. - 2010-2014
238 235 MTCO2e (Metric Tones Carbone Dioxide Equivalent)
116
, 50 000 .
:
2012. 47 , 1350 BIPV
( 79800 PV ) 916 LED .
350 000kWh ,
10% .
16.21%
2011. 2010. 1.75% 2012
2011.
,
, 250 000$ 2014.
2010. 2014.
22 000 000$
3.2 , (Cape Town Stadium)

2007-2010.
2010. 55 000 13 000
. ,
, 15
.
.
2
5 , ,
(PTFE). ,
,
,
.
72
,
.

, . 360
2kW 2500 lux.
16.
PVC .
.
.
-
,
.

. :

,
.
:
, . ,
,
5, , .

.
117

.
13% -

(CFLs) 45% -
.
LED 98% -
.
7160l/.
(PV) ,
.
3.2 ,
2012.
6000 , - 21 7002.

. 3
,
. 3 .
, ,
. .

,
. ,
, .
:
,
1000 , -
.

.
,
.

.

,
.
, ,

.
, 75%
.
3.3 , , (Castelao Arena)

2012.
2014. -
4 ,
LEED.

.
118

. 70% ,
25% VIP , ,
. ,
. .

. , .
20 .
100%
.
, .
,
:

,
- .
,
67%

, - 20 ,
36
100 000 000
.
4. ,
10 .
,
- .
2018 2022 ,

. , -
, -
.
.

. ,
.
4.1 , , (VTB Arena)

.
, , .
.
,

.
. .
119
.
27 000 , 45 000 ,
. 3

.
30 000 2.
4.2 ,
2020.
.
,
. ,
.

40% 25% .
, , . -
70
15.
,
, ,
- -,

.
4.3 2022.

2022. .
.
, .
5 ,
. ,
.
,
. ,

. ,
.
,
.
5.
,
:
- ,
. :
, .
, .

.

:
120
, ,
.
.

, .

:
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
, -
. ,
,
.
, . ,
, -
,
.

[1] Peter Culley, John Pascoe, Sports Facilities and Technologies, 2009
[2] Sergi Costa Duran, Architecture & Energy Efficiency, Loft Publications, 2011
[3] 2010 FIFA World Cup, Host City of Cape Town Green Goal Legacy Report, 2010
[4] 2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil Development of the Sustainability Strategy, 2013
[5] 2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil Final Report of the Sustainability Training Programme
for Stadium Operators, 2014
[6] 2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil Sustainability Report, 2014
[7] Andrew Bellina, Michael Poetzsch, Michael Wanser, MetLife Stadium MOU Annual
Report, 2014
[8] International Olympic Committee, Sustainability Through Sport, 2012
[9] www.archdaily.com
[10] www.vtb-arena.com
[11] www.wikipedia.org
121
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:
XVIII .

. ,
,
.

.
: , design, , ,
HISTORICAL OVERVIEW OF TECHNOLOGIES AND THEIR IMPACT ON THE

INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS ARCHITECTURE
Stefan Asparuhov1
ABSTRACT:
This paper presents a brief review of the development of technologies and their impact on the
architecture of the industrial buildings and structures through examples from the best world
practices in UK, France, Germany, Poland, Romania, Mexico.
The history of industrial buildings is conditionally devided in two major periods.The first
period concerns the time from the end of XVIII century to the Second World War.The second
period from the Second World War to the end of 80s.
The last (3rd) period which is ongoing today is associated with the digital revolution and
dynamical changes in the planning characteristics of the enterprises after the 80s.
Keywords: architecture, design, industrial buildings, technology, history
1
. , . , -, ., ,
Stefan V. Asparuhov, PhD arch., assistant professor, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy
Sofia; www.uacg.bg; www.stefanasparuhov.com; e-mail: asparuhov_stefan@abv.bg
122
1. .
XVII| .
1784.
, ,
.
: ,
, ,
, ,
.
2. .

, .
17751779. (Darby) (Wilkinson)
, , 30 (. 1.). 17931796
(Wear) . . ,
- (1825/26)
, 72. (Carl Boetticher,
1846), 19 , , . .
.
. 1. (1775-1779) [4]
- ,
,
1,75 2,50.

.
(Henry Houldsworth) . ,
.

( Chaux, Arc-et-Senans,
- ) (. 2.).
, - .

(1805.) (1799-1804),
(1803.).
123
. 2. Arc-et-senans, (1775/79)[5]
1828/1830 .
, (. 3.).
,
, -
.
. 3. , Sayner Hhtte, (1818-1830) [6]
1851.

. 1889.
,
. ,

, (1856-1860) . (. 4.).
Noisiel-sur-Marne, (1871-1873)

,
(. 4.).
1880.
- ( ).
.

, , .
.
,
1905.
1903. .
124
. 4. , , (1856/60) ;
(1871/73) [7,8]
- ,

(1849) . (1867). 1868.
, 1873. .
AEG ,
, 1907-1909,
(. 5.).
- 1911., ,
, .
,
. ,
,
(. 5.).
. 5. . (1911) ;
(1909) [9,10]
, XIX .
,
(. )
(. ).
1898. . -,
30 - ,
, .
,

, 1911/12.
. ,
,
, 1917. (. 6.).
125

.
, ,
1921/23., - ,
, . - ,
.
1913.,

. , ,
20 .
.6. , (1911/12) ;
, (1917) [11,12]

. 1929. .
- Van Nelle.
, ,
, .
, (1932) .
(. 7.).
.7. , (1926/30) ;
(1932) ; , (1926/27) ;
, (1930/31) [13,14,15,16]
126

(1926/27) Malaxa
(1930/1931) ,
(. 7.).
3.

40- 50- 20.
, [1].
1948.

() (. 8.).

, 50- .
,
, ()
1954/55. - ()

(. 8.).
.8. . (1948) ;
(1954/55) ;
. (1959/60) [17, 18, 19]
1960. ,
.
,
- .

, 1958.
, , 1964.
,
.
,
, , -

127
,
(1962-1964.).
60- ,
, ,
. . .

(1964).
.9. (1964) [20];
-
70- .

.
.
.
, Team 4,

.
80- ,
, ,
()
Saint-quentin-en-yvelines, .
.10. . (1982) ;
. (1990) [21,22];
128
4.
..
60- 80- .

, ,
: I. 1878; II. 1878 1944; III. 1944 1956; IV. 1957 1970; V. 1971
1990 VI. 1990 [2].
2012 . . , 184
121 , [3].
,
(
)
.

. - . (1936-2015.)
.

[1] , ., , , 1982
[2] , ., . , , , 1987
[3] , ., , 1980-81 ,
, 2012

[4] https://www.pinterest.com/camydo9/arch-history/
[5] https://classconnection.s3.amazonaws.com/1251/flashcards/852788/png/picture-19.png
[6] http://www.swr.de/-
/id=14468940/property=full/1xrrxht/Die%20Sayner%20H%C3%BCtte.jpg
[7] http://viewfinder.english-heritage.org.uk/gallery/450/BB9/BB94_20850.jpg
[8] http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_imwii1LdjiM/S9XYu59NLbI/AAAAAAAAC_s/MFALDVd
7XSI/s400/mmm.09.jpg
[9] http://alt-alfeld.de/images/faguswerk192501.jpg
[10] http://classconnection.s3.amazonaws.com/133/flashcards/190133/jpg/aeg_turbine.jpg
[11] http://tectonicablog.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/w4c2i20-1.jpg
[12] http://www.havellaendische-musikfestspiele.de/wp-
content/uploads/2013/12/Sendestelle_Nauen_015.jpg
[13] http://kalden.home.xs4all.nl/verm/images/vannelle1.jpg
[14] https://industryinform.files.wordpress.com/2009/10/22-figure-boots-wets.jpg
[15] http://download.bildindex.de/bilder/d/fm822714
[16] http://adevarul.ro/assets/adevarul.ro/MRImage/2013/10/20/52638bf5c7b855ff5659ab8c/
627x0.jpg
[17] http://40.media.tumblr.com/tumblr_m2o89ka38W1qgpvyjo1_1280.jpg
[18] http://designobserver.com/media/images/Stein_5.jpg
[19] https://s-media-cache-
ak0.pinimg.com/originals/2f/d4/ab/2fd4ab3e12c3ff6df998110a6b2c7b3f.jpg
[20] http://lcweb2.loc.gov/service/pnp/ppmsca/19400/19447v.jpg
[21] http://www.fosterandpartners.com/media/Projects/0295/img0.jpg
[22] http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_sbV8CrA4P04/TNR3RBhrEWI/AAAAAAAAAFQ/kVw05T
aJ9DM/03.jpg
129
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2, 3
:
140 ,
(), .
BIM
.
(BIM)
()
:
.
: , , ,
AN APPROACH FOR ACTUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF BIM TECHNOLOGY

IN THE BULGARIAN DESIGN PRACTICES
Asen Pisarski1, Danail Nedyalkov2, Stefan Asparuhov3
ABSTRACT:
This paper presents data from a survey of over 140 respondents, employee in the design
process in Bulgarian AEC industry.
The article is brief overview of results of scientific research project -146/13 in UACEG
which is completed in 2014.
Almost half of the Bulgarian architects and engineers (45%) are using 2D design tools. This
dark statistic provoke the authors to research the potential sides to amend it and respectively to
propose some guidelines for actual implementation of BIM technology in the Bulgarian design
practices.
Keywords: architecture, design, information technologies, Building Information Modeling,

BIM
1
, , -, ., ,
Asen Metodiev Pisarski, PhD arch., professor, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy Sofia
(UACEG), e- mail: apisarski@mail.bg
2
, . , -, ., ,
Danail Gospodinov Nedyalkov, PhD arch., assistant professor, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and
Geodesy Sofia, e-mail: danail.nedyalkov@gmail.com
3
. , . , -, ., ,
130
1. .

, ,

.
-

.
( BIM) (),
(, , ) () [4].
BIM ,
2D 3D CAD . BIM
, ,
(, )
(4D ) /
(5D ).
BIM ,
.
, .
. 1. -
BIM [3]

- ,
,
.

-

BIM .
131
2. ..

.
-

.

- [5].

.
2.1. .
140 , ,

30 50 ,
/
, , , .

30 50 ,
/
, ,
, .
, -
.
2.2. .

. / (79%), 30 50
. 17
;
,
, (93%) ,
(90%);
(19%) ,
.
, ,
, .
60% , .
, ,
BIM , , 75%, - 18%,
9%;
1/4
, .
: 56% ; 20% -; 26%
;

. 19%
, ;
,
.. 85%
- ,
;
132
, 41%
AutoCAD, ,
, 62%. , BIM (ArchiCAD,
AutoCAD Revit, AutoCAD Architecture, Nemetschek) 47%
8% .
(. 2.);
. 2. : - ;
-
: -
, ,
, ;
:
- ,
, - , -
, - , ,
( /);
:
, ,
, CAD BIM , ,
, ;
:
, , ,
;
: ,
, ;
:
, ,
- ,
.
3. .

, .
BIM (Allplan, ArchiCAD, Revit).
- .
133
,
.

(, -, -, -)
.
(
), : ;
;
;
;
; ;
.
* ,
, .
4. BIM.
BIM ,
. ()

. ()
(. 3).
. 3.
.

( ) (
).
BIM ,
() .
,
,
(), Integrated Project Delivery (IPD), ,

, ,
, (, , )
. .
,
134
BIM
(. 4).

(BIM)
[1].
. 3. IPD [2]
4.1. BIM .
() , ,
(,
, , , ).
:
. , ..
, ().

. BIM
,
.
. . BIM
, .

.
.
. .

,
.
, ..
(, ,
.).
. .
/ ...?, / - ...?, ...?
,
,
.
. . BIM
,
135
.
( ) , ,
, .
. .

/.
. .
,
(. ),
-
, .

.
. .
BIM ,
.
. .
.

.
, , , .
. .
, .
BIM -.
.

,
,
.
, BIM
, :
;
, BIM ;
,
,
;
BIM
,
.
4.2. BIM .
,
( BIM),
, - .
. ().
BIM.

(, , , , .), ,
, , , , ,
. -
, - ,
136
.

/.
. .
.
:
(i) BIM
(ii).
.
, ,
.
.
/.
ISO 10303, ISO 15531, ISO
15384, (STEP, MANDATE PLIB); BIM
..
, ,
,
.
. .
( )
.
, , , ,
,
.
PMBOK Guide, 2004.
, ,
.
. .
(, , )
, ,
, , , (),
(CAD/CAE ), (/CAE),
, VR , (AEC/O tools) .

,
, (
).
. . -
( ).
. ,
,
BIM . - ,
.. - ,
.
. .
, ..

. BIM
,
(4D) (5D)
.
137
.
.
BIM
: ;
; ; ; ; ; .
. BIM .
-
.

, .
. .
,
-
, .

, .
,
, .
* -
2014. - -
146/13
,
() .
- , ,
: . - . ; .- . ; .
. - . ; . . - . ; . . - . .

[1] Adrian, J. (2004). Construction Productivity: Measurement and Improvement.
Champaign, IL: Stipes Publishing LLC.
[2] Cerovsek T., (2010). A review and outlook for a 'Building Information Model' (BIM): A
multi-standpont framework for technological development. Elsevier Ltd.
[3] MacLeamy, P. (2013). Collaboration, integratedinformation and the project lifecycle in
building design, construction and operation.
[4] Randy Deutsch, AIA, LEED AP, BIM and Integrated Design, Strategies for
architectural practice.
[5] http://kab-sofia.bg/novini/saobshteniya-2/2578-anketa-za-prilozhenieto-na-
informatzionnite-tehnologii-v-investitzionniya-protzes
138
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2, 3
:

- .

(, , ,
) .
(
) .
.
: , ,
ARCHITECTURAL APPROACH FOR CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIAL

ENTERPRISES ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC SECTORS
Stefan Asparuhov1, Tsvetan Simeonov2, Igor Hristov3
ABSTRACT:
This paper presents an approach for systematization of the industrial enterprices.
Firstly, it is made a brief overview of the industrial buildings typology which is developed by
prof. K. Kostov. The update of this classification is essential for the theory and practice.
Secondly, it is presented a cross-reference comperative analysis between the classification of
the economic sectors in Bulgaria (incl. EU) and the typology of the buildings.
The result of this research is entirely new classification for the industrial buildings which is
called taxonomy.
Keywords: classification, industrial buildings, architecture
1
. , . , -, , ,
2
. , , -, , ,
Tsvetan M. Simeonov, PhD arch., associate professor, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy
Sofia; e-mail: molinet_zs@abv.bg
3
. , , , ,
Igor R. Hristov, architect, Phd student, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy Sofia; e-mail:
igor@dir.bg
139
1. .
[2] .
, :
- ;
.
;
, ,
() ,
, , -,
, ,
. , ,
,
.

.
, -
.
-
, , (-,
, , , , .).
.

- .
.
,
,
, .
.
: (, , , ,
); ( ); (-
, - , , , );
- (--20, 20, --73, 76, 76,
76, 72), ( 20 , 40 60
80 ). ,
- . ,
,
-
.
-
:
, ();
, .
2. .
XX .
/
. ,

.

, . ,
140
, , .

:
, ;
, ,
.
( ) -
.
, ,
- .

,
. -
( )
,
( ).
, ..
, ,
. -
(, , , ) (,
, , , , )
.
,

:
, , ;
, , , ;
, ,
, ;
, , , ;
, , , ;
, , ;
, , ;
, , , ;
, , ;
, , ,
, /, ;
, , ;
, , , ,
.
(
) .
, , :
10 50 , 2 . ,
35%-40%, 61%-76%, 24%-37%,
0,38-0,87; 250 , 10 . ,
29%-53%, 62%-74%,
24%-34%, 0,35-0,66;
[3].
141
- ,
, , a
.
3. .
,
( ).
,
( )
,
.
2008. ()
( -2008),
, , ,

1893/2006. .
,
. -
2008 ,
.
-2008
, ,
: ;
;
; ;

[1].

-
.
, ( ) -
2008, :
; ;
; .
:
-
, ;
; -
.
- ,
, ,
- -2008
, .

( ) : ;
; ; ; ()
; , .

-.
- -
, -
.
142
, -
(618 .)
55%; 28%;
4%, 2%, 1% ,
11% (.1).
, , , .
, , .
-
( ).
, 61%
; 32%;
4%; 2%; 1%
( ).
.1. ( )
,
, -
338 . 139 , 38 4
. ,
, -
, .
- ,

.
, , ..
.
- ,
(
).

, , ,
. (
, , ,
, ).
2008-2013. (- 17,8%).
143

,
, .
, ,
(
)
. ,
, , , ,
- .
G, H, J, S -2008 [1].
- ,
:
;
, , ;
.

.
, 7 ( -2008)
13 ( ). :
3.1. .
I ,
( 3 );
II , ,
( 3 );
III -
, . ( 3 );
IV ,
( 4 );
V
( 1 );
VI
( 2 );
VII
( 1 );
Ce VIII
( 1 );
IX ,
( 3 );
X , .
( 3 ).
3.2. , , .
XI , .
( 4 ).
3.3. .
XII , , (
5 );
XIII
( 3 ).
144
- (.2).
.2.
()

[1] ., . , . , . , , .
, . . .
2008., , 2008.
[2] . . I- .,
.., 1982 .
[3] " " -
-
2002, - 2003 . ;
145
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:

.
, - .
,
, .
,
.
.
,
.
: , , , ,
-,
INNOVATIVE URBAN STRUCTURES FOR HI-TECH PRODUCTION

Tsvetan Simeonov1, Stefan Asparuhov2
ABSTRACT:
This article is overview of the international experience in the organization of high-tech
industrial complexes as urban structures. It presents a systematization of the definitions for the basic
types of business and technology parks through observation of case studies from the leading
industrial countries in North America, Europe and Asia. These studies content specific analyzes of
the planning elements of techno-park structures. In general there is proposal for suitable localization
of these innovative structures in the areas of Bulgarian cities within the existing industrial zones.
Keywords: urban planning, architecture, design, innovative production, technological park,

business incubator, technopolis
1
. , , -, , ,
Tsvetan M. Simeonov, PhD arch., associate professor, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy
Sofia; e-mail: molinet_zs@abv.bg
2
. , . , -, , ,
146
1. . .
XI
, , (). 60-70 .

. -
, -, .
-: -
,
.

- 3-4
- (, - , ,
).

,
, ,
-. ,

.
2. .

. 1947 .
. . 50- ,
,
( , -,
- .), .
, ,
51. , .
1981 .,
,
. 26 000 162
90 , 80 .
80- ( )
, 160 ( 30%
), 150 (60 ) 6500 (2600 ).
5
: 1) 7000 ; 2) e 1000-7000;
2000-1000; 500 - 200 [6].
70- . :
- (Heriot-Watt) ;
(Trinity College) ; -- ; -
(Sophia-Antipolis)
(ZIRST) , .
,
.
,
, .
- .
:
,
(
147
,
);
(
, -,
).
80-
. , ,
, , , , , , , .
.
2.1. .
1950.,
, .
, ,
. ,
- ,
,
.
2.2. .
70-80- . ,
.

. ,
(Buisiness Incubators, Innovation
Centers), / ,
.
.
2.3. .
90- .
.
,
,
. ,
,
.
2.4. .

. : 1)
; 2)
,
; 3)
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
148
3. ,

- .
a- (, ), ()
(, .).
3.1. - .
:
(science park, science and technology
park-STP, science city), ;

hi-tech park, cyber park;
,
, ,
.

;
(research park, research and technology park),
, -
,
;
( ) (
), ,
, , , ,
(technology incubator, innovation center, R&D park).
-
, .
, - .
,
,
, ,
,
100 . . -
-, .
, -
.
80-
,
, , .
,
, (Start-
up, Spin-off) .
,
.
3.2. .
() , ,
.. (technopole,
technopolis),
.
1982 .
- ().
149
19 , .
: 1) 500 ; 2)
30 - (
- 200 ..); 3) -
,
, .
,
.. , ,
, , , , ,
.. .
, ,
( ),
.
, .
35
. 11500 , 50
2 . 30 100
, -
.

33%, - 41%, 26%. 70%
, 58%
[3].
, .
, .
,
,

, .
, , .
,
.
"" - .
, ,
.
3.3.
, ,
,
, , , . -
2000 . 80-
.
8 . .
, , , ,
, .
, -
. , ,
.
,
.
,
150

.
,
,
.
120 , 53 . ""
90- .
60-70
(). 1959 .
(), .
,
. ,
,
,
. 20
.
1990 . -
.
, 2008 . 83 .
, 120.
2002, IASP,
270 65 ,
400 , .
[1], [2],
[9].
700. 30% 80- , 48%
90 XX , 18-20% XXI . 43% , 34% ,
11% 13% .
4. .
.
,
, -
. ,

,
. ,
.
- (technology park,
technopark), .
..
, -, , -
., , ,
, . ,
,
, , , . ,
.
. ,
, (hi-tech).
()
/:
151
, ,
-. ,

(sturt-up, spin-off). :
.
, .
,
- .
, , .
,
.
-, - . - (business park, arc
dactivites) , ,
. - -
- ,
,
. -
,
, ,
. -
. -
B. ,
, ()
( ).
,
, , -
.
.
5.
,
,
100 ,
, -.
(53%) 50-100
, 16% 100 200, 20% 200 .
600-1000 1%, 1000
3 %. (51%),
(26%), (18%).
20 (51%) 20-60
(21%), 60-100 .
- ,
- .
, , , ,
. 1:6,
1:2.
51% ( 200
), 21% (200,000 600,000 2), 20% (
1,000,000 ..). . 89% -
.
50-60%
, .
152
, ,
. - 78%
. ,
, 41% .
() ,
(IASP, 2002),
(AURRP),
XIII , ,
(), : ()
, - ,
, , , ,
, ,
.

,
, ,
, -
.
6. - .

,
.
, ( ).
6.1. .
-
(greenfields),
, 50 .

,
.
:
2 5 , 2000 - 5000 2
500 - 1500 (2000);
10 50, 20000 - 30000 2
3000 - 7000 (10000).
.

, ,
- ,
.
, ,
. :
-, , -, -
, - .
6.1. .
, .
, , .

-, , ,
153
, . ,
(brownfields) ,
e

, .
,

( , 5-15
15-50 ,
.). -
.
25-50%.

. ,

.
, -
, ,
.
.
6.2. ()
.
(greenfiels), 20-25
,
.
, , ,
.
, .

,
, .
, -
( ).
,
.
- - ( )
( ).
-, , , , ;
, .

. 1 (30-40%),
10-15%, ,
10-15%. 2 - (50-60%)
25-30% ( 15%), . 3
, 15-25%,
7-12%,
5-10% . -
50-60% .
-
. ,
154

, , ,
, , - -,
.
,
, :
STP - 2-5 ,
: 1) , -
, 2) ,
, ..
;
/
( 50 );
3,5 - 4 (
, );

5 10 ;

-, ,
,
.

, ,
- () .

[1] : (2008)
2015. (http://tehsovet.ru/404/413.html)
[2] . ., .. .
2010. (http://innovation.gov.ru/sites/default/files/documents/2014/25352/3950.pdf)
[3] .. -
, 2000. (http://tpark.ict.nsc.ru/analitic/asiatpark.htm)
[4] . . .
2010 (http://conf.sfu-kras.ru/sites/mn2010/pdf/13/67a.pdf)
[5] . .
: , 11.00.02. , 1999.
(http://www.dissercat.com/content/tekhnopolisy-i-tekhnoparki-ssha-i-ikh-rol-v-
regionalnom-razvitii)
[6] ., . (-
). -, VIII, I
., 1994-1995
[7] ..
.
()., 2010, . 3(71). (http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/rol-tehnoparkov-v-razvitii-
innovatsionnoy-infrastruktury-regionov#ixzz3PkREYqXE)
[8] Science park networks - A report to the European Commission
(http://aei.pitt.edu/36214/1/A2209.pdf)
[9] IASP. Web de la Asociacin Internacional de Parque Cientficos.
(http://www.iasp.ws/statistics)
155
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
. . :
- . , 1929
1
:
,
20- ,
. ,

.
,
.
: , ,
, , .
VASILYOV & TSOLOV ARCHITECTS: PROJECT FOR THE HOUSE OF MR. AL.
VASSILEV, SOFIA 1929
Georgi Kafelov 1
ABSTRACT:
The publication presents a multi-family residential building, located in the centre of Sofia,
Bulgaria, designed by Vasilyov-Tsolov Architects in the 1920s. The researcher has found and
digitalized original drawings, and on this basis discusses the floor plans and facades of the
apartment building in the context of European modernism. Alongside the archive drawings, there
are contemporary photographs by the author, which illustrate the condition of the building at
present and pose questions in front of architectural researchers and conservators.
Keywords: modernism, rationalism, Bulgarian architecture of the first half of the 20th
century, Ivan Vasilyov, Dimitar Tsolov, Vassileff, Zoloff
1
, ,
Georgi Kafelov, M.Arch., PhD student, Institute of Art Studies of the Bulgarian Academy of Science, Sofia, e-mail:
askme4architects@gmail.com
156
1. .
,
. ,
, , ,
,
. , ,
, -
, , ,
, ,

.
2014
,
. 1. , . 1: ,
: . .
. . 21 - ,
. . . :
() - . 57, . 1:100,
929 ., (): () ().
, 1929 ,
. 8.
IV. 1929 . .
. 1. ,
- ,
. , -
, ,
157
, ,
.
2. , ,
. 57 ,

, .

.

, , ,
. - ,
, ,
,
. .
, . 2,
,
.
; ,
.
- .
, - .
, ,
,
, .
,
-
. ,
- ,
.
3. -

.

( . 48 [1], 59 [2]),
.
(1918 1948 .),
. F. R. S. Yorke Frederick Gibberd ,
. 166 -169 The Modern Flat [4] Casa Muntan, Barcelona, 1930,
J. Luis Sert; Calle De Aribau, Barcelona, 1935, R. Duran Reinals; Casa
Rosellon, Barcelona 1929, J. Luis Sert
,
, . [4] . 46 Avenue des
Nations, Brussels, 1928, Victor Bourgeois ,
. Jrg C.
Kirschenmann Eberhard Syring . 119 Hans Scharoun: Die
Forderung des Unvollendeten [3] : Appartementhaus, Berlin-Wilmersdorf,
1929/30,
. ,
,
,
.
158
. 2.
4.
4.1. ;
19 , .
57
, . 2. ,
, . ,
.
,
159

6 9 .
,
, . ,
:
; : ; :
. -
.
,

:
, ,
,
3,40 -
4,50 - 14 .
, .
19 ,
, .
, . ,
, .
. . ,
.
, ,
.
,
.
- ,
.
-
, ,
.-. ,
.
. 40
- (/) , 255
13 1924 . -
1,45 3,50 ,
, 1,45 2,10 . ,

.
.
,
.
, .
.

, , ,
.
, , ,
. ,
,
,
. ,
160
,
. ,
.
,
.
4.2.
,
.

.
. -
6,70 . -
. ,
, .
,
, .
/, ,
,
- . , ,
, .
,
, ,

. , -
- , -
,
,
.
5.
,
, ,
. ,
, .
, .
.
, ,
.

, , ,
.
, ,
, .
. ,
, . 3.
161
. 3. . 4.
,
,
. ,
, ,
. ,
,
- .
. , ,
, ,
, .
, ,
.
.
6.
( 2009 .) .
, ,
. .
. -
. 2015 . , ,

, , . 5 . 6.
162
. 5. . 6.
,
, .
, , ,
, , .
, , .
,
, ,
.
7.

, .

.
, ,
.
. 57
20- XX , .
,
163
, .
, .

[1] , .,
. 48, , ,
2013, 1317 2013 .,
, , .
[2] Kafelov, G., Aesthetic and Functional Development of Multifamily Residential
Buildings in Sofia, Bulgaria in the 1930s and 1940s, Proceedings of I-ICAUD, 2012,
ISBN: 9789928-135-01-8, p.p. 781 792.
[3] Kirschenmann, J. C., Syring, E., Hans Scharoun: Die Forderung des Unvollendeten.,
Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, Stuttgart, 1993, p. 119.
[4] Yorke, F. R. S., Gibberd F., The Modern Flat (3rd eddition). The Architectural Press,
London, 1948. p.p 166 -169, p. 46.
164
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:
,
, .,
, . -
(
) ,
,
.
, , , .
,
.
: , , , ,

APPLICATION OF FACADE SYSTEMS AS PART OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT OF

RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Asya Nikolova1
ABSTRACT:
The trends for outright display, expression and perception of installation elements, which
started at the end of the XXth century, today expand their continuation in finding and use of
complete faade systems which can combine in themselves several functions. Increasingly frequent
use of sustainable facade systems (double skin faades and green systems) changes the focus of use
of different installation systems, with their accompanying elements, towards demand for systems to
provide living and perceiving the building into a single image and architectural aesthetics. The
analysis of the selection and efficiency of each one of them depends on the economical, structural,
technological, aesthetic and many other factors affecting the choise of a particular system and
specific operational living model.
Keywords: facade surface, green systems, aesthetics, energy efficiency, visual perception
1
. , , " ", acqnikolova@gmail.com
Asya Nikolova, M.Arch., Teaching Assistant, Varna Free University, acqnikolova@gmail.com
165
1. .

/
, ,
.
, .

, .
-
.
,
.
, , ()
.
.
, .
. . 1
,
?
. 1. , (c) Vinzenz Schller
2. .

, . , ,
(The Landmarks Preservation
Commission (LPC)). 11 ,
. ,
,
.
. . 2
166
. 2.

(Klimaschutzprogramm der Stadt Wien 2010 bis 2020 ("KliP II")),
.

, , ,
.
.
,
.

( Leitfaden Fassadenbegrnung, Magistrat der Stadt Wien, Programm fr
umweltgerechte Leistungen koKauf Wien, 1082 Wien, Rathaus, www.oekokauf.wien.at ). . 3
167
. 3. ,
- ,
- ,
,
.

, ,
.
2. .
, ArchModule.com 2011.,
, , , - ,
. . 4
168
. 4. , ArchModule.com

/ 2005./ , ,

. ( )
, ,
.
; ; ;
.
:
....
1. , :,
, , ;
: ;
, ,,;
.....
. 5. P+ARCHITECTS Ltd, ,
, (), , ()
34
.
,
, .
, , - , ,
.

.
169
, ,
,
,
. . 5
. 6. - ,
,

. . 6

.

- .
.

- .
3. .
, ,
. . 7
1972., 2013. ,
.
Alucobond Spectra Colors.
,
,
.

,
.
170
. 7. North Bergen, N.J., Housing Authoritys Hi-Rise Retrofit Shines With Alucobond
Spectra Colors, Architect: Lothrop Associates LLP, White Plains, N.Y., 2013
,
, ,
, .
- ,
- ,
.
Pattern design - . . 8
171
. 8. Pattern design, .
, ,
,
.

.

- . . 9
. 9. -
172
,
,
.
, , .
4. .
,
( ) ,
.
- (
, .)
.
- .
, ,
.

, .
.
.
,
-
.

[1] http://www.wien.gv.at
[2] http://www.nyc.gov
[3] http://www.canadianarchitect.com
[4] http://www.archdaily.com
[5] http://www.archmodule.com
[6] http://www.alucobondusa.com
173
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

, XII XIV .
. 1
:
- ,
.
,
. -
,
.
: , , ,
TYPOLOGY IN ARCHITECTURE OF MEDIEVAL EASTERN ORTHODOX

MONASTERY, XII - XIV century
Dragomir S. Yosifov1
ABSTRACT:
Frequently monasteries are understood and defined as equally and independently existing
material and spiritual closed units. Between them equate, but actually they are arranged in a strict
hierarchical relationships. Monastic life is subject to more or less strict rules, which is the main
factor determining their different architectural typological nature.
Keywords: architecture, history, monasteries, typology
1
, , , : . ,
. 1, d_yos@abv.bg
Dragomir Yosifov, Ms Arch., PhD student in VFU Chernorizets Hrabar Varna, address: city Veliko Tyrnovo, D.
Tshokanov1 str., d_yos@abv.bg
174
1.
(), . IX . XIV .
V VI .,
,
.
.

865 . I.
.
(927-969),
. X-XI .
.
:
.
.
167 XI
,
. ,
. ,
XI , ,
.
(1186),
. XIV . ,
, , [13].
2. (XII
XIV .)
XII XIV . ,
, ,
. ,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.[18]
,
XII XIV .,
, - ,
.
,
.
,
, ,
.
/. - / ,
. ,
, . ,
,
.
,
175
, , -
.
2.1.
.
- ,
.

- ()
().
,

. /.- /
, .
. , 228 341
., (. 1).
.
, (. 2) 250
356 .
, (.
3).
. .
.
- .1. . 2.
, XII. XV .
[10].
.
.

(. 4).
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
. , . ,
290/5 346/8 (.5).
, . .
, . 3.
.
, ,
. [19]
,
, - .
,
, ,
.
176

,
[15] .
2.2.

() ()

,
.

. . .
(.- )
. . 4. . 5.

- .
. 6. .
http://terrabyzantica.com/
,
(.-
).

:

. , X-
IX .;
. , XIII-XIV .;

.
. XII - . XIII
. . .
.
, . 7. . . ,
http://terrabyzantica.com/
177
, (. 6).
,
.
, - , , (. 7).

. 8. , , . 9. ,
:http://wikipedia.org : http://agion-
oros.orthodox.ru
,
.[20] .
- ,
(. 8), (), (. 9)
, (. 10).
1.1. . 2.1. .
. 10. 1. ; 2.
: http://www.doxologia.ro
(.) - ",
. ,
, ,
. .
- , (. 11).
,
. [4]
178
(.- )
(.-
), ,

, -
(.12). . 11. . ,
: http://nl.dreamstime.com
,
.

,
,

. [2]
(.- )

-
. - -
. 12. -
, (. 13). :http://cirota.ru

, , ;
.
;

; ".
" .

,
, ,
. .
. " . 13. -
" " :http://tlantaserbs.com
" ,
.

.
. ,
, , .
(.- ) , , , (.14).
- , .
.
179

,
, (.15).

.
()

.

( )
. . 14.
,
. . . :http:// wikimapia.org

. 15. . ,
:http://isihast.ru
- - (.16).
(. ) ,
(.17). ,
.

(),

.

.
. 16. . 17. ,
, ,
: .:http://pagion-
, http:// carstvo-maloe.com oros.orthodox.ru
.
- ,
, .
.
180
,
,
.
, , .,
. , .
, , ,
(.18).

[5].
(. -
scriptorius)

.

,

. ,
(. ,
), . 18.
, :http://bgjourney.com

.

"
"
".
", (.19).

-
,
. .
. , .
(.- ) - . 19.
, :http://i.ytimg.com; sibir.bg

.[14]
, -.
( : , )
. , .
- ,
, .
. .
. , -
, , () -
, ; - , ""-
, ;
3.

XII XIV ., ,
, (. 20).
181
. 20. -
,
,
.
o
.
, .
. .
o

. .
,
.
,
. ,
.
. -
.
.
o
,
- , .
o
, ,
, ,
.
o
()
,
.
,
XII XIV .

.
:
[1] . . . . , 1965 .
[2] , . .
182
, , 2013.
[3] . . , XV-XVIII . . . , .
, 2012 .
[4] . .
, IV, ,1961, 315-316
[5] . ,
VII, , 1968 ( 39-66)
[6] , . IV-XVIII .
, 1979, 2, 46-52
[7] , . IV-XV . . . 1981
[8] , . .
, 1996, 4, 21-24
[9] , . ,
. . I. . , 2010.
[10] , , . .
, , 1991
[11] , . , , .
, , 2003 [238-249]
[12] . ., . , . , . -.
. . , 1972 .
[13] . ., . . . . , ,
1997 .
[14] (). VI
- 11 2008 ., ,
, , 09.01.2009 .
[15] , . ,
, 1904 .; ,
, 1899.
[16] , . .
. . 1, , 1910, . 524, 525
[17] , . . .. , 2002 .
[18] , . XI XIV. .
. , 1988 .
[19] , . . . , , 1989

[20] - - http://wikipedia.org
[21] http://www.pravoslavieto.com/life/05.15_sv_Pahomij.htm .
[22] http://bible.netbg.com/bible/dic/w.php?1812
183
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

. VII-VI . . .
XX .
.

. ,
, .
,
. -
.
: , , e, ,
, , , , ,
ANCIENT PORT FORMS ALONG BULGARIAN BLACK SEA COASTLINE

Yordan Lyubenov1
ABSTRACT:
The paper considers the period of establishment and development of the ports on the
Bulgarian Black Sea coastline. As a starting point has been adopted the date of Greek colonization
about VII-VI century BC. The study has been approached to the beginning of XX century or to the
construction of modern port facilities. It considers the stages in the development of the ancient port
basins on the basis of scientific publications on the available archaeological material on the topic.
The report studies ancient, antique and medieval names in the hidronimy and toponymy which
explain the term port. It clarifies the functional characteristics of the port, corresponding to the
specific needs of cities in different eras. The report studies the earliest construction systems of port
facilities and the technology of their construction.
Keywords: Greek colonization, Pontus Euxinus, Black Sea, port basin, port equipments,
hormos, limen, transgression, regression, periplus
1
, ,
, e-mail: j.lubenov@gmail.com
Yordan Lyubenov, M. Arch., Chernorizets Hrabar Free University of Varna, Ph.D. student in the Department of
Architecture and Urban Studies, Faculty of Architecture, Chernorizets Hrabar Free University of Varna, Bulgaria, -
mail: j.lubenov@gmail.com
184
1.
.
(
), ,
,
, , . ,
,
. [6]
, -.
. ,
.
, -
[6]. (
) , , ,
( ) [6].
2.
;
;
; ..

.
,
.
,
/ .
, . . -
, -
.
-
. [6]:
(-),
- II . . .;
- , , [7];
V . . . [6]
[6] (V-VI .), ,
- ( -, ,
), ,
[6, 11]. [6, 15]
[6, 12], ,
[7]. [10], ,
I . .
. [7]
-
, , : ()
() [1, 6]. , - .
, [2, 6]. [6] ,
, ,
- .
.
. , ,
, .
185
, .
,
(. ).
, - - , -
, - ,
[16].
() [6]. -
, ()
, - . ,
- ... -
.
(. .) -
, , - ; ,
. [6]
[6] , ,
;
- ; , (,
); , , ,
, .
, ,

2 .
, ,
.
.
-
. [6]
, II
. . . .
VII-VI . . .,
4-5 , .
, .
10 [6, 9]. VII-VI . . . -

- 10
, .
, , ,
[6, 14].
[3, 6] - ,
.
- 4-5 ,
, ,
. [6]
-
.
, I . . .,
4 5 . [6, 7].
II . . . . . ,
4-5 ,
.
2
,

186
. . .
IX-X [6, 13], 1-1.5
. [6]
, .
,
.
,
[6, 9]...

[6]. ,
....
,
.
. ,
. [6]
[6], . . ,
-
- .
, .
, .
,
. ,

VI-VII . [5, 6]
,
- ,
. -
, ,
XIX XX .

, .
... (), (), ()
().
. [6]
,
... ,
(
) [6], .
(. ). [6]

.

, ,
. [6]

[4, 6].
,
,
, -
() () .
.
187
, ,
(. )
(. ).
,
, (. 1 ).
. 1.
3
,

.
1. / /Aulaeutichus/ , .

. ,
2. // Agathopolis
.
. ,
3.
.
. ,
4.

11
5.

.
6.

. ,
7. //Apollonia
.
. 50
8.

9. -

. .
. 910 -
10.
.
3
11.
-
6
12. // thia

3
.
, . . - , . . ,
, 2009. 93.
188
. ,
13. /
.
. . ,
14. /Anchialus/Anchialos
.
. ,
15. //Mesambria
.
54
16. /Aristaeum

17. ,
.
18. /Naulochus// Templum Iovis .
. ,
19. .
.
. ,
20. //Odessus
.
6
21.

, .
22.

, .
23. / /-, Dionysopolis

, .
24. //Bizone

12
25. //Tirizis

26.
.
. ,
27. / /Portus Caria
.
3.

, :
3.1.

.
-
189
.
-
.
.
- .
,
, -
( ). ,
(
)
. , , ,
. ,

.
,
. ,

.
,

.
3.2.

.
,

. ,
.
,
,
.
( IX-X .), ,
,
.

, .
.
-.
,
.
.
,
.
.
3.3.

. ,
190
.
.
.
.
, -
, .
, (),
, . ,
, ,
-
.
3.4.

,
. -
- (),
.
,
.
.
,
, ,
, ,
.
, , -,
. ,

, .
3.5.

(-
) ,
. -
4, ,
XIX XX ( ).
,
,
. , ,
,
. , ..
.
.
,
- -
, .
4
,
(, . . .
, VII. 1921). -
,
XIX .
191
4.

- .

. ,
(,
, , .),
. ,
,
.
,
. ,
,
, .
:
- ;
;
;
- ;
- (-);
;
- ;
;
.

[1] , . 40 . 3. 2001.
[2] , . . VII-I . . . . 1952.
[3] , . . . 1951.
[4] , ., . , . .
. : , 3, , 1982.
[5] , .
. - : ,
.
, . . 1996.
[6] , . . , ,
2009. 85-93.
[7] , . . : ,
3, . 1976.
[8] , . . :
, . 3. 1948 .
- http://ancientrome.ru/antlitr/arrian/peripl-f.htm
[9] , . .
7. 1990.
[10] , . . : , ,
. . 2002.
[11] , . . : .
. . 1980.
[12] , . . .
. 1977.
192
[13] , . . -
.
. 1963.
[14] , . . - . . 1978.
[15] Boshnakov, K. Strabo 7. 6. 1. Actes du Symposium International Thracia Pontica 5:
Les Ports dans la vie de la Thrace ancienne, 7. - 12. 10. 1991 Sozopol, Varna. 1994.
[16] Rouge, J . A. Recherches sur Iorganisauon du commerce maritime en Medlterranee
sous Iempire romain. Paris. 1966.
193
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-

1
:
-
,
, .
,
- , ,
, . ,
, , -
.
: , , , , ,
, , , , , -
, , , ,
EXHIBITING AND PROTECTION OF CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL HERITAGE IN

THE OUTDOOR MUSEUMS - MODERN TRENDS
Mariana Pramatarova1
ABSTRACT:
The topic considered outdoor museums as a place for exhibiting cultural and historical
heritage, preservation of cultural monuments in architectural and ethnographic complexes,
traditional village and others. Indicate good models and practices in Bulgaria and abroad, related to
new trends for the exhibition of cultural and historical heritage in virtual environments,
digitalisation, interactive technologies, attractions. Clarifies problematic points regarding the
reconstruction, conservation, restoration and adaptation of cultural and historical heritage in outdoor
museums.
Keywords: Outdoor museums, Ephesus, Cloppenburg, Abu Dhabi, Plovdiv - old town,
Nessebar - old town, Etura, Balchik Palace, cultural and historical heritage
1
, - , -: m_pram@abv.bg ,
Mariana Pramatarova, Phd cultural and historical heritage, email: m_pram@abv.bg, lawyer
194
.
. :
1. :
, ,

2. : -, - .
3. , :
/ /,
/, /, / , ./
4. : , -, -
, , , -

/ , ,
,
,
,
, /1965./
, /2000./ ,
, , ,
./ ,
:
, ,
, , ,
,

,
,
,
,
, ,
, ,

,
, ,
. ,
: , , ,
, , ,
, .
//
,
: / , , , ,
/ /, , , /,
, , , .
// ,

, , .

: , , , ,
-
195
, , ,
, .
,
,
.
, , , .
.
. /
, 1964., .9, 12, 15, 1994. ./

, .
, ... ./
., 25.02.2015./
.
:

, , , ..
.
,
- -.
.

, , ,
, -
, .
.
:
1. /1869./
, . 30
, ,
//. 1960. .
, , , ,
, , , .
. -
, 11 ,
. .
/, , , / ,
25 000 .
22838 . / /, ,
, , .
. .
,
/ /,
, . ,
, , , ,
, .
,
, , ,
. 200 000 .
196

, . /
.. /. .
- .
,
- ..
, .
.1
2. - , .
, , , ,
, , , , , ,
, , .
, , ,
. ,
/ /, , .
. -
. .
.
.
. -
. ,
.
. , .
.2
3. .
50 .
197
, ,
.
,
, .
/ /,
, , ,
, /, ./.
.3
4.
.
. .
: ,
, ..
, , ,
.
, .
, -
.
,
, , .
100 / 86/ .

. , , ,
, ,
.
, . 1929

.
198
.4 -
:
1.
. ,
.
. :
, , , ,
, ,
, .
2. , ,
, .

.12 :
- . , , . /,
,
/
- : , ,
.,
/
- ., . / /,
., ., , . /
/, , ,
, ,
., , -, .,
- , ., , .,
-, , ,
-

. :
, //, ,
. / / ,
., .
.
/ , , ./.
, , , , ,

. ,
199
, , , , , .
,

.
2012 .
,
:
, , ,
.
.5
.
, , ,
. -
,
.
, , .
.
. - -
.
.6
-
. .
, ,
,
.
200

[1] , . ., ., 1998.
[2] , . , , ., ., 2011.
[3] , . , , ., ., 1981
:
1. http://whc.unesco.org/
2. http://lex.bg/
3. http://www.icomos.org/en/
4. http://mc.government.bg/
201
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

, .

.
- ,
.
, .

.
: , , ,
,
RESEARCH ON THE TRENDS IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF MODULAR AND

MOBILE ICE SPORTS FACILITIES
Marina Vasileva1
ABSTRACT:
The report presents the latest trends in the establishment of contemporary sustainable facilities
for ice sports through investigation of their modular structure and their demounting, transformation
and transportation potential. The specific requirements for the design of this kind of buildings and
the economic benefits from their establishment are investigated and described. Particular attention
is given to innovative approaches to the creation of spatial solutions, construction and overall
perception of the buildings. The analysis includes world known examples of high architectural
value, which skillfully combine new technology with elegant design. The aim of the study is to
present the benefits of designing modular and mobile ice sports facilities for the development of
both professional and mass sport.
Keywords: sustainability, ice sports, modular structures, mobile facilities, design
1
, , , ,
Marina Aleksandrova Vasileva, architect, PhD student, Technical University of Sofia, marina_vasileva@abv.bg
202
1. .

.

, , .

, , ,
.

.
2.
-
,
.
.
: , , (
), , , ,
, , . ,
.
. 1.
, ,
.
60 x 30 .
60 26 - 30
. 56 x 26
.
53 26
, 30 20 - [1]. 7
8,5 . 1,17 1,22 .

.
(IIHF Rules for Ice Rinks [2])
: 4 ,
(4 x 30 ); 2 (2 x 18 );
( 18 ); 2 (2 x 4 ); ( 70
); ( 15 );
( 8 ); ( 50 );
( 50 ); ; ( 130 ); 2
(2 x 10 ); (20 );
( 50 ). ,
,
.
, .

.
4 5
- 3 .
400 , 333,33 . 180.
25 26 .
203
,
.
44,5 45,7 4,42 5 .

, .
.
, .
,
,
. ,
/ , -
, .
. 1. , ,

.
-4C +24, .
,
. -
. ,
. -
.
, ,
.
.

. ,
204
.
.
: , ,
. -
.

,
. , ,
, , ,
.
. 2.
-
, ,
.
. 2. , 2
, , ,
. , .
3.
-
.
, ,
.
,
-
.

, ,
205
. , ,
.
,
.
, -
,
, .
,
, . ,
,
. 80%

.

,
, .
. -

.
, ,
.
,
. 3.

. -
, , ,
.
. 3. -
.

.
.
2014 . . 4
12 000 , .
15 000 ,
,
.
- .
, .
206
,
.
. - .
200 36
.
-
.
. 4. , ,
. 5 7 000 ,
.
,
. .
.
18 ,
.
. 5.

2014 .
.
,
,
.

. .

.

. , ,
, , .
.
207

[1] . , 2007.
[2] International Ice Hockey Federation, IIHF Rules for Ice Rinks, 2010.
[3] IIHF Official Rule Book 2014 2018.
[4] International Ice Hockey Federation <http://arenaguide.iihf.com/en/>. The IIHF Arena
Guide.
[5] International Ice Hockey Federation
<http://www.iihf.com/fileadmin/user_upload/PDF/rules_part_one.pdf>.
[6] Modular Building Institute
<http://www.modular.org/htmlPage.aspx?name=why_modular>.
[7] The free encyclopedia for UK steel construction information
<http://www.steelconstruction.info/Modular_construction>.
[8] Modular stadium
[9] <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modular_stadium>. 08.03.2015
[10] Stevens, Philip
[11] <http://www.designboom.com/architecture/iceberg-skating-palace-for-sochi-2014-
winter-olympics-02-04-2014/>. Iceberg skating palace for Sochi 2014 winter olympics.
[12] Figueras International Seating
<http://www.figueras.com/print.php?lang=en&tipo=producto&id=265>
[13] Luchianov, Vladislav
<http://web.icenetwork.com/news/article.jsp?ymd=20120514&content_id=31228580&
vkey=ice_news>. 14.05.2015.
[14] Official website of the Olympic movement
[15] <http://www.olympic.org/news/all-about-the-sochi-2014-venues/219150>. All about the
Sochi 2014 venues.07.01.2015.
[16] Craven, Jackie
[17] <http://architecture.about.com/od/europ1/ss/Ice-Palaces-in-Sochi-Russia.htm#step-
heading>. Ice Palaces: Arenas for the 2014 Winter Olympic Games in Sochi, Russia.
[18] Iceberg Skating Palace
[19] < http://sochi.fbk.info/en/place/6/>.
[20] Rinaldi, Marco
[21] <http://aasarchitecture.com/2014/02/sochi-2014-olympics-architecture-2.html>. Sochi
2014 Olympic Architecture.06.02.2014.
[22] Shayba Arena
[23] <http://sochi.fbk.info/en/place/4/>.
208
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:
,
.
, ,
,
.
.

, ,
- , a .
: , , ,
NATURAL LIGHTING OF BUILDINGS

Gabriela Simeonova1, Marieta Kostadinova2
ABSTRACT:
The paper contains information about the physical nature of the light, its natural sources and
human biological need of natural sunlight. In the architecture the light is a factor that provides the
building functionality and even more an artistic means of expression for perception of the
architectural object, which is ilustated by examples from the history of the architecture. The modern
materials and constructional technologies expand the opportunities for natural lighting. The paper
considers some innovative methods and tools for natural lighting with application of light domes,
light strips and light wells as well as their ability to integrate additional functions - ventilation, fire
safety and energy efficiency.
Keywords: architecture, natural lighting, light domes, light wells
1
, ,
Gabriela Simeonova, student, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, e-mail:gabinet@abv.bg
2
, . , )
Marieta Kostadinova, student, VFU Chernirizets Hrabur), e-mail:gabinet@abv.bg
209
1. -

400 750 nm.
. ,
,
.
(
). .. -
- ( )
, - ( ,
) [1].
: .
. ,
, .
,
.
. ,
, , , ..,
.
-
. , 90% , ,
. , ,
.
,
, ,
, .
2.

.
. - ,
-
. , ,
,
.

( ).
. ,
.
,
.
, ,
[2]. , ,
. / ,
,
, .
.
, ,
: ,
,
, - -
, .
210
,
.
,
. [3]
, - 1/6 1/7
, , .
30 %.
.
- .

.
-
200lx, -
100lx.
3.
-
.1.
.1

, .2.
211
.2.
[2].
, -
. -
( ) .3.
.3.

.4.
212
.4 .
.
, ,
.
Galeries Lafayette (1908., . Georges-Paul Chedanne) . 5.
19- 20-

. Cristal Palace (1851 .), -
Grand Palais (1900.,
Henri Deglane, Albert Louvet, Albert Thomas Charles Girault),
.5 Galeries Lafayette -
213
. 6 Grand Palais

.
,
. -

, .
. -
Grand Theater ,
(2007 ., . Paul Andreu) .7.
. 118 900m2.
.7 Grand Theater
Apple Store na 5- .
Grand Theater
La Dfens (),
.8.
214
.8 Apple Store
4.
,
. ,
. ,
, ,
,
, - .. . -

(. ) .9.
.9.
215
,

.
, Zaragoza Bridge Pavillon (2008 .) .10
. .

.
.10. Zaragoza Bridge Pavillon

[4]. ,

.
11.
11.

.
: , ,
. .
216
.
.
, -
.
, ,
, , , , , , ,
[5].
.

- , ,
-
, .
.
(1997, . Steven Holl) .12
.12 .
,
.

.
.
52%
1.2 W/m2K ,
, [6].
( ) . -
,
.
217

. (,
.) - ,
.
.
,

.

[1] , . ,
,
[2] ,

, , 2014 .
[3] 7 , 22
2003 .
[4] , , . , 2005 .
[5] , - . .
IV, 5, 2007
[6] , ,
VII, 1, 2010
218
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:
, ,
/ .

,
. -
: ,
, , - , - ,
.
,
. : ()
().
: , , , , ,
, , , , , , , ,
TRENDS IN DESIGN OF INTERMODAL PASSENGER TERMINALS

Tsveta Zhekova1
ABSTRACT:
In recent decades, the separate buildings of airports, railway, sea / river and bus stations
transform into hybrid transport complexes. Their development should seek different ways to merge
the flows of transport infrastructure and of passengers in a complex structure, such as intermodal
pessanger terminal. The strongest influence in its planning have the following factors: Territorial
scope of passenger service, Modality of transport, Location, Spatial structure, Functional-planning
scheme, Measures for Environmental Sustainability. Trends in intermodal passenger terminals are
demonstrated through analysis of two international projects, which became publicly known in the
past three years. They are:Transbay Transit Center (USA) and Rotterdam Central Station (Holland).
Keywords: integrated, intermodal, multimodal, air, waterborn, road, railway, transport,

complex, hub, terminal, sustainable development, planning
1
, - ., , cvetajekova@gmail.com
Tsveta Zhekova, PhD arch., VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, cvetajekova@gmail.com
219
1.
,
.
,

.. . ,
( ) .
,
,
.
2. - :
2.1. (Transbay Transit Center and Tower),

, ,

.
.
. (Pelli Clarke Pelli Architects)
,
. 4,5 .
,
.
2017. . 1.
. 1 - " " ()

: .
5- , :
, ;
. 5,4- ( 21,85 )
220
, .
.
, ,
, . ,
, , 12
, .
, 1000 ( 305 ),
. ,
, ,
.
.
(),
.
-
- . . 2. -
, . (Mission)
. (The Grand Hall)
, .
. 2 - ()
, 120 ( 36,58 ) ,
, -
(the Lower Concourse). (4 000 . = 372 ..),
,
.
,
221

.
, .
,
,
, , ,
, .

, ,
. - ,
. - ,
.
,
. - ,
4 . ,
.
.. .
9,2 . , 19
. ,
-, ,
, .
(LEED rating system)
(Gold level of certification), -
) U.S. Green Building Council.
()

, .

.
2.2. , (Rotterdam Central Station)

e ,
, .
, .
, ,
8 (Benthem Crouwel Architects, MVSA architects West 8), 110
000 323 000 2025.
46 000 .. 2013.
.
..
.
, ,
. . 3. .. e
,
.
3 . . 4.
222
. 3 - ()
. 4 -
()
. 5
, ,
.
223
. 5 - ()
5 :
, (, ).
,
, .
- ,
. . 6.
,
()
.

19. , ,
,
.
, ,
.
- . . 7 . 8.
,
, .
224
. 6 ( )
()
. 7
()
225
. 8 -
()
130 000
, 10 000 .. ,
28 000 .. -
8%. . 9 . 10.

,
. , 250
.
. 9 - ()
226
. 10 - ()
() e ,
,
.
.
3. .
,
:
;
;
;
- , ;
- ;

;
, : ,
.
,

(, , ).
,
.
, .
,
,
. -
227

,
. - -
,
.
.
.
,
() , .

, .
( , ,
..),
.

[1] Blow, Ch. (2005). Transport Terminals and Modal Interchnges. Oxford. Burlington.
ISBN 0 7506 5693 X 13.
[2] Edwards, B. (2011). Sustainability and the design of transport interchanges. New York:
Routledge. ISBN13: 978-0-203083965-2 (ebk).
[3] TOP 10 transportation hubs of 2013. <http://www.designboom.com/architecture/top-10-
transportation-hubs-of-2013-12-31-2013/> 02.02.2015.
228
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2, 3
:
,
-
. XX .
,
-.
,
(, , , -
, .).
.
: , ,

THE SEA GARDEN IN VARNA ON THE WAY DEGRADATION OR

DEVELOPMENT
Mladen Tanov , Martin Lazarov2, Zhasmina Aleksandrova3
1
ABSTRACT:
The construction of linear parks, pedestrian promenades and systems of alternating open
spaces and green areas is an important part of the waterfront regeneration practice in European
cities by the end of the 20th century. The establishment of the Sea Garden in Varna is ahead of this
trend by a century, and brings to the population what some southern European and Balkan cities
built up much later.
The report examines the process of creating and degradation of the Sea Garden, the main
characteristics and problems of its territory (scope, status, ownership, accessibility, role in the green
system, etc.). The authors analyze the options for its future development and give recommendations
within the new General Urban Regulation Plan of Varna Municipality.
Keywords: Waterfront Regeneration, Landscape Architecture, Waterfront Green Areas.
1
, , , .
1
Mladen Tanov, Master of Architecture, Landscape Architecture and Ecology, Assist.-Proff., VFU, den_eko@abv.bg
2
, , .
2
artin Lazarov, Student of Architecture, VFU, martin_lazarov93@abv.bg
3
, , .
3
Zhasmina Aleksandrova, Student of Architecture, VFU, zhasmina.aleks@gmail.com
229
1. .
-
-
. XX .
XXI .
, , , -
. , -
. -
.
. XIX . -
,
-. , , , ,
1990 2000 . -
,
. -

. .
. -
90- . XX . -
-
?
?
?
, ?
2. XX .
- . -
1862 . , -
. -
- ,
.
, , .
, -
.
.
, , ,
- ,
, , .
, -
, , , , .
1895 ., -
-
. 26

. 1899.
,
, ( ) [1].

( 90 ), .
. 1921
. , ,
, , , , .
230
. (Ulmus) (Fraxinus).
(Ilex aquifolium), (ilia),
(Aesculus hyppocastanum), (Cercis siliquastrum), (Celtis australis), -
(Pinus sp.), (Abies alba), (Picea abies). 30- .
(Cedrus sp.), (Cupressus sp.)
(Sequoiadendron giganteum), (Paulownia tomentosa), (Larix europaea),
(Libocedrus decurrens). . "" "". [22]

. ,
, [1].
3. . XX . .
1950 . -
, .
. -
.
. -
,
. .
1956 . 48

.
[1]. 60- ,
, , ,
, , ,
.
, .
, .
120 ,
, 1982., -
2012 . 40
, [1].
. 90- . -
( ) .

, . 1984 . -
-
.
. , -
2 . .

, , .
.
.

. , -
, .
, 80-
, , , .
. -
, .
231
, -
-
. 12 ,
. -
.
. ,
;
, , -
. ,
. -
.. -
, ,
.
, -
, -
, 1:1 2:3
. .
( ): 1.
; 2.- ,
, ; 3. ,
: , , ,
; 4. -
() - (- );
5. - -
- ; 6. -
; 7. ; 8. ; 9.-
; 10. . ,

,
, .
. -
- ,
, (.. ).
-
- . ,
.
- , , -
, , , , , , , , -
, , , , , , , -
, , , , -
, -
, , -
. ,
, , ,
, . .
4. 1992 - 2012 .
1989 . ,
, , ,
, , ,
. ,
, ,
232
, , . .
. .
,
, ,
.
, .
, . -
, -
.
. ,
, ,
, -
. -
.
. -
, ; -
. , -
. , .
,
. -
, -
, 1935 .,
.
.
.. -
, -
,
-
. -
, .
, ,
- .
.1 .2 -
, , , ,
, ,
, ,
, -
.
,
. ,
, -
.
61 62 . 32 7 ,
( ) ,
, ,
, ( , -
, , ), , -
, -, -
. -
( 7,
.32, .4). .20
, .
233
, -
, , , .
, -
,
.
, . .
.62, . 2 , ,
, , -
, . 61, . 2 4
. , -
, .8
(.62, .3). -
-
, .
. -
.
. ,
, .
.
-
(41/1992, 4/1995, 10080/02.12.2005). .
//
[1].
,

. -
, , .. -
10-
20 . . .

- --

(.. ) -
, ,
, -
. - .
;
, -
; ;
1990 . ;

.
- 1989 ., ,
, , -
.
, -
, ..
;
;
. -
.

234
. , ,
,
, .
- -
.
,
.

, ,
, .
,
.
, -

, .
- .
().
- .
-
, , .
.
.
.
1989 .,
.
5. . .

, -

.
.
( , )
, . - ( ) -
, -
. -
, . -
.
.
. -
, -
, ( . -
), -

, , -
, . -
, , , -
, , .
.
-
, ., . -
, - .
235
236
1. (., 2015)

( )
, -
.
237
-
-.
.. ,
, . -
.

( ), -
, -
, .
(-
- ).
- -
-
. -
(
) . , -
. -

,
. -
. .
,
-,
. .

.
6.
M 15--
.
,
, .
. , -
, -
, . --
,
, .
-
, -
. , -
, ,
.
, ?

[1] , ., ?,,.,1995(4),
[2] , ., ,. ,., 2006 (6-7)
[3] http://www.daspasimmorskata.org
238
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
.

1
:

. -
-
.
- . -
,
?
, 25 -
.
, a .
: , , ,
,
REGENERATION OF WATERFRONT URBAN AREAS. CLASIFICATION OF THE

BASIC REGENERATION MODELS
Mladen Tanov1
ABSTRACT:
Port complexes gradually turned from engines for development into handicaps for European
cities. At the same time historic city centers also do not allow modernization and expansion of the
ports. The changed functional profile of the cities puts pressure to transform these areas into new
functions and increased linking with the city. What are the options to restore this connection,
expansion of the city center and enhancing the quality of the living environment? The report
presents classification of the main regeneration models developed based on an analysis of 25
reclaimed areas in the PhD thesis of the author. The dependence between the functional profile of
regenerated areas, their position in cites and the number of their potential users is the focus of the
research.
Keywords: Regeneration, Revitalization, Waterfront Urban Areas, Urban Planning,

Landscape Architecture
1
, , ,
". "
Mladen Tanov, Master of Architecture, Landscape Architecture and Ecology, Assistant Professor, VFU, e-mail:
den_eko@abv.bg
239
1. .

-
-
.
. ,
, .
2. .
2.1. :
.
""
B. , -
"" "" .
C. ,
.
2.2. :
. , -
; B
LB. ,
: -LB, B-LB C-LB.
2.3. :
.
:
" ";
-
;
, ;
.
- :
;
,
;
, /
;
()
.
:
; -
" ";
;
- - , -
;
:
;
;
-
, ;
240
;

:
, , , , , ,
B.
:

;
: -
, ,
() ;
,
;
,
-
;
.
:

;
;
;
.
:
C;
;
;

;
,
; .
:
;
-
, -
:
, ,
C.
:

;
-
, -
;

;
;
;
,
;
241
;

;
, ,
, .
:
;
;
;
.
:
-;
;
- -.
:
;
;
.
:
, , , .
.

,
. , -
, .

. -
. -
-
. .
:
,
, ;
, .
:

;
;
;
;
;
;
;

, , .
:

- ;
242
, ,
.
LB.

-
,
. Oo -
, ( , ..,
) . -

, .
:
-
;
,,C
:
;
, ;
.
:
;
,
- , .
:
, , , ;
3. .
3.1 :
1.
1.1.
1.2. , /, , , /
1.3.
1.4. : , ,
1.5. -
2.
3. o
3.1.
>60% 30%
3.2. ( ) 50%
50% ,
.3.3.
4. , -
4.1. ,
"-"
4.2. ,

4.3. -
()
4.4. -

5.
243
5.1.
5.2.
3.2. B - :
B1. o
,
B1.1. ,
>60% <30%
B1.2. ,
>60 % 30%
;
B1.3.
(50%) , (50%)
B2. , -
>60% ~40%;
B3.- ,
B4. -
> 2/3; + < 1/3
B5.
> 50%; <10%
B6.
3.3. C - :
C1. ,
C2. , .
C3.- :
C3.1.
C3.2. . ,
C3.3. , -

3.4. . .
.
, -
.
, . -
-
, , -
, , -
- . , , .
3.5. LB - :
LB.RM .. , ,
. (, , , .)
LB.EN -
, , , (, , , );
LB.BR - ,

( C3 e ).
C3, ,

244
, , -
, .
3.6. .
.
1.
1.1, 1.2 ,
, .
1.1.

. ,
,
. -
, "" .
, , -
.1.2. : -
, EXPO-.
1.2. , , ,
.
, - . -
,
"" .
, , ,
.
, . -
, -
- - .
, ,
. -
. :
, , -
, - ; -, -
, , ; , .
1.3. .
B. -
,
. 1.2,

. ,
(" "). - , ,
, , , -. -
-
.
(~2/3). : ,
.
1.4. .
- -
,
. ,
, ,
.
, (
245
). -
. : , ;
, -
, ; .
1.5. -
, .
. :
.
2. ,
. "" -
:
-
- ,
, .
-
, .

(, , .), -
, . - -
, , .
"" -
, "" .
-
, -
, - , -
. "" .
3. o
. , ,
B, . ,
, - -

.
, . -
, , -
. 3.1
1/3, 3.2 50% .
, ,
, . -

. -

- , , , (, , -
, , ). (.3.2);
(3.1.); : (3.3), - (3.1), (3.2).
4. , , , -
. -
-
,
. (,
), -
, .

246
. - , -
, , . : 4.1, 4.2 -
, ; 4.3 -
, ; 4.4- , ,
, ; .
5. . -
,
- . -
, -
.
- ,
.
,
. , - .
: EXPO .
B.
B1. M .
, - .
B1.3 a - , B1.1
B1.2 - . : B1.1 -
; B1.2 - -,
; B1.3 - - , .
B2. .
B2, -
, ,
.

, ().
: .
B3. - ,
. : .
B4. - -
- ,
, . -
.
-
. : , .
B5.
,
, .
B6.
,
.
5.,
,
. : .
C.
C1. - , (,
, ) , -
, -
. -
.
247
C2. - ,
, , -
, ; 1. -

. : .
C3. - - -
, ,
. ,
, , -
. - ,
,
. : C3.1 -
; -
; C3.2 C3.3 - .
4. .
:
: ,
: ,
/ : ,
5..
-
-
. , -
, -

.

,
. .

[1] Estevens A., Waterfront rehabilitation: a model of spatial intervention. The case of
Lisbon Metropolitan Area, 41st ISoCaRP Congress, 2005
[2] Butuner, B., Waterfront Revitalization as a Challenging Urban Issue in Istanbul, 42nd
ISoCaRP Congress, 2006
[3] Cardiff Bay, Urban Regeneration in Wales Capital: Welsh Assembly and Waterfront
Attractions in Cardiff, Wales, Av. on http://www.suite101.com/ content/cardiff-bay-
urban-regeneration-in-wales-capital-a218553#ixzz0zhq7ijkm
[4] Balsas, C. J. L., City Centre Revitalization in Portugal: A Study of Lisbon and Porto,
Journal of Urban Design, Volume 12, Issue 2 June 2007, pages 231 - 259
[5] Moncls F.-J., The Barcelona model: an original formula? From reconstruction to
strategic urban projects (19792004), Planning Perspectives, 18 (10. 2003)
[6] Bevilacqua, A., Il Piano Regolatore Portuale di Palermo, 2007-2008
[7] Llavador J. M. T., Study Case. La Spezia, Italy. Regenerating The Waterfront.
Waterfront Expo, Liverpool, 2008
[8] Garcia, P. R., Tagus Platform project innovating Lisbon's port territory, Cities and
Ports innovating for an inter-dependent future, 11th ICCP, Stockholm, June 2008
[9] Galdini, R., Urban Regeneration Process: the Case of Genoa, an Example of Integrated
Urban Development Approach, 45th CERS, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, August 2005
248
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
II . VILLA SUBURBANA

1
:

2.

.
,
. , -
,
.

.
: - (), - ( ), -
( ), - ( ), - (), -
, - (
), - (), -
ARCHITECTURAL ANALYSIS OF THE ROMAN BATH FROM II SENTURY IN VILLA

SUBURBANA NEAR ANTIQUE MONTANA
Krasimira Vacheva1
ABSTRACT:
Study presented here aims to demonstrate the rapidpenetration of traditional Roman bath
architecture in the province of Upper Moesia. Studied by the author over a hundred Roman baths in
North Bulgaria outline scale imposing of the Roman hygiene habits and the rapid inclusion of the
local population towards them. In the early Roman baths perceived functional and compositional
schemes typicalof the capital and around the capital construction of baths. Bath, as one of the most
convincing example of the high residential standards of Romans, enters early in the life of the new
province. The adoption of the standard bath sequence and the rapid imposition of the Roman
construction technics and technics and structures are conclusive evidence of the successful model of
the Roman civilization policy.
Keywords: A - apoditerium, - frigidarium, T - tepidarium, K - caldarium, - latrina,
unctorium, - praefurnium, - furnium, piscina.
1
, . -, " ",
Krasimira Vacheva PhD, Assoc. Prof., VFU, Faculty of Architecture, e-mail vacheva@abv.bg
249
II .[1]. 320 . .
VILLA SUBURBANA ( ) .
-
. 1a, . ---,
( I). ,

.
. 1.
. 1.
() (10 7,6 ),
- . ,
() . ,
. - ,
. ,

[2].
, (2,2 ) ,
, - .
,
.
, , (I), ()
. () -a
(). , [3].
250
, -
.
, .
, I.
,
. ,
[4]. , I unctorium [5] , -
. , .
, [6]. I
-
, .
.
. ()
() - .
, II . ,
.
, ,

. ,
( ) .
, . (, )
. ,
() . ,
,
( ). ,
.
( ).
,
[7]. , .
, -
. - ,
( ) -
sudatorium.

. ,
- . ,
. , ,
,
, .
.
,
[8].

, - , - . ,
.
- , .
- . 2.
251
. 2
.
- .3 [9].
.4.
.3 Tubuli
.4Tegulae mammatae
,
[10]. (,
) - .
[11]. ,
,
, [12].
, (VI, 6,2) , ,
,
, . ,
.
. -
252
.
. -
. .

.
(.5).
, () .
. ,

, .
[13].
,
.

.
[14]. .
,
.
, .
. , ,
. , (),
.
,
. , .
,
. , .
, , .
, .
. ,
.
.
, .
1
, . ,
, -
. ( ) -
. ,
, I .
[15].

[1] , . No2 .: IV, 1980, 53.
[2] Baatz, D. Rmische Bder mit Hlzernen Apoditerium.: Arch Korr 3, 1973, 345 sqq.
[3] , . .
[4] - - . , , 1937-1939, 129-159.
[5] , . . ., 23.
[6] Heinz, W. Rmischen Thermen. Badewesen und Badeluxus in Rmischen Reih.
Munich, 1983.
[7] Hartmann, R. Das Laconicum der Rmischen Thermen.: MDAI RA (RM) 35, 1920,
157-158.
[8] Koethe, H. Die Bder rmischer Villen in Trierer Bezirk. : BRGK, 1940, 43 sqq.
253
[9] (tegulae cavatae) No2 -
, , .
, I .
[10] Pfretzschner, E. Die Grundrissentwicklung der Rmischen Thermen. Strassburg, 1909,
Taf.I, Abb. 2, 3, 4; H. Mielsch. Die Rmische Villa. Mnchen, 1987, 12, 53; J. Persival.
The Roman Villa. London, 1976, 57.
[11] Pfretzschner, E. Op. cit., 52-53;
[12] Hainz, W. Op. cit., 52-53; E. Fabricotti. Op. cit., 32.
[13] , . . . j XII, 1961, 11; K.
Vacheva. The fountains in the thermae of Odessos.: CURA AQUARUM IN SICILIA.
Proceedings of the Tenth International Congress on the History of Water Management
and Hidraulic Engineering in the Mediterranean Region. Syracuse, May 16-22, 1998
(Ed. G.C.M.Jansen). Leiden 2000, 195-200.
[14] No1 , No1 .
[15] Boethius, A., B. Ward-Perkins. Etruscan and Roman Architecture. London, 1970, 403,
Pl. 199.
254
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

. 1
:

.
,
.
.

(, , ).

, -
.
: , ,
,
ROSE OF SOLAR IRRADIATION AS AN INDICATOR OF AVAILABLE SOLAR

RESOURCES FOR A PLOT IN AN URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Stoyanka M. Ivanova1
ABSTRACT:
The successful design of energy efficient buildings is not limited to the design of energy-
storing building envelopes. It is important to choose a buildings shape that can better utilize the
available natural energy resources - solar radiation and light. In this paper we consider the rose of
the solar irradiation as an indicator of available solar resources. It like the rose of the winds is a
vector diagram and it illustrates the amount of the incident solar irradiation on vertical building
surfaces with different exposure for different periods of time (months, seasons, year). With its help
it is possible to evaluate the available solar resources for a plot, situated in a complex urban
environment and to guide the architects and urban architects about the best exposure of the main
facades of a future building or group of buildings.
Keywords: solar resources; anisotropic sky model; partially obstructed sky; urban
environment
1
. , . . ., -,
Stoyanka M. Ivanova, Asst. Prof., Arch, PhD, UACEG Sofia, solaria@online.bg
255
1. .

.
,
, .
,
- . -,
.
,

(, , ).
,

. Mean Irradiation rose Cumulative Irradiation
rose [1] Darren Robinson Orientation rose
Raphael Compagnon [2]. ,
Rtrace RADIANCE
[3]. (mean) (cumulative).
Orientation rose Compagnon [2]
,
.
Orientation rose
.

,
-
. -
, (,
), .
,
: 1) ; 2)
; 3) .
2. .
,
. ,
,
, .
,
, .
, ,
, , .
9 ,
, . 1. 1 1
. , ..
.
3D-
SOLARIA,
- .
,
256
(, , )
, [4].
,
PVGIS [5] JRC (: 4241'47" North,
2319'33" East, : 554 m).
.
3D , a
, [6], [7] [4].
, ..
.
. 1. , .
,
.
3. .
Irradiation ( . . )
3D-SOLARIA ,
,
. :
( 1 31 92 ) ( 1 31 182 ).
,
.
3.1.
-
1 1 1 , (.
, , ).
( )
,
. 1.
. . 2 , ,
, 2 -
, , ,
4 - . 2 , ,
- 20%
- .
257
. 1. ,
.
[Wh/m2/day]

0 551 551 89 1272 1361
489 686 1175 1288 1603 2891
1357 870 2227 936 1437 2373
490 685 1175 1288 1603 2891
. 2. 4-
: () ; () .
(average global
luminous efficacy) 110 lm 1 W 110 lx 1 W/m2.
(.
2), . . .
.
. 2. ,
.
[klxh/day]

0 61 61 10 140 150
54 75 129 142 176 318
149 96 245 103 158 261
54 75 129 142 176 318
3.2.
8
10 . 40 40 . 20
( 1 9) 1 1
10 . . 3.
258
. 3. .
, .
3D-SOLARIA (mean)

. 9 9
9- ( . 4).
. ,
- .
- 7, 8 9,
. - . -
3, 6 9
. 1, 4 7.
. 4. 9-
4- . .
() ; ()

. . 5
259
. (Shading Factor SF)
,
,
. SF
0 ( ) 1 ( ).
-
- [8].
. 5,
. ,
, - ,
- - . - SF

.
, .
. 5. 9- 4-
. . () ; ()

3.3.
8
30 60 . 40 40 ,
. 20
( 1 9) 1 1 30 .
. 6.
3D-SOLARIA
.
9 9 9-
( . 7).
. ,
.
- ( 100%) ,
, .
-
.
260
. 6. .
, .
. 7. 9-
4- . .
() ; ()

. 8.
. ,
, - ,
- - . - SF

.
, .
- [8] ,
, -
( ),
. ,
,
261
. ( )
, , ,
, ,
.
. 8. 9- 4-
. .
() ; ()
. 9. () 9-
4- ; ()
.

, . 9,

. ,
262
, .
.
,
. .

. 9, 3 . -
,
. - -
.
. ,
,
.

, ,
. ,

. ,
(
).
4. .

, ,
, -
, - ,
. -
- -
,
.
.

,
. -
,
. ,
.
. -
.

.
.
, 9
9-
, .

, .
,

.
263

[1] Robinson, D., Urban morphology and indicators of radiation availability, Solar Energy,
80(12) 2006, pp. 1643-1648.
[2] Compagnon R., Solar and daylight availability in the urban fabric, Energy and
Buildings 36 (2004), pp. 321328.
[3] Compagnon R., RADIANCE: a simulation tool for daylighting systems, Available
online at: http://raphael.compagno.home.hefr.ch/ref/RADIANCE_tutorial_E.pdf
[4] Ivanova, S. M. 3D analysis of the incident diffuse irradiance on the building's surfaces
in an urban environment, Int. J. Low-Carbon Tech. 01 (2014), open access article
[5] Photovoltaic Geographical Information System, http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/pvgis/, 2012.
[6] Ivanova, S. M. Estimation of background diffuse irradiance on orthogonal surfaces
under partially obstructed anisotropic sky. Part I Vertical surfaces, Sol. Energy 95
(2013), pp. 376-391
under partially obstructed anisotropic sky. Part II Horizontal surfaces, Sol. Energy 100
(2014), pp. 234-250
[8] ., ,

, 11-13 2014, , , . 588-596
264
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

. 1, . 2,
:

.
.
,
.
.
, ( , )
.
,
.
: , ,
,
VARIANT ANALYSIS OF THE SEASONAL VERTICAL SOLAR IRRADIATION FOR

DIFFERENT TYPES OF URBAN STREET CANYONS
Stoyanka M. Ivanova1, Plamen L. Chobanov2
ABSTRACT:
The full access to solar energy resources is limited by the surrounding urban environment.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the seasonal solar irradiation incident on the vertical walls
of different types of urban street canyons. They are places where the street is flanked by buildings
on both sides creating a canyon-like environment. These are most streets in city centers. The article
considers exemplary urban canyons by combining different orientations of the streets (east west,
north south) with different proportions between height and width. he calculations include direct
and diffuse solar irradiation incident on the vertical building surfaces in both critical seasons
winter and summer at the geographical and climatic conditions of Sofia.
Keywords: solar resources, anisotropic sky model, partially obstructed sky; urban
environment
1
. , . . ., -,
Stoyanka M. Ivanova, Asst. Prof., Arch, PhD, UACEG Sofia, solaria@online.bg
2
. , . , -, -
Plamen L. Chobanov, Assoc. Prof., CEng, PhD, UACEG Sofia, chobanov_fce@uacg.bg
265
1. .
(urban street canyon)
,
[1].
.
, ,
, , GPS .
.
- ,
. -

(H) (W).
: H/W 1,
; H/W 0.5;
H/W 2.

(L)
(H): L/H 3; L/H 5; L/H 7.

.
,
. .
, .
, ,
, .
.

,
, , -
- [2].

. ( )
,
.
, ,
, .
2. .

3D-SOLARIA,

- . ,

(, , ) ,
[3]. PVGIS [4]
, ,
[5], [6] [3].
, .. .

H W ( . 1). L 20
- W. 6 : )
- (. 1) 3 : 1) H/W=1/2; a2)
266
H/W=1/1; a3) H/W=2/1; ) - (. 1) 3 :
1) H/W=1/2; 2) H/W=1/1; 3) H/W=2/1.
. 1. [2].
, ;
() -; () -.
3. .
Irradiation ,
,
, .
: ( 1 31 92 ) ( 1
31 182 ). ,
.
3.1.
. 2
H/W=1/2 .
, .
-.
/ -.
(. 2 2)
,
, .
( 2) . -

( 2375
Wh/m2/day, 1368 Wh/m2/day, / 2904
Wh/m2/day). , -

. -

( 2245 Wh/m2/day, 552
Wh/m2/day, / 1200 Wh/m2/day).
. 3 OpenGL
3D-SOLARIA 21 , 21 21
. (. 3 3) ,
( ) -
. -.
, H/W ,
,
.
267
. 2. H/W =1/2:
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
3. H/W =1/2:
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -;
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -
. 4 5 H/W=1/1
. 2 3. , ,
H/W=1/1 ,
H/W=1/2.
277 Wh/m2/day, 12% .
- -
( ) ,
-.
268
4. H/W = 1/1:
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
5. H/W =1/1:
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -;
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -
. 6 7 H/W=2/1
. H/W=2/1
, H/W=1/1.
49 Wh/m2/day, .. 2%
. -
, . -
- ,
( ) , -.
269
6. H/W = 2/1:
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
() - (); ()
- (); () - ()
7. H/W=2/1:
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -;
() 21.12, -; () 21.03, -; () 21.06, -
3.2.
.. (),

,
, . 1 3 . 8 10.
H/W=1/2 (. 1 . 8), H/W=1/1
(. 2 . 9) H/W=2/1 (. 3 . 10).
270
. 1. H/W=1/2
()
H/W=1/2
/

%
100% 39% 61% 100% 7% 93% 100% 44% 56% 100%
90% 39% 58% 97% 7% 88% 95% 44% 53% 97%
80% 39% 54% 94% 7% 82% 89% 44% 49% 93%
70% 39% 51% 90% 7% 77% 83% 43% 46% 89%
60% 39% 48% 87% 7% 71% 78% 41% 43% 84%
50% 39% 45% 84% 7% 66% 73% 40% 40% 80%
40% 39% 42% 82% 7% 61% 68% 38% 37% 75%
30% 39% 40% 79% 7% 57% 64% 36% 35% 70%
20% 39% 37% 77% 7% 53% 59% 34% 32% 66%
10% 39% 35% 74% 7% 49% 56% 32% 30% 61%
0% 39% 33% 72% 7% 45% 52% 30% 27% 57%
()
H/W=1/2
/

%
100% 61% 39% 100% 0% 100% 100% 41% 59% 100%
90% 60% 37% 98% 0% 95% 95% 40% 54% 94%
80% 60% 36% 96% 0% 89% 89% 39% 51% 89%
70% 60% 34% 94% 0% 83% 83% 37% 47% 84%
60% 59% 33% 92% 0% 77% 77% 35% 44% 79%
50% 58% 31% 89% 0% 72% 72% 32% 41% 73%
40% 57% 29% 86% 0% 67% 67% 30% 38% 68%
30% 55% 28% 82% 0% 62% 62% 28% 35% 63%
20% 51% 26% 77% 0% 58% 58% 26% 33% 58%
10% 45% 23% 69% 0% 54% 54% 23% 30% 53%
0% 38% 21% 59% 0% 50% 50% 21% 28% 49%
8. H/W = 1/2:
() - (); ()
- (); () - ();
() - (); ()
- (); () - ().
271
. 2. H/W=1/1
()
H/W=1/1
/

%
100% 39% 61% 100% 7% 93% 100% 44% 56% 100%
90% 39% 55% 94% 7% 83% 90% 44% 50% 93%
80% 39% 48% 88% 7% 72% 79% 41% 44% 85%
70% 39% 42% 82% 7% 62% 69% 38% 38% 76%
60% 39% 37% 77% 7% 53% 60% 34% 32% 67%
50% 39% 33% 73% 7% 46% 52% 30% 28% 58%
40% 39% 30% 69% 7% 40% 46% 27% 24% 50%
30% 39% 27% 66% 7% 34% 41% 23% 20% 43%
20% 39% 24% 63% 7% 30% 36% 20% 17% 37%
10% 39% 22% 61% 7% 26% 33% 18% 15% 33%
0% 39% 20% 60% 7% 23% 30% 16% 13% 28%
()
H/W=1/1
/

%
100% 60% 40% 100% 0% 100% 100% 41% 59% 100%
90% 60% 36% 96% 0% 89% 89% 39% 51% 90%
80% 59% 33% 92% 0% 78% 78% 35% 45% 80%
70% 57% 29% 86% 0% 68% 68% 30% 38% 69%
60% 52% 26% 78% 0% 59% 59% 26% 33% 59%
50% 39% 21% 60% 0% 51% 51% 22% 28% 50%
40% 29% 17% 46% 0% 44% 44% 18% 24% 42%
30% 21% 14% 34% 0% 38% 38% 15% 21% 36%
20% 14% 11% 25% 0% 33% 33% 13% 18% 31%
10% 8% 9% 17% 0% 29% 29% 11% 16% 27%
0% 5% 7% 12% 0% 25% 25% 10% 14% 23%
9. H/W = 1/1:
() - (); ()
- (); () - ();
() - (); ()
- (); () - ().
272
. 3. H/W=2/1
()
H/W=2/1
/

%
100% 39% 61% 100% 7% 93% 100% 44% 56% 100%
90% 39% 49% 88% 7% 73% 80% 42% 44% 86%
80% 39% 38% 77% 7% 54% 61% 35% 33% 68%
70% 39% 30% 69% 7% 40% 47% 27% 24% 51%
60% 39% 24% 64% 7% 30% 37% 20% 18% 38%
50% 39% 20% 60% 7% 24% 30% 16% 13% 29%
40% 39% 18% 57% 7% 19% 25% 12% 10% 22%
30% 39% 16% 55% 7% 15% 22% 10% 8% 18%
20% 37% 14% 50% 7% 13% 19% 8% 6% 14%
10% 32% 12% 44% 7% 11% 18% 6% 5% 12%
0% 28% 10% 38% 7% 10% 16% 5% 4% 10%
()
H/W=2/1
/

%
100% 60% 40% 100% 0% 100% 100% 41% 59% 100%
90% 59% 33% 92% 0% 80% 80% 35% 45% 81%
80% 53% 26% 79% 0% 60% 60% 26% 34% 60%
70% 30% 18% 47% 0% 44% 44% 19% 25% 43%
60% 14% 11% 26% 0% 33% 33% 13% 18% 32%
50% 5% 7% 13% 0% 25% 25% 10% 14% 24%
40% 2% 5% 7% 0% 20% 20% 7% 11% 18%
30% 0% 4% 4% 0% 16% 16% 6% 8% 14%
20% 0% 3% 3% 0% 13% 13% 5% 7% 11%
10% 0% 3% 3% 0% 10% 10% 4% 6% 9%
0% 0% 2% 2% 0% 9% 9% 3% 5% 8%
10. H/W = 2/1:

() - (); ()
- (); () - ();
() - (); ()
- (); () - ().
273

. 1 3,
..
. H=W=12 m -, . 2
,
6 m . , 50%
, 58%,
2904 Wh/m2/day 0.58 * 2904 = 1684 Wh/m2/day.
. 1 3
, .
(average global luminous efficacy) 110 lm 1
W 110 lx 1 W/m2.
(illuminance) - 1684 * 110 lx/(W/m2) = 185.24 klxh/day.
4. .
,
,
,
.
-
, - .
, -
, -

-.

[1] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Street_canyon
[2] van Esch, M.M.E., Looman, R.H.J., and de Bruin-Hordijk, G.J. (2012). The effects of
urban and building design parameters on solar access to the urban canyon and the
potential for direct passive solar heating strategies, Energy and Buildings 47 (2012)
189-200
[3] Ivanova, S. M. 3D analysis of the incident diffuse irradiance on the building's surfaces
in an urban environment, Int. J. Low-Carbon Tech. 01 (2014), open access article
[4] Photovoltaic Geographical Information System, http://re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/pvgis/, 2012.
under partially obstructed anisotropic sky. Part I Vertical surfaces, Sol. Energy 95
(2013), 376-391
under partially obstructed anisotropic sky. Part II Horizontal surfaces, Sol. Energy 100
(2014), 234-250
274
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-

. 1
:
-
, , ..
, ,
,
.
-
. ,

, , ...
: , - , ,

GRAF-ANALYTICAL METHOD FOR IDENTIFICATION OF PERSPECTIVE IMAGES

Natasha St. Baklarova1
ABSTRACT:
The One of the most complex practical problems is the identification of prospective images of
different real objects - their vertices, edges, walls etc. Solving similar tasks required in the training
of students of construction and architectural disciplines in universities, in the design process, in the
case of reconstruction, restoration or conservation of objects of cultural heritage and others. This
paper proposes a new approach for the identification of prospective images - using analytical and
graphical method. Set on a specific object and its dimensions through the use of the method can be
built perspective image of the body and through an appropriately chosen Cartesian coordinate
system can be defined coordinates of the vertices of the perspective image, the edges of the
equations, the equations of walls, etc. ..
Keywords: perspective image, analytical and graphical methods, construction, architectural

sites
1
. , -,
Natasha St. Baklarova, d-r, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
275
-
, , ..

,
3D ( )
.

,
,
, , ; , ,
, , ,
, , .
-
.
- , , .

- .
( , .) ,

, ,
...

-
, (,
, , ):
1. ;
2. ,
;
3. ,
.

(, ) ,
:
,
, ,
, ,
. , -
,
, ,
.

,
.

,

, ,
.

,
.
276
N P Q
BNPQ,
.

SS 1 .
G = n /
. G /
HG = m. n : n
- , ,
n - .

. , 45
- ,
.
, n - //
45 /.. (SS 1 , )=45 0 /
: n=0 m=0 / /
n=0 m=0 / - /; n>0 m=0; n<0 m=0; n=0
m>0; n=0 m<0; n>0 m<0; n>0 m>0; n<0 m>0; n<0 m<0, G

n m.
: , , P

, SS1
t.

Oxyz, Oz
.
. Oxy , Ox
Oy . /.1, .2/
277
.1
.2
S1 S2. .
, h
S1S2=2h.
278

, n<0 m=0. /.1 /

.
,
/.3/
. 3.
n < 0, m = 0
1) S1 H = SH = h (. H z S1 S )
2) HH 1 SS1 , HH1 = h
3) AH 1 , BH 1 , C H 1 , DH 1
{}
AH 1 I SS1 = {H }; BH 1 I SS1 = {K1 }; C H 1 I SS1 = H ; DH 1 I SS1 = {K 3 }; AD I SS1 = {G2 }
AB I SS1 = {G1 }
z A zK 1 zK 3 zG1 zG 2
4) g : l1 : l3 : g1 : g2 :
SS1 SS1 SS1 SS1 SS1
g 1 I t = {T1 }; g 2 I t = {T2 }
5) T1L1 = (.L1 z g1) T2L2 = (.L2 z g2)
6) S1, SL1 ST1 I g = {A}; ST1 I l1 = {B}

SL1 I g = {M } ; SL1 I l1 = {N }
7) AS1, MS1 ; AS1 I l3 = {D}
MS1 I l3 = {Q}
279
8) SQ I S1 N = {P}
SD I S1 B = {C}
n, m, h a-
n n
A ; ;0 ,
2 2
n n n n n n
B a ; ;0 , C a ;a ;0 , D ;a ;0 ,
2 2 2 2 2 2
n n n n n n n n
M ; ;a , Na ; ; a , P a ;a ; a , Q ;a ;a
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
h h
. S1 ; ;h
2 2
h h h h
S2 ; ; h E ; ;h .
2 2 2 2

.

N P Q .
{}= ( E A) , {B}= ( E B ) , {C}= ( E C ) , {D}= ( E D ) , .{M}= ( E M ) ,
{N}= ( E N ) , {P}= ( E P ) , {Q}= ( E Q ) .
A , M , S1 , S 2 , S1' S 2' .
:
;

( ) ;
(

AC , M P , E E1 .
M

AC . ,
: x + y = 0 .
: x + y = 0
x 2 +n y 2+n z nh
( AE ) : = = A(0;0; ) ,
h+n h+n h nh
{A}= ( AE ) .
: x + y = 0
x 2 a 2 +n y 2+n z
( BE ) : = =
ha 2 +n h+n h
ah ah h( 2 n a 2 )
B( ; ; ) , {B}= ( BE ) .
2n 2h a 2 2n 2h a 2 2n 2h a 2
,
.
280
{}= (C E ) . : x + y = 0
na 2 + x 2 na 2 + y 2 z
(C E ) : = =
ha 2 +n ha 2 +n h
h( n a 2 )
C (0;0; ).
nha 2
{D}= ( DE ) . : x + y = 0
x 2 + n y 2 a 2 + n) z
( DE ) : = =
nh ha 2 +n h
ah ah h ( 2n a 2 )
D( ; ; ).
2n 2 h a 2 2n 2 h a 2 2n 2 h a 2
( , ) B D
x y, , z .
, , Ox, Oy Oz
A C
z.
, B, , D
, N, P Q. AM, BN, CP, DQ
, A M, B N, C P, D Q
z.
n( h a )
M M (0;0; a + ).
nh
:x+ y =0
x 2 +n y 2 +n za h( n a )
(M E ) : = = M M (0;0; ).
nh nh ha nh
:x+ y =0
x 2 a 2 + n) y 2 +n za
(N E) : = = N
nha 2 nh ha
ah ah 2h(n a (1 + 2 ))
N( ; ; ).
2 n 2 h a 2 2 n 2 h a 2 2n 2h a 2
:x+ y =0
x 2 a 2 +n y 2 a 2 + n) za
( PE ) : = = P
nha 2 nha 2 ha
h(n a (1 + 2 ))
P (0;0; ).
nha 2
:x+ y =0
x 2 + n y 2 a 2 + n) z a
(QE ) : = = Q
nh nha 2 ha
ah ah 2h(n a (1 + 2 ))
Q( ; ; ).
2n 2h a 2 2n 2h a 2 2n 2h a 2

:
x y , , , ,
B, N, D, Q . B N .
281
D Q, x y B, N D,
Q .

.
2 , (1+ 2 ).
B, N, D, Q
. B D
h, N Q (h-a).

,
/ /.

.
,
..

.
.
,

, ,
.

, - .
: a
, h , m n.

,
.
,
,
, .
:
[1] 1., . ,,2010.
[2] 2. , .
, 2012.
[3] 3. Boehm W.& H. Prautsch, Geometric Concepts for Geometric Design, A. K. Peters
Ltd., Wellesley, 1994.
[4] 4. Damisch, Hubert . The Origin of Perspective, Translated by John Goodman.
Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.2005.
[5] 5. Way M., Perspektivisher zeichen, Muenchen, Verlag Bruckmann;2002.
282
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

, .
1
:

, .
, . .

. - .
.
: ,
1
, . .. ., ,
., e-mail: kazakov@vsu.bg
Konstantin Kazakov, prof. DSc eng., Department Mechanics and Mathematics, USEA(VSU) Lyuben Karavelov,
e-mail: kazakov@vsu.bg
283
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-

1 2
:
- -
.

.
: - , ,
.
1
Milena Kichekova, Assoc. Prof. Ph.D., Dipl.Eng., Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar, Varna, Bulgaria,
e-mail: mkichekova@gmail.com
2
Manuela Piscitelli, Assoc. Prof. Ph.D., Arch., Department of Architecture and Industrial Design Luigi Vanvitelli,
Second University of Naples, Italy, e-mail: manuela.piscitelli@unina2.it
284
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
II:
,

SECTION II:
BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS, MATERIALS AND
TECHNOLOGIES
285
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

,
. 1

-.
, 2.
2 EN 1992-1-1, . .
:
2 (prA1-2013);
;
.
-
. 2 ,
[].
: ; ; ;
.
PUNCHING SHEAR OF COLUMN BASES CONTEMPORALY PROVISIONS,

ANALYSES AND PROCEDURES
Atanas A. Georgiev1
ABSTRACT
The present article is a helpful guide which is intended to be used from all structural
designers. It contains suggestions and solutions which are in accordance with the models and
principles of EC2, BDS EN 1992-1 - and as well - the Bulgarian National Annexes. The
information presented can be outlined in three main groups:
A draft amendment to the EC2 (prA1-2013);
Analysis of the model for the punching shear of foundations;
Procedures for practical design.
The analysis and procedures are accompanied by comments on the prerequisites and
characteristics of the models. Quoted articles and formulas from EC2 are with their original
numbers, placed in square brackets [..].
Keywords: reinforced concrete; ultimate limit state; column bases; punching shear.
1
. - , -, , atanasg@vip.bg
Prof. Dr. Eng., UACEG-Sofia, Department Reinforced Concrete Structures, atanasg@vip.bg
286
1.
(1) () u1 , 2d
() 2
.
,
VEd
, :
VEd VRd , c = v Rd , c u1d . (1)
,
- , u1 ,
cot = 1,5 :
VEd VRd , cs = 0,75VRd , c + VRd , s . (2)
(2) d , net ,
Acont (a ) ,
(.1):
VEd , red (a ) = VEd VEd (a ) . (3)

, 450 350 ,
, .
.1.

(3) 2

(4) (
) u (a ) ,
d a 2d (4)
. ,
a 2d .
[6.50]:
VRd , c (a ) = v Rd , c .u (a ).d .(2d / a ) . (5)
(5) -
, ,
. d
(.. cot = 1, 0 ),
- (.. cot = 1, 5 ).
2 .
287
2. 2
2.1.
(1) [6.52] (
) :
VRd ,cs = 0, 75VRd ,c + VRd , s = 0, 75vRd ,cu1d + 1,5[d / sr ] Asw f ywd ,eff .sin kmax .VRd ,c , (6)
k max = 1,5 .
- -
50%, .
(6) , :
- Asw , ..
;
- sr , .. s ;
- ( sin = 1 );
- 1,5 = cot , = 33,7o .
(3) , (6)
(.1):
VEd , red = VEd VEd (2a ) 1,5VRd , c (7)
- , ( ) ,
(7): F 1,7 Fb .
(4) , u out ,
(.2):
u out 1,5u1 . (8)
.2. l w .
sr ( )
(5) , u 0 6d ,
u1 u out (1,2 1,5)d .
(6)
1,5d u out . .2 :

l w 2,0d .
(7) l w
sr 0, 75d . ,
(), .

cot = 1, 0 (.2).
Asw .
288
, .. sr , (6) :
VRd , s = Asw f ywd , ef .sin ,
Asw ,
1,5d , d .
(8) , -
sr .
st d , - st 1,5d .
2.2.
, .
.1. (.3)
(1) , a = d; 1,5d 2d :
VEd , red (a ) = VEd VEd (a) vRd ,cu (a)d .2d / a . (9)
= 1,05 1,10 , .
(9) ,
.
.3. 1
.2. (.4)
(2)
VEd , red (2d ) vRd ,c [1,5u1]d (10)
VEd 0, 25 f cd uo d , (11)
.
(10) (8). (11) [6.53] 2.
u0 . .
.4. 2
.3. (.5)
(3)
uout = VEd , red (2d ) /[vRd ,c .d ] (12)
l w .
289
(4) - lw ,
- , .2.
(5) a = d :
VEd , red (d ) 0, 75[vRd ,c u1d ] + Asw (d ). f ywd ,ef . (13)
(6) , l w ( -
) cot = 1,5 :
VEd , red (lw ) 0, 75[vRd ,c u1d ] + Asw (lw ). f ywd ,ef . (14)
Asw , ().
d 750mm 500 f ywd , ef = f yd = 435MPa
(7) , (13) (14), ,
. ( )
d l w .
.5. 3
3. () .6
(1)
: l w 1,5d .
(2) ,

= 450 60 0 .
(3) sw ,
= 450
VEd , red (d ) = 0, 75[vRd ,cu1d ] + Asw . f ywd ,ef .sin . (15)
.6.
4.
Asw,min ( )
( [9.11]):
Asw, min (1,5 sin + cos ) /( s r .st ) f ck / f yd . (16)
290
5.
(1) (7) ,
. ,
(DIN1045-1) (Norm B4700), -
( VEd , red 1,4VRd , c ), 2011. 2.
(2) (7) - (13),
- ,
.
(3) -
NA zu DIN EN 1992-1-1, 2011,
. :

- ;
v Rd , c 0,12
0,10 .
(4) -
. ,
.

[1] N 1992-1-1:2005, 2: ,
1-1: .
[2] EN 1992-1-1: 2005/prA1:2013 Amendment to 6.4.5. Punching shear resistance of
slabs and column bases with shear reinforcement.
[3] Nationaler Anhang (NA) zu DIN EN 1992-1-1, 2011.
291
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:
.
.
.
,
, 1966 .
: , ,
PRESTRESSED STEEL BEAMS WITHOUT PRESTRESSING TENDONS (CABLES)

DETERMINATION OF THE INTERNAL FORCES AND STRESSES
Todor Georgiev1
ABSTRACT:
In a paper are presented steel beams, prestessed without prestressing tendons. One example is
given for illustration of these beams. The method of determination of the internal forces and normal
stresses is given.
To the table with prestressing methods in a one of the literarure papers is given one more
method for prestressing, which was in Bulgaria experimentally made in 1966.
Keywords:beams, steel, prestessed
1
, . - ., . ,
; e-mail: georgiev.todor.d@gmail.com
Todor Dimitrov Georgiev, assoc. prof. Eng., PhD, VSU L. Karavelov, lector in VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
292
1. .

,
, ,
,
, , , -
[1].

.., .
,
, , .
, .
..
. , , .
, ,
. , .
,
. ,
, ,
.
, ,
.
2. ,
1959 .,
[1] Hulsbos [2].
.1.
A 36
A 514 Po Po
. 1. , (Hulsbos):
; .
- (
A36 ), ,
( : A514 ).
, - .
,
.
, , (
). ,
.
- . [6],
[3,4] .
, () BG 50568 , ,
1987 . [5].
, [2] [3].
293
2009 . ,
, [7].
3.

:
;
.

. , ,
, , .
, , .
, [1] ,
. . 2 :
.
. 2 , .
( ),
( ).
, .
:
s - ;
i - ;
0i ,1 0i , 2 ,
;
0i , ;
inf
01 , 02 0 : ,
inf inf
;
sup
02 0
sup

.
, ,
, :
N 0 = P0 = 0 . A0 = 0 . Ainf ......................................................................................................( 1 )
M 0 = N 0 .z0 ............................................................................................................................( 2 )
N0 M0
sup
0 = + sup ............................................................................................................( 3 )
A Wx
0s =
N0 M0
(z h0 ) ......................................................................................................( 4 )
A Ix
0i = 0
N 0 M0
(z h0 ) .................................................................................................( 5 )
A Ix
N0 M0
inf
0 = 0 inf ........................................................................................................( 6 )
A Wx
:
294
0 , ;
A0 = Ainf , ;
z0 ;h0 , . . 20;
W xsup W xinf ;
I x e ( ).
0s ,
.
. 2. : ) : :
; ; ; )
: ,
;
N 0 , M 0 ; )
: ,

, ,
.
.

. . 3
( ).
295
a) ) 0sup ) Fsup )
sup
+ - -
ysup
C
0
+ =
x ys = y i x F
yinf = z
z0
s - + s i + s
i
i F F
0
C0 0
ho
inf
0 inf
F inf
. 3. : ) ; )
; )
; ) .
N0 M0 M
sup = sup sup
0 + F = A + sup ......................................................................( 7 )
sup
Wx Wx
s = 0s + F
s
=
N0 M0
(z h0 ) + M (z h0 ) ..............................................................( 8 )
A Ix Ix
i = 0i + iF = 0
N0 M0
(z h0 ) + M (z h0 ) ..........................................................( 9 )
A Ix Ix
N0 M0 M
inf = inf
0 + F = 0
inf
inf + inf ..................................................................( 10 )
A Wx Wx

f y / M 0 ( ),
( ),
.

, ,
P0 .
-, ,
.
2 ,
. .
2 ,
:
;
.
. 1, 2 3 ,
, .
296
4. ,
1966 . . .
[8]. I

P0
, (
). .
,
.. .
. ,
, -
.
1

0

+
R1
Po Po
10 -
+
R1
-
5.

.
.

[1] . . . ,
. 2007, .
[2] Eckberg C. Jr. Development and use of prestressed steel flexural members. - by
Subcomitee 3 on Prestressed Steel of Joint ASCE AASHO. Commitee on Steel
Flexural Members Journal of the Structural division, Proceedings ASCE,1968, H.St 9.
[3] . .
T . ., , 1989,
.10.
[4] ., .
I . .
, 1988, .6.
[5] ., ., .
T - . BG 50
568.
[6] .. ,
- . . , 1963, .40.
[7] .
. ,
, , 2010.
[8] .
. , XIX, 1966.
297
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

.
- .

.
: , , , , , ,
, ,
MODULAR CONSTRUCTION - CONTEMPORARY CHALLENGE TO

CONVENTIONAL METHODS IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Anton Petrov1
ABSTRACT:
The article examines the contemporary site construction in Bulgaria and its shortcomings in
line with evolving market requirements and current environmental regulations worldwide. It is
compared a market alternative to existing buildings with more advanced and quality modular
constructions. An analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of the two construction methods and
environmental protection in accordance with current regulations of the European Union.
Keywords: constructions, conventional, site, modular, ecology, green, modern,

contemporary, energy, recycling
1
, . ...
Anton Petrov, e-mail: anton.petrov.petrov@gmail.com
298
-
-
.
in situ, .. .
, . :

,

,

,

.

,
.

.
,

, .
, , , . , ,
. -
,
,
.
,

,
,
.
.
-
. , -
. ,
(, , , ..)
-.
.
, -, ,
, .
, , .
, -
299
,
.
. -
. , ,
.
- -
. - ,
.
:
, ,
, .
.
.
,
.
,
, .
,
,
.
. -
.
.
,
, CAD (Computer Aided Design) .
.
'Green Building' .
,
.
.
.
.

. ,
,
.
- -
?
- .

, ,
- .
300
,
.
- .
,
.

,
.
,

.
.
.
- .
- ,
, , , .
, - .
, , -
, -.
,
, - .
.

.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
, , -
- .
-, ,
.
LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design)

AIA (American Institute of Architects)
- 1:
301
1:

- 30% 50%
.
, -
,
,
.
, ,
- .
100%
,
.

.

.

. - -
,
. , ,
.
,

.

.
. , ,
, .
,
302
,
.
, ,
.
,
.

.
.
2020 . 2020
. ""

"" , , - -
.

2011-2020.:
: - 12% ; 3% ;
23%. 38%
, !

2020.:

:
;

;
/ , ,
, .
70% 2020.
.
, , ,
,
. , ,
.
10% 2%
.
,
- -
,
, -
.
, , .

[1] LEED Building design and Constructions, 2014 edition
[2] Innovative modular building solutions. NRB structures, 2012
[3] Basic modular home facts. Design & Architectural Magazine, 2014
[4] Modular construction and traditional building. McGraw Construction, 2011
[5] 2020.
303
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:
-
. . :
, .
: , E, ,
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE SILOS ACCORDING TO EUROCODES

Stanislav Tsvetkov1, Svetozara Tateva2
ABSTRACT:
The report presents fragments of the analysis of reinforced concrete silo and a group silos.
Below are data from static and dynamic analysis. The article is accompanied by: formulas, charts
and conclusions.
Keywords: wind impact, Eurocodes, earthquake, silo pressure
1
, ., , . - ,
Stanislav Tsvetkov, eng., PhD, VSU L. Karavelov- Sofia, Department Building Constructions, e-mail:
st.cvetkov@vsu.bg
2
, .-., , . - ,
Svetozara Tateva, eng-arch., graduate, VSU L. Karavelov- Sofia, Department Building Constructions
304
1. .

. . : (
Tower 7, - [2]). : -
H=24,60 m; D=9m, =0,40 m- [1]. [3] [4].
2. .

= 9,0 kN/m -
3
A=.r 2 =3,14.4,302 =58,0586 m 2 - (1)

u=.d=3,14.8,60=27,004 m -
2
(2)
f=tg=tg30 =0,5774 - ( )
o
(3)

k=tg 2 (45o - )=0,333 - (4)
2
k.f.u 0,333.0,5774.27,004
= = =0,08951 (5)
A 58,0586

q= .(1-e-.y ) ; q max = - y (6),(7)

y: p=q.k (8)
,
:
a =1,0 1/3
a =2,0 2/3
. 1.
0 q p=q.k
1 9,011742 3,003613
2 17,21579 5,738023
3 24,68454 8,227356
4 31,48388 10,49358
5 75,34765 25,11337
6 86,61797 28,86977
7 96,87816 32,28949
8 106,2188 35,40271
9 114,7222 38,23691
10 122,4635 40,81709
11 129,511 43,16601
12 135,9268 45,30441
13 141,7676 47,25114
14 201,0948 67,02491
. 1.
: =45o
max +.y).(cos +k.sin )
y: q cone =(q cyl 2 2
(9)
y (): p=q.k (10)
305
. 2. ()
0 q p=q.k
1 140,0597 46,64
2 146,0596 48,6378
3 152,0594 50,6358
3,35 154,1594 51,3351
A.

,
, 3 , .
, .
Janssen.
2 3 .
( ),
.
1/3, 2/3 3/3,
, .
, D3
, .
, : h/d=2035/860=2,26>2 .
, : d/t=860/40=21,5>20,0 .

:
:
p =h ..(1-sin); p =(h +h )..(1-sin) (11),(12)
: h1/3 2/3 3/3

= 14 m; h =9,4 m; h =4,7 m
p
y: q= (13)
f
: f=tg=tg30o =0,5774 (14)

, ,
.
,
:
306
:
z: p hf =p h0 .YJ,(z) (15)
p h0
z: p vf = .YJ,(z) (16)
K
z: p wf =f.p h0 .YJ,(z) (17)
: = 9,0 kN/m3
: f=tg=tg30o =0,5774 (18)
: K=1,1.(1-sin)=0,55 (19)
A=.r 2 =3,14.4,302 =58,0586 m 2 (20)
u=.d=3,14.8,60=27,004 m 2 (21)
1 A 1 58,0586
z0 = . = . =6,7702m (22)
K.f u 0,55.0,5774 27,004
p h0 =.K.z 0 =9.0,55.6,7702=33,96 kN/m 2 (23)

z
z0
YJ,(z) =1-e ; YJ,(14 m) =-6,70; YJ,(0,5.14=7 m) =-1,78 (24)
2 2
phf (14m) =33,96.6,70=227,532 kN/m ; p hf (7m) =33,96.1,78=60,4488 kN/m
33,96 33,96
p vf (14m) = .6,7=455,064 kN/m 2 ; p vf (7m) = .1,78=109,907 kN/m 2
0,55 0,55
p wf (14m) =0,5774.33,96.6,7=131,377 kN/m ; p wf (7m) =0,5774.33,96.1,78=34,903 kN/m2
2
:
hc
-1,5.( - 1)
2 dc
p pf =p hf .C pf ; Cpf =0,21.Cop .(1+2.E ).(1-e ) (25),(26)
:
e 2,15
e f =0,25.d c =0,25.8,6=2,15 m; E=2. f =2. =0,5 (27),(28)
dc 8,6
: Cop =0,5 ()
14
-1,5.( - 1)
Cpf =0,21.0,5.(1+2.0,52 ).(1-2,7182 8,6
) = 0,1 (29)
ppf (14m) =phf (14m) .Cpf =227,532.0,1=22,7532 kN/m 2 ; ppf (7m) =phf (7m) .Cpf =60,4488.0,1=6,04488 kN/m 2
, :
s=.d c /16 = 0,2.d c =0,2.8,6=1,72 m (30)
, , :
p pf (14m) 22,7532 p pf (14m) 6,04488
p pf,i (14m) = = =3,2505 kN/m 2 ; p pf,i (7m) = = =0,8636 kN/m 2
7 7 7 7
307
:
:
e 2,15
Ch =1,15+1,5.(1+0,4. ).Cop =1,15+1,5.(1+0,4. ).0,5=1,975 (31)
dc 8,6
z:
phe(14m) =phf (14m) .Ch =227,532.1,975=449,3757 kN/m 2 ;
p he(7m) =p hf (7m) .Ch =60,4488.1,975=119,3864 kN/m 2
:
e 2,15
C w =1,4.(1+0,4. )=1,4.(1+0,4. )=1,54 (32)
dc 8,6
z:
p we(14m) =p wf (14m) .C w =131,377.1,54=202,3206 kN/m 2 ;
p we (7m) =p wf (7m) .C w =34,903.1,54=53,75062 kN/m 2
14 14
-1,5.( - 1) -1,5.( -1)
2 8,6 2 8,6
Cpe =0,42.Cop .(1+2.E ).(1-e )=0,42.0,5.(1+2.0,5 ).(1-2,7182 )=0,2 (33)
:
ppe(14m) =p he(14m) .Cpe =449,3757.0,2=89,86914 kN/m2 ;
p pe(7m) =p he(7m) .Cpe =119,3864.0,2= 23,87728 kN/m 2
, , :
p pe(14m) 89,86914 p pe(7m) 23,87728
p pe,i (14m) = = = 12,8385 kN/m 2 ; p pe,i (7m) = = =3,41104 kN/m 2
7 7 7 7
. 2.
308
,
: v b,0 =24,7 m/s ;
: q b,0 =0,38 kN/m 2 ;
II:
: cdir =1 ; : cseason =1;
v b =c dir .cseason .v b,0 ; v b =v b,0 =24,7 m/s (34)
z: v m ( z ) =c r ( z ) .c 0 ( z ) .v b (35)
z
: cr (z)=k r .ln ( ) (36)
z0
II: z 0 =0,05 m
z 0,05 0,07
: k r =0,19.( 0 )0,07 = 0,19.( ) = 0,19 (37)
z 0,II 0,05
2m., z=5m,
cr(z)
:
. 3
cr
z, [m]
1 0,700887
2 0,700887
5 0,874982
10 1,006680
15 1,083719
20 1,138378
22,6 1,161600
.3
. 4
m(z), [m/s]
17,31
17,31
21,61
24,87
26,77
28,12
28,69
. 4
309
z:
kl
I ( z ) = = ; : kl = 1 (38)
m ( z ) c ( z ).ln ( z )
0
z0
. 5
z, [m] Iv(z)
1 0,271
2 0,271
5 0,217
10 0,189
15 0,175
20 0,167
22,6 0,164
. 5
1
z: q p ( z ) = 1 + 7.I v ( z ) . . .vm ( z )
2
(39)
2
: =1,25 kg/m ;
3
. 6
z [m] qp, [N/m2]
1 542,76
2 542,76
5 735,66
10 896,94
15 997,42
20 1071,45
22,6 1103,59
: w e =q p ( z ) .c pe (40)
, Raynolds:
b.v(z e )
c pe =c p,0 . R e = (41),(42)
v
: b=900 cm ;
: v=15.10-6 m/s 2
:
(43)
310
. 7
cp0 cpe
0 1 1 1
45 1 -0,607 -0,61
75 1 -1,82 -1,82
90 1,17685 -1,796 -2,11
105 1,0002 -0,75 -0,75
135 1 -0,75 -0,75
180 1 -0,75 -0,75
. 6

min =80o ; c p0,min =-1,875; A =120o ; c p0,h =-0,75
. 8.
z, [m] we, [kN/m2]
0 45 75 90 105 135 180
1 0,543 -0,329 -0,988 -1,147 -0,407 -0,407 -0,407
2 0,543 -0,329 -0,988 -1,147 -0,407 -0,407 -0,407
5 0,736 -0,447 -1,339 -1,555 -0,552 -0,552 -0,552
10 0,897 -0,544 -1,632 -1,896 -0,673 -0,673 -0,673
15 0,997 -0,605 -1,815 -2,108 -0,748 -0,748 -0,748
20 1,071 -0,650 -1,950 -2,265 -0,804 -0,804 -0,804
22,3 1,104 -0,670 -2,009 -2,333 -0,828 -0,828 -0,828
311
5.D
: v cr = >25 m/s (44)
T1
: D=9 m
: T1 =1,57 s
5.9
v cr = =28,66 m/s >25 m/s !
1,57
. 7.

. 9. ( )

Mx My Nx Ny Mx My Nx Ny
5.1 163,47 240,89 2292,64 2199,22 529,36 418,52 2759,01 3572,24

Mx My Nx Ny Mx My Nx Ny
5.1 115,41 84,97 1940,51 1768,43 376,27 260,16 1251,31 354,11
M i ,[kN.m/m']; N i , [kN/m']
3. :
1). (),
( ). -
, ,
, : , , .

312
/ 2/4 (
1 ).
2). , (
). - ()
(). - 2 3
- 5.1. (5 . - ).

/ 3/4 (
1 );
3). ,
- ,
- f,Q =1,5-1,6 ;
4). ,
, ;
5). ,
( , );
6). ( ),
,
;
7). -
.
[1] , ., , . ,

,
, ., 2014
[2] , ., , . ,

( ), , ., 2014
[3] 1: ; 4:
, , , ., 2010
[4] E 8: ; 4:
, , , , ., 2010
313
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

-2012
1, 2
:
,
2012 ,
. : , .
: , , ,
,
DESIGN OF R.C. WATER ACCORDING BULGARIAN STANDARDS AND EUROCODES

Stanislav Tsvetkov1, Dimitur Stefanov2
ABSTRACT:
The report presents fragments of the analysis of the water tower, designed by the Ordinance
on the design of buildings and structures in earthquake zones - 2012 and Eurocodes, with compared.
The article is accompanied by: formulas, diagrams and conclusions.
Keywords: active hydrodynamic component, added water mass, water tower, Eurocodes,
convective hydrodynamic component
1
, ., , . ,
Stanislav Tsvetkov, eng., PhD, VSU L. Karavelov Sofia, Department Building Constructions,
e-mail: st.cvetkov@vsu.bg
2
, .-., ., . ,
Dimitar Stefanov, eng.-arch., arch., graduate, VSU L. Karavelov Sofia, Department Building Constructions
314
1. .
.
: ( Tower 6, - [2])
. . 700m3. : - D=5 m,
=0,45 m; -: =0,30 m; - =0,16 m; - 60/80 cm;-
h=0,80m; - hf=1,50m- [1], .2.
: [3], [4], [5] [6].
2. .
. 1. we ,
[3].
315
/30
.67
16
.
18
3570
2870
470
800
. 2.
[5]- .165
d1
z 2.h
m w.i = w .di2 . i ; i = . (1)
4 h
. 1
( )

z d1
h, w, q,
Zi d, [m] mw, [t] L, [m] q, [ t/m]
[m] [kN/m3] 4 h 2.h [kN/m]
[m]

0 0 8,735 17,47 10 0,7854 0 1,3438 0 0 0 0
1 0,5 8,235 16,47 10 0,7854 0,0769 1,2669 0,0305 4,2121 54,51256 0,07727 0,758
2 1 7,735 15,47 10 0,7854 0,1538 1,19 0,0847 10,328 51,33399 0,20119 1,9736
3 1,5 7,235 14,47 10 0,7854 0,2308 1,1131 0,1536 16,387 48,1548 0,3403 3,3383
4 2 6,735 13,47 10 0,7854 0,3077 1,0362 0,2316 21,416 44,97623 0,47616 4,6711
5 2,5 6,235 12,47 10 0,7854 0,3846 0,9592 0,3141 24,893 41,79703 0,59556 5,8424
6 3 5,735 11,47 10 0,7854 0,4615 0,8823 0,397 26,622 38,61783 0,68938 6,7628
7 3,5 5,235 10,47 10 0,7854 0,5385 0,8054 0,4771 26,654 35,43926 0,7521 7,3781
8 4 4,735 9,47 10 0,7854 0,6154 0,7285 0,5514 25,205 32,26006 0,78132 7,6647
9 4,5 4,235 8,47 10 0,7854 0,6923 0,6515 0,6181 22,6 29,08149 0,77712 7,6236
10 5 3,735 7,47 10 0,7854 0,7692 0,5746 0,6755 19,211 25,9023 0,74169 7,2759
11 5,5 3,235 6,47 10 0,7854 0,8462 0,4977 0,7227 15,42 22,72373 0,6786 6,657
12 6 2,735 5,47 10 0,7854 0,9231 0,4208 0,7594 11,581 19,54453 0,59253 5,8128
13 6,5 2,235 4,47 10 0,7854 1 0,3438 0,7854 7,9985 16,36533 0,48874 4,7946
: ,
, .
316
[4]:
H 6,50 mi
: = =0,7429 : Ci =6,883 ; Cc =1,589 ; =0,433 ;
R 8,73 m
mc h h
=0,567 ; i =0,404 ; c =0,577 .
m H H
.H 10.6,50
Ti =Ci . =6,883. =0,1248s ; Tc =Cc . R =1,589. 8,73=4,695s
s 0,30
. E . 36500000
R 8,73
:
m=700 t mi =700.0,433=303,20 t;mc =700.0,567=396,80 t;
hi =6,50.0,404=2,623m;h c =6,50.0,577=3,753m.
-

h i : H i =h i .2=2,623.2=4,526 m
9
. :
mi .g
qi = , (2)
9.. ( Di +d )
: Di
, [m];
d - ,
, [m].
:
Di
q i,Di = .q i , (3)
Di +d
d
q i,d = .q i (4)
Di +d
H c h c .
H c =2.h c =2.3,753=7,506 m>6,50 m ,
6,50 m. ,
h c , ,
m 398,80
. h 2c =6,50-h c =2,747 m ; c = =199,40 t .
2 2
317
13
. 7
:
mc
.g
qc = 2 (5)
7.. ( Di +d )
8-13, :
mc
.g
qc = 2 (6)
6.. ( Di +d )
H 4,00
:
= =0,642 : Ci =7,4638 ; Cc =1,6648 ;
R 6,23
mi m h h
=0,3055 ; c =0,6945 ; i =0,3864 ; c =0,5346 .
m m H H
.H
Ti =Ci . =0,067 s ; Tc =Cc . R =1,589. 8,73=4,032s
s
. E
R
:
m=230 t mi =230.0,3055=70,256 t;mc =230.0,6945=159,735 t;
hi =4,00.0,3864=1,55m; hc =4,00.0,5346=2,14 m.
-

h i : H i =h i .2=1,61.2=3,22 m
6
. :
mi .g
qi = , (7)
6.. ( Di +d )
: Di
, [m];
d - ,
, [m].
:
Di
q i,Di = .q i , (8)
Di +d
318
:
d
q i,d = .q i (9)
Di +d
H c h c .
H c =2.h c =2.2,14=4,28 m<4,00 m ,
4,00 m. ,
h c , ,
m 159,74
. h 2c =4,00-h c =1,86 m ; c = =79,87 t .
2 2
8
. 4
:
mc
.g
qc = 2 (10)
4.. ( Di +d )
5-8, :
mc
.g
qc = 2 (11)
4.. ( Di +d )

). .
.H 10.6,50
Ti =Ci . =6,883. =0,1248s ; Tc =Cc . R =1,589. 8,73=4,695s ; (12,13)
s 0,30
. E . 36500000
R 8,73
= 10/ ( 5+ ) 0.55 = 10/ ( 5+0,005 ) =1,414 (14)
Ti =0,1361s > TB =0,10 Se ( Ti ) =a g .S..2,5=2,060.1,2.1,414.2,5=8,736 m/s 2 (15)
T .T
Tc =4,635s Se ( Tc ) =a g .S..2,5 C 2 D =0,4066 m/s 2 (16)
T
:
0,84.R.Se (Tc,1 ) 0,84.8,74.0,4066
d max = = =0,304 m ; (17)
g 9,81
H=0,52 m >d max =0,304 m .
319
). (p- )
,
Ptot .d r
: = <0,1 (18)
Vtot .h
mtot=1976,10 t; Ptot =1976,10.9,81=19385,54 kN ;
d 24.00 =62,75 mm ; d 0.00 =5,24 mm ; d r =62,75-5,24=57,51mm=0,05751m ;
:
Vx=259,10kN; Vy=-3.57kN; VXtot = 259,102 +(-3,57) 2 =259,13kN ;
Vx=-3.37 kN; Vy=-0,04 kN; VYtot = (-3,37) 2 +(0,04) 2 =3,38 kN
e: Vtot = 259,132 +3,382 =259,15 kN

Ptot .d r 19385.0,05771
= = = 0,178 > 0,1
Vtot .h 259,15.24
, 0,1< <0,2
:
1 1
k= = = 1, 217 .
1- 1- 0,178
). ( )
M ret
: 1,5 . (19)
M ov.t.
M ret -
( )
= 0,9. M ret
. M v.t.
.

.
. 2.

x y
Px Py SRSS Px Py SRSS Vtot
0 259,08 -3,37 259,1019 -3,37 0,04 3,370237 259,1019
24 1280 -16,64 1280,108 -16,63 0,22 16,63146 1280,108
31 1586,1 -20,61 1586,234 -20,61 0,27 20,61177 1586,234
34,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
( ) :
mtot=3906.6t . mw=700 t,
.h s .s 176.3,00.18,6
ms = = =1001,1t .
g 9,81
320
M ret :
m =m tot -m w -ms = ( 3906,6-700-1001,1) .0,9=1984,95 t ;
M ov.t. =259,10.4,70+1280,11.28,70+1586,23.35,70=94585,33kN.m ;
M ret =1984,95.9,81.8,00=155778,88 kN.m;
M ret 155778,88
= =1,68>1,5
M ov.t. 94585,33
- - ( ).

.
). -

.
v cr >25m/s .
vcr ,
, ,
5.D
: vcr = , (20)
T1
5.19,60
v cr = =78,4 m/s >25 m/s !
1,27
). -
,
.
3. :
1).
, .
2). [5] [4]
, -, ,
,
( 1
);
3). ,
. , 30%-
;
4). [4], :
: 2/3 .
321
5). - .

[1] , ., , .,

,
, ., 2014
[2] , ., , .,

( ), , ., 2014
[3] 1: , 4:
, , , ., 2010
[4] E 8: ; 4:
, , , , ., 2010
[5] -02-20-2 27.01.2012 .
, , , ., 2012
[6] 3
, , ., 2005
322
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2, 3
:
. , -
,
.
, -
. ,
.
- .
: , - ,
FEM MODELLING OF CONCRETE MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS

Iliana Stoynova1, Radan Ivanov2, Konastantin Kazakov3
ABSTRACT:
Concrete is a complex composite material. Behavior of elements of quasi-brittle materials,
such as concrete is characterized by a significant strain localization in fracture process zone. In this
paper are presented charasteristics of finite elements, used for modelling of punching shear at
column-flat slab connection. An overview of the finite elements, used for modeling of concrete
members and connections and simulation by the FEM is presented, as well as their implementation
in an actual model.
Keywords: concrete, column-flat slab, structural connection
1
, . ., ,
., e-mail: stoynova@vsu.bg
Iliana Stoynova, Assist Prof., PhD student Department Mechanics and Mathematics, USEA(VSU) Lyuben
Karavelov, Sofia, e-mail: stoynova@vsu.bg
2
, . - . , ., e-mail:
r_ivanov@vsu.bg
Radan Ivanov, Assoc. prof. PhD eng., Department Mechanics and Mathematics, USEA(VSU) Lyuben
Karavelov, Sofia, e-mail: r_ivanov@vsu.bg
3
, . .. ., ,
., e-mail: kazakov@vsu.bg
Konstantin Kazakov, prof. DSc eng., Department Mechanics and Mathematics, USEA(VSU) Lyuben Karavelov,
e-mail: kazakov@vsu.bg
323
1. . , ,

Fracture process zone (FPZ).
, .

, .. [1].

.
.1 -
.1
,
, .

,
[6].

,
,
.
,
[7].
2. .
Hognestad.. Solid 65 .
2.1. .
-
.

.
[1].
.
- .

, , ,
.
.
2.2. Hognestad .
-
(ft 1/10 fc). -
, .
Hognestad .3, -
fc .
324

0,003 0,002[5].
.3. Hognestad
2.3. 3-D .
ANSYS
SOLID 65. SOLID 65 ,
[2]. ,
.3.
, ,
.
. -
,
. ,
.
[4].
.3 3-D SOLID 65 8
3.
-
ANSYS. 2,00/2,00 . 0,15 .
0,25/0,25. 20/25 fcm=28 , Ecm=30 GPa
0,2. , x, y z.
.
187,5
kN 625 kN. SOLID 65
(CONCRET 65) ,
.
Solid 65 e , .1.
, .2,
.
325
.1. , .
20/25

=3E7 kN/ m2
=0.2

, , , ,
m/m kN/m2
0 0
0.0005 13540
0.0010 22060
0.0015 26620
0.0020 28000
0.0025 26790
0.0030 23410
0.0035 19370
.2. - .
Willam Warnke ANSYS

( 3).
.3 ,
1. 0,4
( t )
2. 0,8
( t )
3. ( fr ) 2000 kN/m2
4. ( fc ) 19370 kN/m2
,
. 0 1, 0
( ) , 1 (
) [3].
. 4 xz yz
-, (
) , 187,5 N.
. 5 xz yz
-, (
) , 625 N.
326
) )
) )
) )
. 4 xz yz
- ) ), (
) ) ) ) ),
187,5 N.
) )
327
) )
) )
. 5. xz yz
- ) ), (
) ) ) ) ),
625 N.
:
187,5 kN 625 kN
max xz, kN/m2 max yz, kN/m2 max xz, kN/m2 max yz, kN/m2
- 0,4566 0,4473 1,5221 1,4911
0,4559 0,4466 1,2191 1,2476
0,6386 0,6221 0,9065 0,8969
. 5 187,5 N.
187,5 kN
- -, -
50% -.
-
328
- 20% .
25% -
.
.
4.

.
,
.
-
,
.

, DFNI
E02/10121214.

[1] Slowik M., Blazik Numerical study of fracture process zone width concrete members,
Architecture, Civil Engineering, Environment ACEE 2/2011
[2] K.,
, ,
ISBN 978-954-322-379-4, 2000, , 2012
[3] Willam, K. J. and Warnke, E. P. (1975). Constitutive models for the triaxial behavior of
concrete. Proceedings of the International Assoc. for Bridge and Structural Engineering,
vol 19, pp. 1- 30.
[4] ANSYS help - ansys.com
[5] E. Hognestad, N. W. Hanson y D. McHenry. (1955), "Concrete Stress Distribution in
Ultimate Strength Design", ACI Journal Proceedings, Vol. 52 No. 4, pp. 455-479.
[6] .,
, , , 2002
[7] Ivanova J.,V. Valeva,T. Petrova,W. Becker,A. Yanakieva,Interface delamination of bi-
material structures with different industrial applications in energy structures, In Proc.:
Ist South East Europ. Conf. on Sustainable Develop. of Energy, Water and Environment
Systems, 29 June-3 July, Ohrid, Republic of Macedonia, Ohrid, (2014)
329
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

MODEL CODE 2010
1, 2
:
,
, fib Model Code 2010
. ,
2,

.
,

. ,
Model Code 2010. ,
.
: ,
PROBLEMS AND APPLICATION OF THE PROCIPALS OF SUSTAINABLE DESIGN OF

RC STRUCTURES ACCORDING TO MODEL CODE 2010
Tanya Chardakova1, Marina Traykova2
ABSTRACT:
One of the three aspects of performance-based design in the fib Model Code 2010 -
sustainable design, is discused in this paper. This document, which is a base for the development of
Eurocode 2, the sustainability of the structures is side by side with serviceability and structural
safety. The performance reqirements for sustainability and their verification are reviewed in the
paper. Some references of the Model Code 2010 are marked. Some problems with the practical
application of the sustainable design principles of the document are discussed.
Keywords: sustainable design, RC structures
1
, . , , , " "
Tanya Chardakova, Eng., PhD student, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy, Sofia, Department
of Reinforced Concrete Structures, e-mail: tanq_chardakova@abv.bg
2
, . - ., , , " "
Marina Traykova, Prof. PhD Eng, University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy, Sofia, Department of
Reinforced Concrete Structures, e-mail: marina5261@abv.bg
330
1. .
-
, ,
, .
, ,
, ,
, .
, ,
- [2].
",
,
" : ,
.
, [3]:
10% 7% ;
- - 42%;
35% CO2 ;
60% ;
50%
;
- , ,
.
-
, [3]. 305/2011
- ,
, ,
. - ,
, , ,
.
:
- ,
;
,
.;
;
-
, , ,
.
, 169 ,
, ,
,
.

,
. :
;
;
;
, ;
;
.
331
,

.
,
, . -
Model Code 2010 [2].
2.
[2].
2.1.
,

, .
,
, , ,
, , ,
.
, ,
, ,
.
[2].

:
, ,
, ;
, ,
, .
, ,
,
(. ), .
2.2.

.
,
, , :
;
;
;
(
)
,
:
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
332
;
2 , , , ,
, .
-
18, 21, 23, 28 47 fib.
18 (Recycling of
offshore concrete structures) 2002 , ,

,
[1].
21
(Environmental issues in prefabrication) 2003
. :
- , ,
, ,
, , . [1].
23 (Environmental effects of concrete)
2003
.
[1].
28 (Environmental design) 2004
, -

[1].
47
(Environmental design of concrete structures - general principles) 2008

.
, ,
, , , ,
[1].
2.3.

.

, ,
, .

.
3.
[2].
3.1.
, ,
, ,
,
. .
ISO 14040
14044. .
333
ISO 13315, : - , -
.
:

;

,
.

, .

. ,
, .

.

, .
,
- .
.

. BREEAM , BREEAM-NL
, HQE , LEED , CASBEE .
- , .
,
, ,
.

.
: , 2 (GWP
- global warming potential).
, .
47 fib Environmental
design of concrete structures general principles 2008.
.

2.
, 20, 50 100 . 100
- ( , ):
100 GWP = CO2 + 298.N 2 O + 25.CH 4 [kg 2 / kg ] (1)

, ,
.
, ,
,
.
, ,
.

(, , ), (, ,
334
) /
.

, R, , -
( -) S.
, ,
S. ,
,
. R,
,
,
S.
, ,
, ,
.
3.2.
, ,
, ,
,
.

- .
,
.

, .

.
. ,
,
( ).

, R, , -
( -) S.
, ,
, .
,
.
4. Model Code 2010

[2]

, .

, .
, [2] ,
. ,

2,
335
,
.
[2], -
,
,
,
.
.
5. Model Code 2010

5.1.
,
, , : ,
,
, , ;
, , ;
.
. ,
,
,
.
,
. ,
, .
,

,
- .
.
- ,

,
. ,

- , ,
-
. ,
, .
5.2.
,
, . [2]
. ,
.
, , ,
[4]:
;
;
.
336
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
. .
- - ,
.
6.

.
. Model Code 2010 [2]
.
,
.

[1] fib-international, List of available fib Bulletins. http://www.fib-
international.org/publications/fib, 29.04.2015.
[2] Model Code 2010, fib, 2012.
[3] , ., "
". , ,
3 2014.
[4] , ., , .,
. "
- DCB 2014", " ", , 11-13
2014.
337
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
ON THE PRECISELY MODELING OF THE NODES FROM STEEL STRUCTURES

Vladimir Matuski1, Anita Handruleva2, Konstantin Kazakov3
ABSTRACT:
The study of nodes from truss structures is a major challenge for civil engineers both for
practical and for scientific research. Significant is the interest of scientists and researchers from
around the world in this area, as evidenced by the large number of publications and articles in
specialized journals. In our country, in the design and construction practice, detailed modeling of
the nodes is still not done for several reasons: relatively little known about the actual behavior of
different types of nodes in preparation and in operating condition. The study and analysis of the
nodes is process dependent on a large number of parameters and factors that must be specified and
recorded. In this article, with the use of problem-oriented modeling programs are built geometric
models of representatives of truss structures with different nodes. Using the finite element method
and software to the already constructed geometric patterns are associated material and other
characteristics needed for further analysis. Studied is stressed and strained state of the constructed
computational models to clarify the operation of the nodes and their influence on the behavior of the
structure. The objective is to search for causative factors for defects in built structures.
Keywords: truss structures, models of nodes, morphology of the grid structure, Finite
elements method
1
Vladimir Danchov Matuski, Assist. prof. eng., Department "Mechanics and Mathematics", University of Structural
Engineering & Architecture (VSU) "Lyuben Karavelov", vmatuski@vsu.bg
2
Anita Kostadinova Handruleva, Assist. prof. PhD eng., Department "Mechanics and Mathematics", University of
Structural Engineering & Architecture (VSU) "Lyuben Karavelov", anita_handruleva@vsu.bg
3
Konstantin Savkov Kazakov, Prof. DSc eng Department "Mechanics and Mathematics", University of Structural
Engineering & Architecture (VSU) "Lyuben Karavelov", kazakov@vsu.bg
338
1. Theoretical argument
Plain pipe trusses are the most popular structural parts performed by tubes. They are mainly
used in roof structures of various building systems and also are always preferred when remain
visible structural elements. An essential feature of the pipe trusses (those from closed sections)
compared to the truss with open sections is the possibility of a direct link between the rods without
nodal plates, ribs and more. It can be considered that the direct connection between the poles of the
truss (without nodal plates) is the optimal design solution at minimal cost of material. This is
actually the purest constructive form. In certain specific circumstances relating to the possibilities
for the establishment, installation and exploitation of the structure can be used constructive solution
with an indirect connection between the rods. Indirect connection between the rods is imperative in
cases where it is necessary demountable pipe truss.
The main nodes in plain pipe trusses are K-node and N-node. According to their parameters
these nodes may have a gap or with an overlap. The work and load-bearing capacity of the bars with
a gap or overlap are substantially different. In general, under equal other conditions, the nodes with
overlap have a higher bearing capacity, but those with gap are more technological. A K- or N-node
may always be with a gap or an overlap, regardless of the ratio of the dimensions of the bars, if used
eccentrically inclusion of the bars of the grid.
Attachment of the structural elements of the tubes to other elements may be directly or
through other structural parts. Direct connection of the structural elements is done by welding.
Bearing capacity of the node depends not only on the strength of the welds, but also on the
interaction (susceptibility) of working together structural elements, i.e. the general behavior of the
node. According to the structural composition and the possibility of the structure to receive some
degree of rotation, the attachment can be stiff, partially stiff or joint.
The classification in stiffness according to the degree of rotation may be performed on
prescriptions given in or [13]. Usually the stiff attachment is realized by welding or flange
connection with bolts. When not been pre-classification for stiffness for the attachment of the
elements will be conditions to we consider to stiff attachment those that provide taking the bending
moment acting on this place. Attached to enable rotation of the element will consider a nominal
joint. The compounds which absorb bending moment, which is smaller than the load bearing
capacity of the profile of bending in elastic stage will consider partial stiff.
The type of attachment and its structural arrangement mainly depend on the ratio of the
dimensions of the sections and the size of the existing internal forces.
The factors which influence on the bearing capacity of the pipe nodes and criteria for the
bearing capacity are: the thickness of the profile; the relationship between the cross sections of
connections rods and that of the main element; the angle between the elements of the grid and the
main element; the gap between the bars of the grid; the structural form of the node (number of
elements, the presence of overlapping, eccentricity, etc.); the intensity of the stresses in the main
element; the relationship between the thicknesses of the profiles.
For determining the bearing capacity of the nodes semi probabilistic approach is used. Each of
those parameters affecting the bearing capacity of the node is examined individually. Usually as the
main criterion for the bearing capacity is considered load pressure because it determines the most
accurate and distractions are less. Furthermore, the experiments with the element under tension
show a higher strength.
Analysis of the results of experimental studies of the bearing capacity of the nodes shows the
following:
- Deformations in the node are mainly in main tube. These deformations may be reduced if
the increased local stiffness of the element, i.e., by reducing the thickness.
- By increasing of the gap will decrease the load bearing capacity of the node, but when
reaching a certain value, the effect gradually disappeared i.e. the node can be seen as a Y-node,
instead of N-node.
- A high level of stresses in the pressed element will lead to a reduction in the load bearing
capacity of the node, while in tension element that has no practical significance.
339
Depending upon the ratio of the geometrical dimensions, the type of the node and load
conditions, various forms of destruction are possible.
For the calculation of the tube nodes are developed different theoretical and computational
models. In most cases, however, are mainly T-nodes.
The theoretical investigation of K- and N-nodes, which are essential in the planar trusses of
tubes is considerably more difficult and less studied [11, 12, etc.]. Unfortunately, the theoretical
models that include all influencing parameters are too complex and unsuitable for direct practical
use. Regardless of the general principles of structural design of the tubular nodes in the theoretical
examination is not possible to combine nodes with O-profiles and -profiles. For the purposes of
structural design are necessary simple computational models that enable to define the basic
parameters affecting the bearing capacity of the nodes. For nodes of O-profiles it is the model of the
replacement ring and the model of shear surface, and for nodes of -profiles - the model with an
effective width. These models are described in [8].
Approximate calculation models have several disadvantages, but each of them makes it
possible to describe analytically some form of destruction. The evidence of limiting bearing
capacity is achieved by experimental studies. Many experimental studies conducted before 1980 are
not coordinated by a general program and have significant scattering of results. Many of them cover
specific cases and present results that serve specific theoretical studies of the authors. It turns out
that for determining the limit load capacity is important not only the type of the node and its
parameters, but also the scheme and the method of loading, the plastic properties of the steel and
etc.
The main parts of the experimental studies have been conducted with the nodes of the O-
profiles, and then in a similar manner were examined and nodes -profiles.
The beginning of systematic experimental studies of the bearing capacity of the tubular nodes
of O-profiles is made by Sammet [6] in 60th years, which offers assessment of bearing capacity of
pipe connections be made with quality factor to base node with direct connection between rods.
Results of examinations of Sammet are included in the norms of Germany [14]. Subsequently
Hlavacek summarizes the attempts of Sammet with its own studies of pipe connections and offers a
formula for the bearing capacity of the nodes. These results are included in the standards of tubular
structures of Czechoslovakia [15].
For the operation of the tubular trusses under load is essential rigidity of the nodes. Indicator
of the stiffness of the nodes can be deformation, which is strongly influenced by the thickness of the
main element and the ratio between the bars of the grid and the main tube.
The study of the nodes by trusses is a big challenge for the structural engineer, as practical
and scientific-research work. In the design and construction practice in Bulgaria, detailed modeling
of nodes yet is not performed for several reasons: relatively little knowledge about the actual
behavior of the different types of nodes in preparation and in operating condition. The study and
analysis of the nodes is a process dependent on a large number of parameters and factors that must
be specified and recorded.
2. Description of selected computer models and results

In this article, with the use of problem-oriented programs for modeling of structures are
constructed geometric models of representatives of trusses with different nodes. Using the finite
element method and software products to already establish geometric patterns associated material
and other characteristics, needed for further analysis. This paper examines the stress and strain state
of the existing computational models, in order to clarify the operation of the nodes and their
influence on the behavior of the structure.
Modeled are two trusses with the same geometric and material characteristics. They differ in
the type of connection between the elements, namely: truss type 1 is with joint connection between
the elements in nodes and truss type 2 with a rigid connection between the elements.
340
For the analysis of both types of connections between elements (joint and rigid) in detail are
modeled and tested two nodes: node of truss structure realized by nodal plates and node of truss
structure with direct involvement of elements.
The objective is to investigate the stress and strain state and to recommend specified model of
node.
We recall that when not been pre-classification for stiffness for the attachment of the elements
will be conditions to consider to stiff attachment those that provide taking the bending moment
acting on this place. Attached to enable rotation of the element will consider a nominal joint. The
compounds which absorb bending moment, which is smaller than the load bearing capacity of the
profile of bending in elastic stage will consider partial stiff. The type of attachment and its structural
arrangement mainly depend on the ratio of the dimensions of the sections and the size of the
existing internal forces.
On display in the exhibition figures are displayed modeled Truss structures and their nodes, as
well as stress and strain state under load.
Fig. 1. Spatial view of the steel structure
a) b)
c) d) e)
341
f) g) h)
Fig. 2. Typical nodes from steel structure, modeled with software for detailing
Fig. 3. Node of truss structure with direct involvement of elements - 1
Fig. 4. Node of truss structure with direct involvement of elements - 2
Fig. 5. Node of truss structure realized by nodal plates
342
Fig. 6. Computational models of other typical nodes from the steel structure
On the next few images were shown photographs of truss construction for experimental
testing.
343
344
3. Conclusion
By comparison of the calculation results can be made the following important conclusions:
1) The type of nodal connections a substantial influence on deformation and stress state of the
whole truss structure when identical geometric characteristics of the elements used. A detailed
modeling of the structural nodes as in structures by direct connection of the elements and in the
assembly through the plates show any significant differences in the transfer of forces in comparison
with a simplify calculation models.
2) Direct connection of elements significantly increases the rigidity of the node and leads to a
lower localized stresses at the place of node. In an indirect assembly (via plates), a significant
increase of stresses in local areas from the main tube, this can not be account without a detailed
computational model.
3) Indirect connection between the components requires the use of elements with a greater
thickness or adding plates to increase the local rigidity in the area of the node. With the
development of new and more precise models one of the aims is to achieve and higher effectiveness
of materials and improve the performance of the structure as a unified organism. Also aims at
reducing and optimizing of the cross sections, and this will reduce and rates carbon [16].
4) Refine modeling of the nodes gives much clearer idea of the behavior of structural
elements in the area of node, stress distribution and flow of force between coupling elements. These
models consider the deformation of the elements in the local area, which is critical in studying the
overall deformation of the structure.
Acknowledgement
The study has been financially supported by the National Science Fund, Project DFNI
E02/10121214.
LITERATURE
[1] Kazakov K., Finite Element Method for Structural Modelling, Prof. M. Drinov
Academic Publishing House, 2010.
[2] Mang R., O. Bucak, Hohlprofilkonsrluktionen unter stalischer und dynamischer
Belastung, Universitat Karlsruhe 1990.
[3] Sammet H., Die Festigkeit knotenblechloser Verbindungen im Stahlbau,
SchweiBtechnik, Heft 11, Berlin, November, 1963.
[4] Van Wingerde, Packer, J. Wardenier, New guidelines for fatigue design of HSS
connections, IIW XV-E-96-221, International Institute of Welding, 1996.
[5] Wardenier J., Hollow sections joints. Deft University Press, Deft, The Netherlands,
1982.
[6] Zycinski J., A. Czechowski, J. Brodka, Investigation into the static strength of welded
K-type joints in rectangular hollow sections, IIW Doc. XV-539-83.
345
[7] Kim J., Rassmuscn, S. Hasham, Tests of X- and K-Joints in CHS Stainless Steel Tubes,
ASCE, N10, 2001.
[8] prEN 1993-1-8, Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures, Part 1.8. Design of joints 2000.
[9] TGL 13501 - Steel Structures. Light gauge Steel Construction. Tubular Steel Supporting
Structures, 1964.
[10] CSN 731403 - Navrhovani ocelovych trubkovych konstrukci, Praha, 1975.
[11] Zenon Mrz, A.Yanakieva, V. Valeva, J. Ivanova, Analytical Pullout Analysis for
Carbon nanotube-cement Composites under Static Loading, Comptes rendus de
l'Acadmie bulgarie des Sciences, Tome 66 (3), 431-438, 2013.
346
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

,
1, 2
:

, ,
. ,
- .
,
.
: , ,
CRACKING MOMENTS IN RECTANGULAR RC SECTIONS, SUBJECTED TO

BENDING
Zdravko Dimitrov1, Ivan Pavlov2
ABSTRACT:
In the present article a study is made on the stressed state of a rectangular RC sections,
subjected to bending without normal force, at the moment when the first crack develops. The study
is limited for singly reinforced elements and the results are given for the most common practical
cases of plates and beams. The effects of the applied reinforcement as well as the concrete class on
the cracking moment is also studied.
Keywords: reinforced concrete, crack, cracking moment
1
, ,
Zdravko Dimitrov, student, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
2
. - . , , email:ivanpavlov@vfu.bg
Assoc. prof. Eng. Ivan Zhelev Pavlov, PhD, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
347
1. .

,
.

, ,
. ,
- .
,
.
2. .

:
;
;
;

, . 1,
[1];
30/37.
. 1.
fctd
cut :
f
cut = ctd . c 3 (1)
f cd
:
f
f cd = cc ck (2)
c
f ctk , 005
f ctd = ct , (3)
c
, [2]:
cc = ct = 1,0 ; c = 1,5
:
f f
Ec = cd = ctd (4)
c3 cut
348
:
c
c = f cd (5)
c3
ct = f ctd (6)
s = Es s
3.

.
, (. 2).
. 2.
. 2 :

s = cut ,
1
:
d
= - ;
h
x
= - ;
d
c
x= - ;
c + cut
:
c
c = f cd (5)
c3
ct = f ctd (6)

s = Es s = Es cut
1
:
x E x E f
N c = c b = c c b = c c bd = cd c bd
2 2 2 2 c 3
f ctd 1
ct (h x ) .bd
N ct = .b =
2 2

N s = s As = Es cut s bd
1
349
As
s = .
bd
N i = 0
:
f + 2 2 Es cut s
= ctd
2( f ctd + Es cut s )
:
h x h x h
M cr = N c + N ct + + N s d
2 3 6 3 2
4.
b=1000mm.

. 1,
S3, =10mm
cnom=20mm.
Mcr 100mm
180mm 16/20 20/25 . 3 . 4.
:
-
;
- 16/20 20/25 (
10%) .
cr
7
6
[kNm]
4
h=18cm
3 h=16cm
h=14cm
2
h=12cm
1 h=10cm
0
56
66
76
86
58
96
106
68
78
510
88
98
610
108
710
810
910
1010
. 3. 16/20
350
cr
7
[kNm]
5
4
h=18cm
3 h=16cm
h=14cm
2
h=12cm
1 h=10cm
0
56
66
76
86
58
96
106
68
78
510
88
98
610
108
710
810
910
1010

. 4. 20/25
5.

.
1, S4,
10mm
cnom = max{ + 10mm;25mm}
Mcr 250mm
600mm b=250mm 16/20 20/25
. 5 . 6.
Mcr 250mm
600mm b=125mm 16/20 20/25
. 7 . 8.
cr
26
24
22
[kNm]
20
18 h=60cm
16 h=55cm
14
h=50cm
12
10 h=45cm
8 h=40cm
6
4 h=35cm
2 h=30cm
0
h=25cm
210
212
310
214
312
216
314
218
316
220
222
318
320
225
322
325
. 5. 250mm 16/20
351
cr
26
24
22
[kNm]
20
18 h=60cm
16 h=55cm
14
h=50cm
12
10 h=45cm
8 h=40cm
6
4 h=35cm
2 h=30cm
0
h=25cm
210
212
310
214
312
216
314
218
316
220
222
318
320
225
322
325

. 6. 250mm 20/25
cr
14
13
12
11
[kNm]
10 h=60cm
9
8 h=55cm
7 h=50cm
6
h=45cm
5
4 h=40cm
3 h=35cm
2
1 h=30cm
0 h=25cm
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
225
. 7. 125mm 16/20
cr
15
14
13
12
[kNm]
11
10 h=60cm
9 h=55cm
8
7 h=50cm
6 h=45cm
5
4 h=40cm
3 h=35cm
2
1 h=30cm
0 h=25cm
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
225
. 8. 125mm 20/25
352
:
-
,
;
- 16/20 20/25 (
10%) .
6. .

.
.
:
[1] EN1992-1-1:2005 -
Part 1-1:
[2] EN1992-1-1:2005/NA:2015
- Part 1-1: .

353
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-

1
:

,
.
,
M,
N V.
, , ,
M+N .
Model Code 2010

,
- .
: B-,
SHEAR STRENGTH MODEL FOR RC B-COLUMNS WITH CIRCULAR CROSS

SECTION
Konstantin Velinov1
ABSTRACT:
Circular RC columns are used in the structures of buildings and especially in bridges.
However there are very few theoretical and experimental studies of shear behavior.
The main cause for earthquake failure is the inadequate prediction of the behavior of columns
under the combined action of bending moments M, normal forces N and shear forces V. Their
interaction could cause a collapse which form would be different from the typical form caused by
the combined action of bending moment and axial force M+N or dominant shear.
On the basis of the concrete compression field model in Model Code 2010 for elements with
rectangular cross section, also based on the analysis of the representative codes and the results of its
own experimental program are specified parameters of a model for shear strength of B-columns
with circular cross section.
Keywords: Reinforced concrete B-columns, shear strength
1
, - ., . ,
Konstantin Velinov, PhD Dipl. Eng., RC Structures Department, UACEG-Sofia, kvelinov@eurocode2.bg
354
1. .
, Model
Code 2010 [6],
.
, ,

.
2. .
(1)
/, ( )
.
(2)
: , .
(3) , -
M Ed , N Ed VEd (.1).
(4) ,
VEd , () ,
,
M Ed N Ed .
. 1.
(5)
: As1 = As 2 .
(6) ,
(. [6]) VEd :
1 M Ed
x s1 / 2 = + 0,5 N Ed (1)
2 Es As1 z
(7)
, .
3. B-.
(1) ()
.
355
(2) , ,
, ( ) ,
() (.2).
- ( Bernoulli) l 3h( D) .
. 2. -
(3)
,
.
.
, .
-, (.4).
4. D-.
(1)
.
(2) ()
, .
, (.3).
. 3. D-
(3) D- (D Disturbance)
, . ,
- .
356
5.
5.1. ()
(1) ,
(.4.).
(2)
,
(.4.). , ,
, b.
.4.
) ; ) 1-1 ;
) 1-1
(3) ,
(.4.).
(4)
e
: bw = D .
5.2.
5.2.1. Asw, h
(1) ()
(.5).
(2) (
) Asw, h f yw sin .
(3) k
.

, , .5 :
k = (0,333.2.2 + 0,333.1,0 ) 0,80 (2)
.5.
357
5.2.2. Asw, sp
(1) ,
(14) .6.5 [1],
(.6 .7).
(2) 1 > 2 .

cot = (cot 1 + cot 2 ) 2 (3)
, :
c = c1 = c2 = z. cot (4)
(3) (6.13) [1] (n=2)
Asw, sp :
2 Asw, sp
VRd , sp = f ywd .z. cot .k (5)
s sp
k = sin (5)
s sp .
(4) > 80 o .
.6.
.7.
5.2.3. Asw
(1) ,
, .
(2) (. )
, (.8) -
- k = 1,0 .
358
.8.
(3) , ()
:
w = 2 Asw, h (D.sh ) 0,08 f ck f yk (6)
6. () 2010 [6]
6.1.
(1) :
VRd , max = 0,25 f cd .D.z (7)
(2) - (7.3-26) [6].
6.2. , ,
(1) x ,
s1 -
(.6.5), :
x = s1 2 (8)
(2) , ,

As1 = As , tot 4 (9)

90 .9.
(3) ,
:
z = D 2d1 = Ds (10)
Ds .
.9.
(4) (7.3-16)
Model Code 2010 [6] x :
359
2 M Ed
x = + 0,5 N Ed (11)
E s As , tot Ds
(5) :
= 20o + 10000 x (12)
6.3.
(1.62)
:
f ck 0,4 f ck
VRd , c = k v bw z = D.Ds (13)
c 1 + 1500 x c
6.4.
(7.3-29) [6]
Asw, sp ( Asw, h ) Asw (.7):
1,6 Asw, sp A
VRd , s = k + sw f ywd .Ds . cot (14)
s sp s w
6.5.
VRd , c + VRd , s VRd , max (15)
6.6. x
-
x
.
6.6.1.
(1) x
(11).
(2) 500
:
k + 0,5n Ed
x = z Ed (16)
0,25tot
k z = D Ds , Ed = M Ed ( Ac Df cd ) , n Ed = N Ed ( Ac f cd ) , tot = As , tot f yd ( Ac f cd ) .
6.6.2.
(1)
[5],
(.10).
(3) 500 (.
n Ed < 0,4 ) x = 1,5.10 3 ( yd 2 = 1,1.10 3 ),
.
= 35o .
(4) tot prov
, ()
x tot
req
tot
prov
< 1,0 , tot
req
,
Ed n Ed .
360
.10. M Ed N Ed As1 x
6.7.
(1) ,
, ( As , sp ) ( As, h ) .
(2)
500 (13) (14) x = 1,5.10 3 :
( )
VRd , c = 0,10 f ck .D.Ds (17)
2,3 Asw, sp
VRd , s = f ywd .Ds (18)
s sp
7.
7.1.
(1) ,
,
, Fabrin et al [7], [2].
12 , ()
, , [4,5], .
(2) , -,
.
.
(3) 18
.1 .2.
7.2.
(1) 6.1 6.5
.
(2) .1 .11
,
Model Code 2010 [6] (11)
(16) 500.
361
(3) . 2 . 11 ,
500, ,
.10.
.2. x (.10)
.1. x - (11)
362
.11. x - (11)
(.10)
8.
(1) .5

, () .
(2) .6 ( )

.
(3)
.
,

.

[1] N 1992-1-1: 2:2005.
. 1-1: .
[2] , ., ,
, 2015
[3] , ., 3D --
.
DCB 2012, , 2012.
[4] ., . ,
. CEDC
2014, , 2014 .
[5] ., . ,
. CEDC 2014, ,
2014 .
[6] Model Code 2010 Final draft, fib, Volume 1 (March 2010), Volume 2 (April 2010).
[7] Fabrin, L.S., H.B. Joergensen, Shear test on RC elements with circular cross section, B.
Eng. project, University of Southern Denmark, 2008.
363
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

2
1, 2, 3
:
,
- .
-
- .
,
EN 1992.
,
.
: , ,
EARLY STRIKING CALCULATIONS OF FORMWORK FOR REINFORCED

CONCRETE SLABS ACCORDING TO EUROCODE 2
Lachezar Hrischev1, Stanislav Tsvetkov2, Nikolay Nedelchev3
ABSTRACT:
Formwork removal of the reinforced concrete slabs is allowed when the concrete has seventy
percent of its design strength or eight - ten days. In order to shorten the time for construction and
ensuring of better using of formwork systems it is possible striking of slab formwork at an earlier
stage. But for early striking it needs to provide the slab, as the calculations to be carried out in
accordance with EN 1992. The report presented design procedures according to ultimate limit states
and servicability limit states that need to be made in case of early striking.
Keywords: reinforced concrete slab, early striking, urocode
1
, ., - ., ". " -
Lachezar Hrischev, Assoc. Prof., PhD, eng, VSU "L. Karavelov" - Sofia, e-mail: l.hrischev@abv.bg
2
, . ., ". " -
Stanislav Tsvetkov, eng., Assist. Prof., VSU "L. Karavelov" - Sofia, e-mail: st.cvetkov@vsu.bg
3
, ., - "" , ". " -
Nikolay Nedelchev, eng.,Student - Master Degree, VSU "L. Karavelov" Sofia, e-mail: nikolay_s_n@abv.bg
364
1. .
,
.

( 18-20 60%),
: ,
- 2 ; - 8 ; - 10 [8].

.
( ) .
o
.

,
,
EN 1992 2.
2. .

.
,
.
- ,
.
,
, ,
[7].
, ,
, (
) .

. ,
, . ,
,
, [2].
, ,
-
.
,
() .
- .

, (),
.
, -
( , ,
), .
,
.
EN 1992-1-1:2005 2:
[1], ,
365
.
:
- - -
( ) ;
- ( ) -
( );

:
- -
( );
- .
, I- II-
[5].
, -
,
.

,
.
3. - .
3.1 .
6- (1 + 6
). : max- 26,70/16,70m. :
(9 .), ()- 5 . + 4 . L - ,
, - 3 . ,
, (
) . 20 cm
( N10 N18) ( N12 N20) .
,
,
( . ). : 25/30 500.

"Doka Xtra". ,
, .
, ( , )
, .
- ,
( ).
" Doka Xtra " 60x180 mm., a ,
D=49,3mm., t=2,5mm. ,
, :
0.50 m,
1.04 m, 2.75m.
() .
, +5.73m, +8.62m, +11.51m. a

, .
.+11.51m,
,
. , +11,51m
366
. :
, 4 ;
,
3 . ,
.+11,51m 3 , .+5,73m 17 ,
.+8,62m 10 .

.
3.2 .
.
, :
- EN 1992-1-1 " 2:
1-1: ";
- .4.2 [7];
- .7.7 [6];
-
, .
[1] 20 EN
12390 :
f ck (t)=f cm (t)-8,[MPa] (1)

f cm (t)= cc (t).f ck (2)
28 1/2
cc (t)=exp S. 1- (3)
t
: fck ;
fcm(t) - t ;
t ;
s , ;
- , .
f ctk (t)=0,7.f ctm ,[MPa] (4)

2/3
f ctm =0,3.f ck (5)
: fctk ;
fctm - .
20
:
0,3
f
cm (t)=22. cm ,[GPa] (6)
10
Ecm(t) - t .
367
,
.1.
. 1.

t=3 t=10 t=17
fcm,(MPa) 16,50 22,00 23,75
fck,(MPa) 8,50 14,00 15,75
fctm,(MPa) 1,25 1,74 1,89
fctk,(MPa) 0,88 1,23 1,32
cm 10,85 19,22 25,42
Tower 7,
.
.3.1, :
- .+5,73m +8,62m - oo o
, , .
C25/30 17- 10- ,
N 206-1;
- .+11,51m, ,
q1k=0,75 kN/m2
q2k=0,75 kN/m2.
. (
) .
Tower 7,
, , .2:
. 2. ,
min M (-) = -18,64 kN.m
max M (+) = 4,33 kN.m
( ) maxRk, = 39,14 kN
maxRd, = 53,61 kN
( ) maxRk, = 8,41 kN
maxRd, = 11,52 kN
max wel = 0,0031m. = 0,31cm
- ,
.
EN 1992-1-1 ( 2).
3.3 .
3.1
.
- :
.VEd
vEd = <vRd,c (7)
dm.u1
368
: VEd = maxR d, =53,61kN
dx =d1=14,6 cm
dy =d2 =16,5 cm
d1+d2 14,6+16,5
dm= = =15,55 cm
2 2
u1=2.(c1+c2 +2..dm )=2.(6+18+2.3,14.15,55)=243,41 cm (8)
c1 / c2 = 6/18cm-
.VEd 1,15.53,61 2
vEd = d .u = 15,55.243,41 =0,0163kN/cm
m 1
c Rd,c .k. 3 100. l .f ck

v Rd,c = min : (9)
0,035. k 3 .f ck
0,18 0,18
cRd,c = = =0,12 (10)
1,5
200 200
k=1+ =1+ =2,13>2 k=2 (11)
dm 155,5
l = x.y (12)
Asl (9.2,545)
x = = =0,017
l y.dx 92,6.14,6
(13)
A (9.3,142)
y = sl = =0,016
l x.dy 107.16,5
l = 0,017.0,016=0,017
0,12.2. 3 100.0,017.8,5 = 0,585MPa

vRd,c = min : v Rd,c = 0, 289 MPa = 0, 0289 kN/cm 2
3
0,035. 2 .8,5 = 0, 289MPa
2
vEd =0,0165kN/cm <vRd,c =0,0289kN/cm2
369
3.2. .
.VEd f
vEd = <vRd,max =0,25. ck (14)
dm.u0 1,5
u0 =2.(c1 +c2 )=2.(6+18)=48cm (15)
.VEd 1,15.53,61
vEd = = =0,0826kN/cm2
dm.u0 15,55.48
8,5
vRd,max =0,25. =1,417Pa =0,1417kN/cm2
1,5
2
vEd =0,0826kN/cm <vRd,max =0,1417kN/cm2
3.3.
.
- :
.VEd
vEd = <vRd,c , (16)
dm.u1
: VEd = maxR d, =11,52 kN
dx =d1=14,6 cm
dy =d2 =16,5 cm
d1 +d 2 14,6+16,5
dm = = =15,55cm
2 2
u1=2.(c1+c2 +2..dm )=2.(25+50+2.3,14.15,55)=345,41cm; (17)
c1 / c2 = 25/ 50cm-
.VEd 1,15.11,52 2
vEd = d .u = 15,55.345,41 =0,0025kN/cm
m 1
c Rd,c .k. 3 100. l .f ck

v Rd,c = min: (18)
0,035. k 3 .f ck
370
0,18 0,18
cRd,c = = =0,12 (19)
1,5
200 200
k=1+ =1+ = 2,13> 2 k=2 (20)
dm 155,5
l = x.y (21)
Asl 9.2,545
x = = =0,011
l y.dx 143,3.14,6
(22)
Asl 7.3,142
y = = =0,011
l x.dy 118,3.16,5
l = 0,011.0,011 = 0,011
0,12.2.3 100.0,011.8,5=0,506MPa
vRd,c =min: v Rd,c =0,289 MPa=0,0289 kN/cm 2
3
0,035. 2 .8,5=0,289MPa
2
vEd =0,0025kN/cm <vRd,c =0,0506kN/cm2
3.4. .
.VEd f
vEd = <vRd,max =0,25. ck (23)
dm.u0 1,5
u0 =2.(c1 +c2 )=2.(25+50)=150cm (24)
.VEd 1,15.11,52
vEd = = =0,0057kN/cm2
dm.u0 15,55.150
8,5
vRd,max =0,25. =1,417MPa=0,1417kN/cm2
1,5
2
vEd =0,0057kN/cm <vRd,max =0,1417kN/cm2
371
3.4. ()
.
Rk,
(Asxprov +Asyprov ) (25)
fyk
Rk 8,41
= =0,168m2
fyk 50
prov
Asx +Asyprov = (1.3,141)+ (1.2,545)= 5,686m2
2
0,168cm <5,686cm2 (
!
3.5. (
).
prov
Ed A s .f yd .d m . (26)
Asprov =20,36cm2 =0,002m2

fyd =43,478kN/cm2 = 434780kN/m2
dm =15,9cm=0,159m
=0,9
18,64 kN.m < ( 0,002.434780.0,159.0,9 ) = 124, 43kN.m
3.6. (
).
, [9],
Wpl, ,
.
MEd < Mcrc , (27)
: Mcrc =Wpl .fctk,3 , (28)
: Mcrc ,
;
b.hf2 b.hf2
Wpl = .= .1,75 = 0,292.b.hf2 , (29)
6 6
2 2 3
0,292.b.hf = 0,292.1.0,20 = 0,0117m
372
18,64kN.m>(880.0,0117)=10,30kN.m
3.4. o (
)
w el-pl max w adm. (30)
w el =0,0031m = 0,31cm
w el-pl =k.w el =3.0,31= 0,93cm (31)
L max 253,5 (32)

max w adm. = = =1,01 cm
250 250
w el-pl = 0,93cm < max w adm. =1,01cm
4. .
, ,
, +11,51m
.
,

, .
,
2 , ,
, -
.

[1] EN 1992-1-1:2005, 2:
, 1-1: , .
[2] .,
, XIII-
2013, , 2013
[3] , ., , .,
2, , ., 2012
[4] , ., , . ,

, ,.,2013
[5] ., . , ,
, , .1, 2002
[6] ., ,
, , 1989
[7] ., , , , 2006
[8] 3 , ,
97/1994., 2/1995, . , . 53/1999.
[9] Orlowski Z., he analysis of sl ab resistance during early striking xemplified by
gridflex peri formwork system, The 10th International Conference "Modern Building
materials, structures and techniques, Vilnius, 2010
373
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-,

1
:

10 15 .
- , ,

.
,
-
.
: - , ,

COMPARISON AMONG THE STEEL-REINFORCED CONCRETE, STEEL AND

REINFORCED CONCRETE PLANE FRAMES UNDER CYCLIC LOADING
Nikolay Kuzmanov1
ABSTRACT:
Sometimes signs of increasing degradation of stiffness and bearing capacity appear only after
10-15 or more cycles of loading. Since these results could have influence especially for structures
subjected to earthquakes, the question arises whether in situations of earthquakes such conditions
are observed in frameworks. For this reason, in this report is made a comparison of the behavior of
a flat frame with reinforced concrete, steel and steel-reinforced concrete skeleton using the
accelerograms in three of the most destructive earthquakes.
Keywords: steel-reinforced concrete frames, steel and concrete frames, cyclic loading
1
, , ., ,
e-mail: nikolay_kuzmanov@yahoo.com
Nikolay Kuzmanov, Phd, eng., Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar,
e-mail: nikolay_kuzmanov@yahoo.com
374
1. .
,
(.1). ,
- - ,
.

,
-

25/30, S500
S235. , a
. -x .
. ,
- EL CENTRO
(.2), SANTA CRUZ (.3) SAN FERNANDO (.4),
20 ., - .
13 14 15 16 17 18
m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t
4500
7 8 9 10 11 12
m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t m=10t
5000
1 2 3 4 5 6
6400 3250 4500 3250 6000
. 1.
375
.2
-
. - .
, ,
, ,
, .
,

, . -
-
Dynamic time-history analysis,
.
.3 El Centro .4 Santa Cruz
.5. San Fernando

:

-
, .
,
1 13 ( 1).
1) San Fernando
376
:
.6 - .7 13
.8 - .9 13
.10 - .11 13
.12 - .13 13
377

.14 - .15 13
.1
6 - .17 13
.18 - .19 13
Santa Cruz

.20 - .21 13
378
.
.22 .23 13
.24 - .25 13
.26 - .27 13

.28 - .29 13
379

.30 - .31 13
.32 - .33 13
El Centro

.34 - .35 13
.36 - .37 13
380
.
.38 .39 13
.40 .41 13

.42 - .43 13
.44 .45 13
381

.46 .47 13
:
.
, ,
. -
, , - .
,
, -
. ,
- .

. ,
(
)
.
,

.
,
, -

, ,
.

:

[1] EN 1992-1-1:2007 2:
. 1-1: EN 1992-1-
1:2007/NA:2010
[2] EN 1993-1-1:2005 3: .
1-1: ; EN 1993-1-1:2005/NA2010

[3] EN 1994-1-1:2005 4: -
382
. 1-1: ;
EN 1994-1-1:2005/NA:2010 -
[4] EN 1998-1:2005 8:
. 1: ,

[5] .
-
, 2013.
383
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
-

1, 2, 3, 4,
5
:
-
,
.
, , , , .
,
,
13088 N 24624. - ,
.

.
: ;; ;
PROTECTIVE DECORATIVE POLYMER COATING ADHESION TO WOODEN AND

SILICATE SURFACES
Panayot Panayotov , Zhivko Georgiev2, Dimitar Angelski3, Yancho Genchev4, Vasil Merdjanov5
1
ABSTRACT:
The adhesion of protective decorative coating have a main aspect about outdoor and under
cover exploitation, it is like building facades. These coatings made color appearance of buildings
and their structures like windows, showcase, door, shutters, oriels. The article present results about
adhesion to concrete and wood surface, determinate by method of stamp extracting, reglamented by
BDS 13088 and BDS EN 24624. The coatings are formed with waterborne paints- latex produced
by Bulgarian and foreign companies. The received values of adhesion are sufficient satisfactory
durability of formed in operating condition.
Keywords: wood, concrete, polymer coating, adhesion

1
. - , , ,
Prof. Panayot Panayotov, PhD, University of Forestry, Sofia, email: ppanayotov45@ abv.bg
2
. , , ,
Assist. Zhivko Georgiev, University of Forestry, Sofia
3
. - , , ,
Assoc. Prof. Dimitar Angelov, University of Forestry, Sofia
4
. - , , ,
Assoc. Prof. Yancho Genchev, University of Forestry, Sofia, e-mail:genchevy@abv.bg
5
. . , , ,
Assist. Eng. Vasil Merdjanov, University of Forestry, Sofia
384
1.

.
, , , , .

(; )
(;), .
(, ; , )
( ), - , ,
.
, , ,
,
(; , , ).
, ,
- , - .
, (
; ).
.
() () .

,

(; , ). , -
, ,
(- ).
(, )
.
,
., .
,
.
.
: - , - , -, - ,
[5;6].

, .
,

.
2.

-, () .
(, , )

. ,
(), (
35) (-40), [5;6].
-011 35 -1
-.
385
1-: . : 2- : ,
-011 -11,
-. : 3-
:, -011
-11, -.
: 4- :, - ()
(Baumit Silikon Farbe), Baumit GmbH-
. : 5- : , -
IDROSIL () COLOREX (CAP),
. - -
, ,
(Methanol) (Tetraethylsilikat).
, .
, . ,
10 %
( , 0.5-0.6 mm).
- .1.
. 1. -

kg/L
m.% DIN-4, s
-011 24 1.1080 80 7
- 27 0.960 95 5-6
- IDROSIL 23 1.050 87
-1 67 1.150 120 8
-11 60 1.450 150 7
-11 75 1.550 100 8
78 1.450 150 7.5
Colorex 64 1.350 130 8
: 205050 mm
12 % (Picea abies L.) (Quequs fraineto L.).
20 .
1:3 (: ). I,
. 32,5 N 196-1
N 197-1. 24 h,
28 d. - () 20 2 0
= 65 5 %.
24 h ,
[1;2].
2 m .
Moment Super Bond Henkel, .
:
a = 0,032. F ()
: F kg, 0,032 .
386
3. .
-
. ,
- .2,
.3.
. 2.
, , , g/m2 , , m

1-: - 328 348 371 290 300 320
2- : - 320 335 345 290 290 300
3- :- 310 325 330 280 280 290
4- : - - 345 348 351 300 300 310
5- : - 352 351 362 300 310 310
. 3.
, Er, MPaMPa

1-: 3.240.13 2.780.10 2.420.12
2- : 2.780.12 2.210.11 1.380.13
3- : 3.430.09 2.810.12 2.550.08
4- : 4.720.12 2.910.10 2.750.12
5- : 3.960.11 3.210.08 2.960.11
, -
() ( 2.78
4.72 ). -
,
[5;6]. -
- -
, ,
( 1.38 2.96 ).
(2.21 3.21 . ,

. -
(2-:),
- (4-:).
,
-
- -
[3; 4; 5].
4.
,

, ,
, .
387

BG051PO001-3.3.06-0056,
(2007-2013),
.

[1] 13088:1994. .
.
[2] EN 4624: 2004, . (
ISO 4624: 22002.Determine the Adhesion by a Pull-off Test.).
[3] , .., , .. (2002).
- TECHOMAT & INFOTEL, 2002, September 12-14,
Bourgas, Bulgaria, 42-50.
[4] , .., (2004).
.- ICECOLOGY 2004, SCIENTIFIC ARTICLES
Book 2, 37-45.Publishing by Science Invest LTD- branch Bourgas, Bulgaria.
[5] , .., (2008). -
. - 2008, 289 ., ISBN
978-954-332--055-4.
[6] , .., (2012). - .
- 2012, 331 ., ISBN 978-954-332-091-2.
[7] http://www.atri.bgcatalog.com
[8] http://www.baumit.com/bg/main1/
[9] http://www.lackprom.bg
388
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

.
U-238, U-235, Th-232 K-40. Rn-
222, Ra-226.
.
. -
,
.
: , , ,
,
NATURAL RADIOACTIITY OF BUILDING MATERIALS

Galina Todorova1
ABSTRACT:
The natural radioactivity is result of the cosmic radiation and the radioactive isotopes that
exist naturaly in the Earth. The radioactivity of the rocks is mainly due to the presence of the
isotopes U-238, U-235, Th-232 and K-40. The soil is source of the Rn-222 - decay product of Ra-
226. This paper offers short overiew of the natural radioactivity with accent on the radioactive
isotops in the building materials. Some data for measured levels of the mass-actiity of the most
often used building materials are cited, as well as for the contribution of the building materials to
radiation background in the homes.
Keywords: radioactiity, isotops, building materials, NORM, radon
1
, -,
Galina Todorova, assoc. prof., PhD, Varna Free University, g.d.todorova@gmail.com
389
1. .
.
.
(.
).
.
,
0,4 mSv. ()
.
.
: ,
, ,
(
). : U-238
(-), Th-232 () U-235 (),
, - .
, - -
.
, ,
. , ,
-40 -14. .
(-, -, -
), , . ,
.
, , NORM (Naturally Occurring
Radioactive Materials).
- ,
30 cm.
- : 35% -40, 25% -
U-238 ( Pb-214 Bi-214) 40% -
Th-232 ( l-208 c-228).
.
, a
, 2,4 mSv/ [1]. NORM,
/, , .
, , ,
NORM
.
2.
Rn-222 - .
- Ra-226. : (Rn-219)
(Rn-220), ,
- Rn-222.
,
, , 1,2
mSv/, . 50% .
- , - .
-.
(3,8 )
30 : Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214 Po-214.
, ,
390
. , 98%
(
), 2% .
,
3.10-4 % ( 3 1 )
[1]. , U-238,
- , , , , . , ,
,
.
10 Bq/m3. ,
,
.
60 Bq/m2.h ( Ra-226 25 Bq/kg).
100 -
- 10 Bq/m3.
.
-
. 40 Bq/m3.
ICRP (lnternational Commission on Radiological Protection) IAEA (International Atomic Energy
Agency)
( ),
200 Bq/m3 600 Bq/m3.
, ,
.
, ,
.

[2]
: 200 Bq.m-3
300 Bq.m-3 . ,

,
, - 300 Bq.m-3, 1000 Bq.m-3. [2]
, ,
:
, ,
( ,
.)
.

ICRP . ,
( 7000 ),
0,017 mSv/ 1 Bq/m3.
3.
, ,
, , NORM :

(- , ,
).
391
()

,
.
, , ,
.
Ra-226 ( - U-238, Rn-
222), Th-232 K-40. .1
.
.1 NORM [3]
Radionuclide Concentration (Bq.kg-1)
Ra-226 Th-232 K-40
1 - 250 1 190 5 1570
() 9 - 2200 < 1 220 180 1600
- / 6 50 1 30 5 700
1 - 500 1 310 1 4000
<1 - 70 < 1 100 7 280
7 - 180 7 240 24 850
( ) 30 - 200 20 200 160 1410
, 4 - 700 1 53 25 120
30 - 120 30 220 --
, -40
4000 Bq/kg 1600 Bq/kg
. Ra-226 2200 Bq/kg. .1, [4]
5000Bq/kg (
U-238).
,
, 3 ppm (40 Bq/kg) 17 ppm (70 Bq/kg) [5].
. , ,
,
.
,
.
,
[5].
,
, . -
.
.
.
- [6].
1999 ,
[7],
, , .
2001 [8]
NORM. ,
[2].
392
4.

. - , ,
( -
).

. [9] .2. (
) K-40, Ra-226 Th-232
.
.
.2 , NOR

(mSv/)
-
, 0 0,1
, 0,1 0,2
, 0,2 - 0,4
, 0.4 - 2
- ,
. [10]
0.008 Sv/h .
( )
- 3.11 mSv/, 0.07 mSv/ .
-
, [11]. , 1 mSv/
,
, , .
5.
- ,
, ,
.
,
( ) (
1000kg) . (,
, .), .
NORN ,
, , , ,
,
( ), .

. , -
.

[1]
[2] . 229
393
25.09.2012 . (. . .76 5 2012)
[3] Malcolm B. Cooper, Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) in Australian
Industries - Review of Current Inventories and Future Generation, ERS-006, A Report
prepared for the Radiation Health and Safety Advisory Council
[4] Extent of Environmental Contamination by Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material
(NORM) and Technological Options for Mitigation, IAEA 2003 Tech Report 419, p
104
[5] Naturally-Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM), World Nuclear Assosiation
(Updated December 2014)
[6]
, , -4/2010
[7] Radiological Protection Principles oncerning the Natural Radioactivity of Building
Materials, Radiation protection 112 , 1999
[8] European Commission, Radiation Protection 122 - Practical use of the Concepts of
Clearance and Exemption - Part II : Application of the concepts of exemption and
clearance to natural radiation sources (2001).
[9] M. Zalewski, M. Tomczak, J. Kapata, Radioactivity of Building Materials Available in
Northeastern Poland, Polish Journal of Environmental Studies Vol. 10, No. 3 (2001)
[10] National Council on Radiation Protection Report 160, Ionizing Radiation Exposure of
the Population of the United States
[11] Health Physics Sosiety, Ionizing Radiation Safety Standards for the General Public.
PS005-3
394
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

-
1, 2
:

( ), ,
, . ..
-
.
, .

, - - LEED, DGNB,
BREEAM, CASBEE HQE.
, - .
: , ,
BUILDING MATERIALS AS VIEWED BY BUILDING CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS

ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL REVIEW
Yana Kancheva1, Rumiana Zaharieva2
ABSTRACT:
Sustainability is a broad concept and when it comes to the construction sector (buildings and
processes) there is a large number of parameters that need to be considered. Certifying systems for
green buildings represent an aggregate evaluation of a buildings contribution to social and
economic development and environmental protection. Construction products and materials, being
an irrevocable part of a buildings life cycle, are among the key factors to be addressed. This paper
provides an analysis of how input materials are evaluated within the overall assessment of a
building with respect to the most prominent certifying systems LEED, DGNB, BREEAM,
CASBEE and HQE. Some problematic issues are discussed and suggestions are made in order to
enhance the sustainable selection of materials and products for buildings.
Keywords: sustainable development, certification of buildings, construction products
1
, a. ., , . , , . . 1, , e-mail:
ykancheva@gmail.com
Yana Kancheva, Assistant Professor, PhD candidate, Dipl. Eng., Dept. of DGEG, University of Architecture, Civil
Engineering and Geodesy, 1046 Sofia, 1 Hristo Smirnenski Blvd., -mail: ykancheva@gmail.com
2
, . - ., . , , . . 1,
, e-mail: roumiana.zaharieva@gmail.com
Roumiana. Zaharieva, Associate Professor, PhD MSc, Department of Building Materials and Insulations, UACEG, 1
Hristo Smirnenski Blvd. 1046 Sofia, Bulgaria, e-mail: roumiana.zaharieva@gmail.com
395
Much of the green development thats going on now is at the most
basic level; it is really about doing less bad, attempting to slow
down the damage. We need to move on to the restorative and
regenerative levelsultimately, make the place better than it was
before. Gail Lindsey, architect
1. Introduction
It has been almost three decades of progress toward sustainable development since this
concept was officially recognized by the Brundtland report in 1987. Currently, construction sector
focuses not only on pure technical and cost-related issues, but also on processes and activities that
mitigate the negative impact on environment. Buildings are estimated to use about 30-40% of the
worlds material and energy flows [1, 5], accounting for 30% of greenhouse gases (GHG) due to
their operation (an additional 18% caused indirectly by material exploitation and transportation [2,
5]). 45-65% of waste outputs to landfills [5] are formed by construction sector, but a great deal of it
is now recovered. Waste Framework Directive (2008/98/EC) by European Commission sets the
target by 2020 minimum 70% (by weight) of non-hazardous construction and demolition waste to
be prepared for re-use, to be recycled or to undergo other material recovery" (including backfilling
operations using waste to substitute other materials) [26].
A modern building is required to provide technically safe, energy efficient and healthy
ambience at reasonable cost with little or no stress on environment. A variety of evaluating tools,
standards and building certification systems (BCSs) are available to assess buildings performance
with respect to its social and economic dimension as well as ecological impact. Though similar
categories of evaluation are concerned, they are differently prioritized depending on regional
factors, e.g. availability of resources, industrial and machinery advances, established practices, etc.
BCSs are, by definition, market-driven initiatives enabling a corporation to demonstrate its
responsibility for social, economic and environmental improvements in buildings. Starting in
developed countries as USA, UK, Germany and France, they have become an instrument for
measuring the value and prestige of a building all over the world. Top five motivating reasons to
apply for certification include: 1) green buildings tend to be easier to rent and sell, because educated
tenants increasingly understand their benefits; 2) energy cost increases/utility rebates; 3) achieving
superior energy performance; 4) lower life-cycle operating costs; 5) have a positive environmental
impact [5]. Undoubtedly, these assessment methods have a significant contribution to furthering
the promotion of higher environmental expectations, and are directly and indirectly influencing the
performance of buildings [6].
The aim of this paper is to examine how certification systems assess the contribution of
building materials to the sustainability of buildings. BCSs can be applied to new or existing
(common-use and historical) buildings at pre-design or renovation stages, but the overview of this
paper is focused on general concepts, applications and priorities of BREEAM, LEED, CASBEE,
DGNB and HQE for new construction. After that, a critical review of the materials and resources
credits and their relative importance (weighting) in each system is presented. Improvement options
are suggested to enhance the holistic approach to building materials and their sustainable selection.
2. Approaches toward sustainability assessment

There are different approaches for evaluating the sustainable performance of buildings
resulting in establishment of two major types of assessing tools: criteria-based tools (CBTs) and
tools that use a life cycle assessment (LCA) methodology [3, 4]. CBTs assign points (credits) to
uniform sets of social, economic and environmental indicators, thus evaluating small to large
impacts. The first of this type is BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental
Assessment Methodology) established in 1990 in Great Britain. Since then, similar systems have
been developed in other countries LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) in
USA, CASBEE (Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environment Efficiency) in
396
Japan, DGNB (Deutsche Gesellschaft fr Nachhaltiges Bauen) in Germany, HQE (Haute Qualit
Environnementale) in France.
LCA-based tools date back to the late 1990s and since then they have been of help at every
phase of the life cycle when options for building design, materials, energy efficiency and waste
management need to be concerned [4]. The big advantage of LCA is that it aims at evaluation of the
whole life cycle of a building with all due material, energy and emission flows into a
comprehensive assessment. However, shortcomings arise from the fact that LCA is case-oriented,
so it treats each building as a unique system and within this system attention is paid to national
regulations, regionally established practices, locally produced materials, energy sources, waste
treatment options, etc. Moreover, the lifespan of a building is usually long (at least 50-60 years) and
in order to complete the LCA sometimes many scenarios need to be reviewed, where inventory data
is often obtained through approximate calculations, if not missing. LCA is complex, time-
consuming and costly [3], but at the same time represents a profound and detailed study.
More or less, indicator sets in CBTs are based on buildings life cycle, so they can be
considered as a simpler and uniform LCA tool. As such, they are easy to implement and interpret,
this is why they are widely accepted and adapted in many countries. Partnerships between
governments, non-government organizations and business itself in the face of investors, architects,
engineers and manufacturers of building materials as well as correct scientific identification and
evaluation of the relative importance of criteria are crucial for the successful development and
implementation of national assessment systems.
3. Weight of building materials

A building has three interrelated stages of existence: construction, operation and
demolition/deconstruction. Construction forms the input flows for operation phase, operation in turn
forms the potential for reuse, recycling and landfill waste. Building materials are part of all three
stages; they serve as an input and form the output of a building at the end of life stage.
On a global scale, the movement toward sustainability has its positive effect in many aspects
of the building sector and certification is only one of them. Opportunities for energy and resource
efficient productions have been exploited, particularly in cement and concrete production it is
proven to be at no or slightly higher cost. Blended cements are commonly used; natural aggregates
in concrete are partially replaced by recycled content or industrial by-products and there is
improved regulation regarding construction waste management. Energy sources are also under
consideration the share of renewable energy is increased, alternative energy sources (as waste
incineration) are now a normal practice. Because of these measures, the CO2 verified emissions for
annual production of cement clinker in Europe were reduced by 9% for the period 2007-2008. In
Bulgaria for the same period, CO2 emissions from the five available (at that time) cement factories
have decreased by 250 kilotons [28]. Coal combustion has been decreased by 16000 tons for the
period 2006-2008 after its replacement with alternative fuels and this resulted in GHG savings of
about 21000 tons [29].
The persistence of these efforts has positive contribution to the greening of the building
sector with respect to cost efficiency, energy savings and decreased ecological footprint while
maintaining sufficient technical properties. Recent report by IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change) estimates a slight decrease in the GHG emissions of 2010 compared to these from
2004 by about 1.5%. About 20% of the total GHG release during 50-year lifespan of a conventional
building come from materials (mainly concrete and steel); for low-energy buildings this proportion
can exceed 50% [27].
All certification systems reflect sustainability and the complex synergy between social,
economic and environmental pillars. They define two types of indicators: prescriptive and
performance-related. The former attain points when pre-defined levels are achieved in design, while
the latter represent categories for which the building should perform beyond an established
boundary. However, as mentioned above, national priorities determine different structure and
evaluation of criteria (Table 1).
397
Table 1 Criteria and target groups for new construction buildings
LEED BREEAM DGNB
Assigns credit points; total - Assigns points and calculates % Evaluates % of total
sum of all points of section score; total sum of performance achieved; total
% scores average % performance
Integrative process 1 p. Management 12% Environmental quality
Location and transportation Health and wellbeing 15% 22.5%
32 p. Energy 15% Economic quality 22.5%
Sustainable sites 10 p. Transport 9% Socio-cultural and functional
Water efficiency 11 p. Water 7% quality 22.5%
Energy and atmosphere 33 p. Materials 13.5% Technical quality - 22.5%
Material and resources 13 p. Waste 8.5% Process quality 10%
Indoor environmental quality Land use and ecology 10% Site quality additional
16 p. Pollution 10% category
Innovation 5 p. Innovation (additional) 10%
Regional priority 4 p.
HQE CASBEE
Assigns level of performance and corresponding Calculates B/L ratio; total rank depending
score (stars); total sum of stars on B/L
Environment 4 stars: Built environment quality (B):
Buildings relationship with its immediate Indoor environment 0.4 (40%)
environment; Quality of service 0.3 (30%)
Quality of components; Outdoor environment on site 0.3 (30%)
Sustainable worksite; Built environment load reduction (L):
Waste management. Energy 0.4 (40%)
Energy and savings 4 stars: Resources and materials 0.3 (30%)
Energy management; Off-site environment 0.3 (30%)
Water management;
Maintenance management.
Comfort 4 stars:
Hygrothermal comfort;
Acoustic comfort;
Visual comfort;
Olfactory comfort.
Health and safety 4 stars:
Quality of spaces;
Air quality and health;
Water quality and health.
LEED emphasizes on Location and transportation and Energy and atmosphere. Together
these two groups have the potential to form of all possible points and the building can achieve
level gold, which is second highest. Weights in the other systems are distributed almost equally
between major criteria groups, BREEAM and CASBEE consider health- and energy-related
parameters to be slightly more important than others. DGNB set equal weights to the three aspects
of sustainability, but also adds fourth aspect - technical performance and recognizes improvement in
building processes separately. HQE also treats the major aspects of equal weights. It is important to
say, that when assessing energy performance of buildings, it is mostly associated with the operation
stage, because of its long duration. Embodied energy of materials is usually taken for granted and
even though there are credits assigned to measures of manufacturers for environmental impacts
398
reduction of their products, the potential of this field is not clearly recognized by most certification
systems.
Indicators for building materials are distributed differently in different systems. LEED,
CASBEE and BREAAM consider the influence of materials on the life-cycle impact reduction of a
building as most important. Depending on the case this reduction can be accomplished in two main
directions: 1) by use of less material quantities reuse of old buildings, renovations, component and
material reuse as a percent of the surface area or improved performance of materials and 2) by the
magnitude of negative life-cycle output to nature global warming potential (GWP), ozone
depletion potential (ODP), eutrophication potential (EP), acidification potential (AP) and
photochemical ozone creation potential (POCP). LEED includes also availability of environmental
product declarations (EPDs), sourcing of raw materials (particular focus on timber), quality of
ingredients (for composite materials like concrete) and construction and demolition (C&D) waste
management for Materials and resources section. CASBEE emphasizes the reduction of non-
renewable resources used, minimizing C&D waste by reuse of frames and components or increased
durability. Beside direct LCA impacts, BREEAM indicators for materials account for responsible
sourcing, insulation properties, material efficiency, durability and resilience. Though ecological
impacts of materials are usually assessed in a separate category, they are interrelated to the other
indicators for materials, i.e. improved reuse and recyclability can substantially reduce the overall
impact on environment.
Guaranteed safety in normal and disaster scenarios and comfort of occupants are also among
the top important aspects of buildings. This is somehow contradictory, because safety is governed in
detail by mandatory design and building codes, thermal performance regulations have been
available for a few decades and orientation of building in terms of daylight/artificial light ratio
consideration is currently an established architectural practice. So, giving credits to features already
accepted by stakeholders and society as a must can be perceived as a not so well-grounded way to
increase the final assessment, i.e. a shortcut to an easily obtained certificate. These improvements
might have been valuable 10-15 years ago when new materials and innovative design were state-of-
the-art approach, but nowadays they are part of the standard expectations to a building.
Certification systems are updated periodically either by adding indicators or by allocating
weights, but their focus is still too global, i.e. they address the building but pay little attention to the
components of this buildings. Materials, for instance, are not just an energy or carbon, or resource
input. They are the means that makes possible every other aspect bearing capacity, durability,
thermal and sound comfort, quality of indoor air, etc. Enhanced building performance without
accounting for expense of resources is inconsistent with the concept of sustainability.
In addition, the very definition of a building to provide sufficient safety and comfort suggests
covering a basic level of energy and water consumption throughout the operation phase, i.e.
reductions cannot be made infinitely. Therefore, the debate about reshaping assessing tools regards
not only to regional priorities, but also to development of the reorganizing priorities over time,
establishing sustainable level of performance and, in order to do that, the before-construction stage
(materials cradle-to-gate processing) need to be addressed with bigger concern.
4. Regional challenges and importance of materials sourcing

Priorities for actions are established on a national level and whereas pressure is on social and
economic concerns, the ecological responsibilities are progressing at slow rates. For developed
countries, the emphasis is on reducing environmental impact while maintaining a certain level of
living standard; but for developing countries, it should rather be on development that aims to
address achieving a better standard while avoiding negative environmental impacts [6].
The big challenge of establishing a national system for certification of green buildings starts
with a process of selection and adaptation of already available systems. Besides institutional and
financial support, the success of this initiative depends on a deep knowledge of sustainability
concept and purposes and identifying conforming and non-conforming aspects of the national
practices and priorities to those in other countries.
399
The distinction of regional aspect for materials is addressed by encouraging use of local
materials, resulting, for instance, in shorter transportation distances. A building includes
components of many types of materials and this condition is not always observed with the global
market of building resources. Building products are strongly related to the environmental burden of
a building, parameters of this burden are described in ISO 14000 series and CEN standards and
include GWP, ODP, EP, AP, POCP, renewable and non-renewable energy, etc.. Data on these
indicators at the pre-construction stage concerns materials and products and is usually obtained
from EPDs, direct inquiries to manufacturers or by reference values. EPDs are a good way to
demonstrate responsibility for nature by declaring energy and resource inputs and outputs of
products and a good marketing tool as well. The contribution of building materials is assessed in
terms of energy, resource and output impacts reduction below average industry levels. These
impacts are referred to as embodied values (e.g. embodied energy or embodied carbon) of building
products and account for the amount of energy been accumulated and amount of CO2 been emitted
during manufacturing and they may vary in quite wide ranges. The share of embodied energy in the
life cycle energy use (service life of 50 years) of low energy building accounts for up to 9-46%
while for conventional buildings it can range from 2 to 38% [17]. Certification systems address
energy during building operation in details and as a result the modern structural design is focused
on optimizing energy demand during this stage. Significant reductions have been achieved, but with
reducing operation energy the share of embodied energy increases, so materials, being by now of
secondary importance, need to be considered more seriously. The selection of structural frame
material has greater influence on embodied values than selection of inner and surface components
[18], not only because of their large amount in the structure but also because of the energy and
carbon intensive processes for their manufacturing. Values for most common frame materials are
given on Figure 1. Though it is visible that concrete has the smallest ecological footprint, it is one-
sided to make a final judgement only on embodied energy (EE) and carbon (EC). If durability,
potential for re-use and recycling, utilization of recycled content are to be considered, then ranks
will be possibly re-ordered. Assessing materials sustainability requires a multi-disciplinary and
multi-criteria approach based on life-cycle analysis, just like sustainability assessment of buildings.
Figure 1 Embodied carbon (EC) and embodied energy (EE) of common building materials [11, 27]
Sustainable use of natural resources is among the basic requirements for construction works in
Regulation No. 305/2011 of the European Parliament, but at the same time there are no specific
procedures for assessment. That is why, in terms of aggregate production, this requirement is
vaguely recognized in Bulgaria where public concession for extracting raw materials are quite
cheap and thus the interest in recycling is very low. So, at equivalent technical properties and for
the same purpose, current key factors for decision-making are economic expenses and costs.
Takano et al. prove that environmental aspect should be considered in first place because in many
cases the cost does not vary much between the alternatives [18].
400
Thus, sourcing of materials becomes crucial in order to reduce the negative impacts and puts
some challenges in front of concrete and steel products, being major constituents of building
frames. While concrete plants are quite widespread and their distance to construction site is
relatively short, construction steel requires large-scale instalments and transport often includes
transboundary distances. Imported materials (e.g. construction steel, inner and surface components)
can be difficult to track in terms of resources origin and quality, but even locally produced
materials, like concrete, are difficult to be completely identified in terms of environmental loads.
EPDs are a good way for identification of building products by their ecological footprints, but this
represents only one third of the whole sustainability evaluation. A holistic approach should combine
ecological footprint with economical and socio-technical properties of construction materials
Indicators on materials sourcing are part of every assessing system but their weight is mostly
insignificant. LEED assigns 2 points in total for sourcing of raw materials (building product
disclosure and optimization), which is about 15% of Materials and resource section total score: one
point given for raw materials source and extraction reporting and another one for leadership
extraction practices. DGNB requests documentation of the used materials, auxiliary information
and safety data sheets as a one among eight criteria in total describing the process quality (10%
weight in the final assessment Table 1) of the building. Responsible sourcing of materials is of
major importance (after life-cycle impacts) in BREEAM Materials section, contributing with
maximum 4 credits (about 30%) to the final assessment of materials (14 credits in total). As far as
building components are concerned in HQE there is no direct requirement for sourcing, but rather
for technical properties and environmental load as defined in ISO 21930 or EN 15804, thus
referring to EPDs requesting. This clearly shows that in the current approaches of certification,
except for CASBEE and to some extents BREEAM, sustainable sourcing of materials is not
considered a priority, but rather a voluntary action. CASBEE addresses responsible sourcing by
means of amount of recycled content in materials, and, on the other hand, reuse of existing framing
and non-structural elements. Resources and materials form 30% of the total Built environment load
assessment (L). Beyond the mere addition of points/credits as in LEED, BREEAM, DGNB and
HQE, it distinguishes two categories Environmental load (L) and Environmental quality (Q), each
category consists of sub-sets of indicators and is being evaluated and weighted. Then, the
magnitudes of L and Q are compared by means of another indicator Building environmental
efficiency (BEE):
Q
BEE = (1)
L
BEE determines the rank of the building on a five-scaled rating, similar in style to ratings of
the rest certification systems. Building materials take part in forming both the technical quality and
the environmental loadings and these two dimensions combined with economical costing are
interdependent. Sustainability aims at maintaining the balance between these aspects throughout the
whole life-span of a building and building materials are a substantial part of this balance.
5. Certification systems in Bulgaria

LEED, BREEAM and DGNB were introduced in their original versions in 2009 by Bulgarian
Green Building Council (BGBC a private company, although the name refers to a national body)
and a few big administrative and office buildings we certified shortly afterwards. While promoting
the cost and energy benefits during the operation of a building, the pre-construction and end-of-life
stages are not so thoroughly considered. A reason can be the lack of sufficient regulations on
sustainable construction and materials, but a national strategy for sustainable construction is
expected to appear by the end of April 2015, so hopefully, it will clarify the priorities in the sector,
set goals for their achievement and eventually help for a further adaptation of the assessing systems
with respect to national agenda.
The present situation unfortunately shows inconformity between sustainability targets and
their practical achievement. On one hand, there is underdevelopment of efficient legislation and
mechanisms that demand holistic sustainable performance of buildings or, if available, their
401
application is not strictly followed. On the other hand, current measures for renovation aim mostly
at improved thermal properties of external walls disregarding opportunities for redesign, durability
or end-of-life scenarios. There is a delay in the development of C&D waste processing plants, so
utilization of recovered materials remains limited to downcycling construction purposes. The use of
by-products from other industries (fly ash, slags, etc.) is limited (mainly in cement production), too,
because of collapse of metallurgy.
Usually, certification systems are complemented by national standards and databanks
(Greenguide in UK, Eco Mark Products in Japan, kobau.dat and GaBi in Germany, Inies in
France) for the performance, applicability and environmental load of elements and materials (with
and without recycled content). Developing such database in Bulgaria would strongly facilitate the
assessing process and is possible through cooperation of national agencies, experts (architects,
engineers, manufacturers of building materials and products) and universities.
6. Some critical remarks and recommendations

Over the past decade, measures have been taken to reduce the negative outputs of materials.
Concrete, for example, is a composite material and to calculate key features like energy or GHG
emission for manufacturing means to account for energy demand and GHG of all constituents.
Cement, despite the small percentage (about 10%) in the mix, is the major determinant factor in the
ecological profile of concrete: 92% of its energy demand [11] and 1 ton of CO2 is released for every
ton of cement produced [22]. Half of these emissions are inevitable as they are released during the
chemical process of limestone decomposition. The other half is caused mainly by fossil fuel
combustion and has been slightly reduced by measures for improved energy efficiency in cement
plants, replacing fossil fuels with wastes and increasing the use of by-products as additives [23].
However, at the same time the global trends show steady increase in cement demand,
resulting in steady increase of CO2 emissions. According to Calkins, for the period 1990-2002, the
CO2 output of the cement industry has increased by approximately 40% [11]. This is to say that
when evaluating sustainability of materials, especially to those composing the major structure (load-
bearing frame); a more detailed research would be of use not only to determine current state of
sustainability, but also to figure out the feasibility limitations of possible improvements, but still,
there is a minimum level of technical performance, which must be maintained in order to achieve
sufficient safety, bearing capacity and durability. Materials selection aims at architectural and
aesthetic quality, better thermal or sound properties, which sets the requirements beyond that
minimum. Increased social performance of the building might lead to increased environmental load
due to embodied features of input materials, wherein lies the main conflict of priorities and
willingness to pay the price.
Assessment tools encourage use of materials with improved manufacturing process and
reduced environmental load regardless of whether optimization benchmarks are already reached or
not. Finding the boundaries requires a multi-criteria approach to the life-cycle analysis. While
certification systems represent this approach for buildings, there is no uniform methodology to
assess social, economic and environmental dimensions of materials together. In addition,
availability of materials databases would allow more sophisticated instruments to be used for
materials selection. For example, artificial neural networks (ANN) can be applied in identifying
trends of performance under different initial conditions and in further predicting of that
performance. If a databank of technical and environmental properties of materials is established,
ANN could make suggestions for applicable materials for certain purposes (load-bearing,
insulation, etc.) based on pre-defined feature values and thus facilitating choice of sustainable
materials. First steps in the development of such a tool in Bulgaria have been made within two
research projects at University of Architecture, Civil Engineering and Geodesy (UACEG) in Sofia.
Currently, materials in certification systems are assessed from a general perspective as a field
of constantly on-going improvements, but does this mean that when optimal condition is achieved,
materials will be irrelevant as an assessing factor? Following the same logic, when socio-cultural
requirements are established as common practice, would they have the same high priority to award
402
a building with high sustainability level? A possible solution for eliminating criteria that are poorly
assessed in the final ranking is to set a requirement for achieving points/credits on all criteria
groups.
Energy profile of a building at the current moment reflects mainly predicted operation energy
demand and consumption. Where possible, data on embodied energy of materials is obtained
through EPDs or other datasheets from manufacturers. Evaluating embodied energy is a complex
and time consuming exploration, but it should not be neglected because of its significant share of
the total life cycle energy [24]. Increasing the weight of sustainable materials input in a building is
one way to a more realistic accounting of their impact on buildings environmental loads.
A study [25] shows that currently in some cases CBTs are incapable to deal with materials if
their properties or improvements do not fit to the pre-defined levels or perform much better than
these levels. In order to adequately reflect the impact on sustainability due to the vast possibilities in
construction methods, points and credits should be organized in a more refined pattern [25]. Finally
yet importantly, a realistic assessment requires criteria set and weighting to be reconsidered in terms
of national and regional conditions.
7. Conclusion
Building assessment tools are efficient in promoting sustainability concept in building sector.
Set benchmarks help improving social, economic and environmental performance of buildings,
increase their values and enhance the demand of sustainable materials and practices. However, they
treat each criterion differently, thus considering building integration, operation energy optimization,
low-carbon buildings of higher priority than water efficiency, materials and resources, waste
management, etc. This allows awarding of high level green certificate even if not all major aspects
are covered, i.e. indicators with smaller weights can remain completely neglected.
Construction materials and products have significant influence on the embodied energy and
environmental load of buildings and need to be addressed more precisely, with increased attention
and with respect to the country (region) of operation. A progress toward sustainable materials has
already been made in developed countries by utilizing recycled content or industrial by-products to
decrease the amount of new raw materials mining, by energy and carbon efficient manufacturing
processes, by shorter transport distances and by waste treatment scenarios to close the life cycle
(cradle-to-cradle). Such progress is still on the list to be achieved in Bulgaria.
Features related to the use and transformations of building materials and products are
technically measurable with corresponding economic costs and environmental attributes, so they
should be handled with a fair weight into the overall assessment of buildings.
Acknowledgements
This paper is part of Research project BN 165/2014 Artificial Neural Networks as a tool for
prediction and analysis in the field of building materials financed by the R&D Centre at UACEG.
REFERENCES
[1] Roodman, D.M., Lenssen, N., 1995. A Building Revolution: How Ecology and Health
Concerns Are Transforming Construction. Worldwatch Paper, 124. Worldwatch
Institute, Washington, USA.
[2] Castro-Lacouture, D., Sefair, J.A., Florez, L., Medaglia, A.L., 2009. Optimization
model for the selection of materials using a LEED-based green building rating system in
Colombia. Building and Environment 44, pp. 1162-1170.
[3] Suzer, O., 2015, A comparative review of environmental concern prioritization: LEED
vs other major certification systems, Journal of Environmental Management 154, pp.
266-283.
[4] Ali, H.H., Al Nsairat, S.F., 2009. Developing a green building assessment tool for
developing countries-Case of Jordan. Building and Environment 44, pp. 1053-1064.
403
[5] Yudelson, J., The Green Building Revolution, 2008, Island Press, Washington, USA.
[6] Cole, R., Building Environmental Assessment Methods: Redefining Intentions, 2005,
The 2005 World Sustainable Building Conference, Tokyo, 27-29 September 2005
(SB05Tokyo) http://www.irbnet.de/daten/iconda/CIB3793.pdf .
[7] Haijden, J., 2014, On the potential of voluntary environmental programmes for the built
environment: a critical analysis of LEED, J Hous and the Built Environ DOI
10.1007/s10901-014-9428-z, Springer Science+Business Media Dordrecht 2014.
[8] Robinson, J., 2004. Squaring the Circle? Some thoughts on the idea of sustainable
development, Ecological Economics, 48, pp. 369-384.
[9] IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups
I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change [Core Writing Team, R.K. Pachauri and L.A. Meyer (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva,
Switzerland, 151 pp.
[10] Dobi, J., Macek, D., 2014, Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)
and its impact on building operational expenditures, Creative Construction Conference
CC2014, Procedia Engineering 85, pp. 132-139.
[11] Calkins, M., 2009, Materials for Sustainable Sites. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken,
New Jersey, USA.
[12] http://www.usgbc.org/ (last accessed April 23, 2015)
[13] http://www.breeam.org/ (last accessed April 23, 2015)
[14] http://www.dgnb-system.de/ (last accessed April 23, 2015)
[15] http://www.behqe.com/ (last accessed April 23, 2015)
[16] CASBEE for new construction Technical manual, 2010 edition, Japan Sustainable
Building Consortium (JSBC).
[17] Sartori, I., Hestnes, A. G., Energy use in the lifecycle of conventional and low-energy
buildings: A review article, 2007, Energy and Buildings 39, pp. 249-257.
[18] Takano, A., Hughes, M., Winter, S., A multidisciplinary approach to sustainable
building material selection: A case study in Finnish context, 2014, Building and
Environment 82, pp. 526-535.
[19] Meyer, C., The greening of the concrete industry, 2009, Cement and Concrete
Composites 31, pp. 601-605.
[20] ISO 21930:2007 Sustainability in building construction Environmental declaration of
building products.
[21] EN 15804:2012 Sustainability of construction works Environmental product
declarations Core rules for the product category of construction products.
[22] Rehan, R., Nehdi, M., 2005, Carbon dioxide emissions and climate change: policy
implications for the cement industry, Environmental Science & Policy 8, pp/ 105-114.
[23] Barker, D. J., Turner, S. A., Napier-Moore, P. A., Clark M., Davison, J. E., CO2 capture
in the cement industry, 2009, Energy Procedia 1, pp. 87-94.
[24] Cabeza, L., Barreneche, C., Mir, L, Martnez, M., Fernandez, A., Urge-Vorsatz, D.,
Affordable construction toward sustainable buildings: review on embodied energy in
building materials, 2013, Current Opinion on Environmental Sustainability, Vol. 5,
Issue 2, pp. 229-236
[25] Lee B, Trcka M, Hensen J. M, 2011, Embodied energy of building materials and green
building rating systems a case study for industrial halls. Sust Cities and Societies 1,
pp. 67-71.
[26] Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on Waste, 2008,
Official Journal of the European Union.
[27] Berge, B., 2009, The Ecology of Building Materials, Second Edition, Architectural
Press.
[28] Methodology for the free allocation of emission allowances in the EU ETS post 2012,
Sector report for the cement industry, Author: Ecofys by order of the European
404
Comission Study Contract: 07.0307/2008/515770/ETU/C2, Ecofys project Number:
PECSNL082164, 2009.
[29] www.holcim.bg ( 11.04.2012 .)
405
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, . 2
:
25% .
,
- , ,
-
.
.

. ,
, .. - ,
.
: , ,
CHARACTERISTICS OF AGGREGATES FROM RECYCLED CONSTRUCTION

CERAMICS FOR MAKING CONCRETE
Boyan Petrov1, R. Zaharieva2
ABSTRACT:
Construction ceramic waste in Bulgaria is about 25% from the total quantity of construction
waste. Unlike concrete, the utilization of ceramics in the form of aggregates from concrete is
considerably less known and respectively less used, although it leads to lowering of the weight of
the construction elements and to better thermotechnical characteristics of the concrete. The
researches on recycled construction ceramics from the viewpoint of using it as coarce aggregates for
making concrete is presented in the article. Standard methods of testing are applied and a
comparison with the characteristics of the ordinary aggregates for concrete is made. It has been
determined that the recycled aggregates from ceramics differ considerably from the conventional
aggregates for concrete, which means that they are closer to the light aggregates, which leads to
change in the behavior of the concrete mixture and the concrete itself.
Keywords: ceramic waste, recycled aggregate, concrete
1
, a. ., . , , . . 1, , e-
mail: petrov.uacg@gmail.com
Boyan. Petrov, Asist Prof. MEng, Department of Building Materials and Insulations, UACEG, 1 Hristo Smirnenski
Blvd. 1046 Sofia, Bulgaria, e-mail: petrov.uacg@gmail.com
2
, . - ., . , , . . 1,
, e-mail: roumiana.zaharieva@gmail.com
Roumiana. Zaharieva, Assoc Prof. PhD MSc, Department of Building Materials and Insulations, UACEG, 1 Hristo
Smirnenski Blvd. 1046 Sofia, Bulgaria, e-mail: roumiana.zaharieva@gmail.com
406
1. .
() -
.
3 . [1], .
, , 90%
. -,
,
. 2020.
(.. ) 70%
. ,
, ( )
.

( )
.

, .
, ,
, .

. , ,
/ (-
), ,
/ . 35 .

305/2011.
,
, ,
.
,
() : ,
, [2, 3]. ,
, ,
,

. -
.
2. ,
2
23.07.2014 . - . 1.
( ) 17 01 02,
, , 54% [1],

.

(. EN 12620 N 13139). ,
(, ,
.) .2.
EN 933-11.
. 20 EN 12620:2002+A1
, (
407
Rc) RC90 RC50, a (Rb) - Rb10 Rb50.

.. .
(Rc) 50%,
(Rb) 50%. ,
,
. , ,
, .
. 1. 2
. 2. ( EN 933-11, 2):
, ,
, , ,
.3. , ,
, ,
2,5 25 ,
.
408
. 3 : )
; ) ; )
( ).
3.
,
( ),
. . (. 3 ),
(.. ) (
) - ,
., 250/120/60 . 3,2.
, Mateso, Lokotrack LT1110 (. 4),

., .
- ,
,
[3].
, - (,
.) .
. 4.
4-11,2mm
, EN 12620 / EN 12620 NA.

409
( ).
.
4. ,
4.1
. 5
, 4-11,2 mm. ,
, 4-
11,2mm - . , 4mm -
. - ,
, -
- 2mm 2,3%, 1,4% 0,063mm
( f1,5). -
, ,
.
. 5.
4-11,2 mm.
.. Flackiness index. -
(17,4%) FL20, 10.4%, ..
FL15.
,
(, ) ,
-.
3.2. , .

910 kg/m3, a 1700 kg/m3,
1475 kg/m3 2700 kg/m3 . 1.
,
, , 1780 kg/m3.
200 m,
. ,
34,6%.
410
3.3. ,
EN 1097-6.
24 , 17%.
,
. 6.
, - .

, .
,
,
,
, , ,
, .
. 6. . 7.
.
( ) 18,2%, ..
(0,93), ,
. 4-5 %
.. /
.
3.3.

.I.4 EN 12620:2002+A1:2008/NA:2008,
,
, EN 13055-1.
Los Angeles EN
1097-2. .7.
.13 ( EN 12620:2002+A1:2008/NA:2008),

16%. ,
, -
- . EN 12620
Los Angeles.
411
LA20, LA15. ,
,
, .
,
.

, , EN 772-1 ,
- .
, - -
.
EN 12390-13:2013,

40/40/160 mm, ; 30%
( , 25,7);
, 50 mm, 0,001
mm - . 8. (
),
( 105) (13%
, ).
. 8
. 9.

, 28,3 ,
(. 9) -
0,87. ,
4 Gpa. - -
- , ( 15 GPa
, 30GPa 50 GPa ),
- , .
4
()
: -
, - , , -
.

412
. -
/ .

,
.

. - -
.
- ,
(- ), ,
, .
,
. -
25 , Los Angeles
. MD -
,
.
(
, ) /
, -
.

,
,
,
- . ,

, , -
,
.

,
.
-
,
, ..

- -
-165/14.

[1]
2011-2020 .
[2] Guideline for Recycled Construction Material, Austrian Construction Materials
Recycling Association, 8th edition, Sept 2009.
[3] Recycled Aggregate in Concrete, de Brito, J. Saikia N. 2013.
413
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

- 1, 2
:

.
. ,
, 100 mm.

, ,
, ASTM C1609.
, , ,
,
. , , ,
.
.
,
.
: , ,
BEHAVIOR OF DISPERSIVE REINFORCED CONCTER WITH LONG CARBON FIBER

IN THE CONDITIONS OF IMPACT AND BLAS LOAD
Milena Mideva-Dimitrova1, Theodor Roshavelov2
ABSTRACT:
The manuscript describes the behavior of dispersive reinforced concrete, containing long
carbon fibers, in terms of impact and explosive loadings. Presence of carbon fibers in concrete
reduce the fragmentation at impact loading. The fibers used in the impact loading and explosive
action are typically of 100 mm in length. The article describes the effects of use of four types of
carbon fibers embedded in concrete subjected to impact loading and the assessment is performed by
determining the flexural toughness according to ASTM C1609. Samples are cast from reinforced
concrete with welded mesh without dispersed reinforcement, while one part of the samples contain
disperse reinforcement, without the participation of reinforcing mesh. When the elements subjected
to explosive loading is introduced bar reinforcement as part of the test sample is added and
dispersed reinforcement of various kinds. Samples without fiber is used for control. There has been
compared and assessed on the basis of visible damage on the upper and lower surface of the
specimen, cracks and loss of weight after explosion.
Keywords: long carbon fibers, impact load, blast load
1
-, (), -
Milena Mideva-Dimitrova, Assistant Professor , VSU Lyuben Karavelov-Sofia, mideva@abv.bg
2
, . .., -
Theodor Roshavelov, Prof.DSc, VSU Lyuben Karavelov-Sofia, roshavelov@gmail.com
414
1. .

.
, .
, -.
,
[1]. 30 mm
100 mm [2,3].

.
,
[4,5-7].

,
[2]. ,
- .
[3].
2. .
, ,
Dmax = 19 mm . ::E= 0,78:1:1
0,38 . ,
, , B1,B2 B3, .1.
. 1. : A (a), B1 (b), B2 (c) B3 (d)
40 %
. B
. B1
, B2 ,
. B3
, ,
, [2].
, : ,
.2.
. , ,
.
415
. 2
3. .
3.1. .
,
, , A B1 B2
B3 . .
1220 mm 50 mm.
. 150x300 mm 49,8 54 MPa. ,
407 MP. 1,5 %,
1 1 %, B2 B3 1
% 1,5 %.
.1
.1.
pc WWR A B1 B2 B3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
- - - - 1,5 1,5 1 1 1 1 1,5 1,5 1 1 1,5 1,5

(%)
52,8 52,8 54 54 51 51 52 52 49,8 49,8 53 53 51,2 51,2 51,6 51,6
, MPa
PC-
WWR-
A-
1- 1
2- 2
3- 3
23 kg 70mm.
, . PVC
, . ,
, - ,
.3.
416

.3.
, , 75 mm 600 mm,
,
150 mm.
ASTM C1609
. 150x150x500
mm, 450 mm. 100x6
mm , B 100 mm. .

.
, 1/150 [2].
3.2. .
, , ,
,
. 1830 mm 165
mm. ,
. 13 mm 150 mm .
, , 300 mm,
10 mm.
UFC 3-340-02 [8] 34 kg 1675
mm [3].
4. .
4.1. .

. 3
, .
3 1,5 % -
3,66 m.

(1).
417
N
1
E = m.vi2 (1)
i =1 2
: m - , - , N - .
.2.

Pmax Dmax (mm) Irs

Ecr(kJ) (kN) (mm)

vcr (m/s) hcr (m) vcr (m/s) hcr (m)
Ecr (kJ)
PC-1 2,7 0,38 0,09 2,7 0,38 0,086 28 3,8 2,8 1,0
PC-2 3,0 0,46 0,10 3,0 0,46 0,104 32 5,6 0,0 1,0
WWR-1 3,5 0,61 0,14 8,1 3,35 0,756 58 22,8 2,1 5,5
WWR-1 3,0 0,46 0,10 7,7 3,05 0,688 88 19,3 0,8 6,6
A-1 3,5 0,61 0,14 6,2 1,98 0,447 53 12,1 3,8 3,2
A-2 3,5 0,61 0,14 6,2 1,98 0,447 50 9,5 2,5 3,2
B1-1 3,5 0,61 0,14 6,2 1,98 0,447 58 13,3 9,0 3,2
B1-2 3,9 0,76 0,17 5,7 1,68 0,379 58 13,2 7,6 2,2
B2-1 2,4 0,30 0,07 4,2 0,91 0,205 45 10,7 7,4 3,0
B2-2 2,4 0,30 0,07 5,2 1,37 0,309 35 16,6 13,5 4,6
B2-3 2,4 0,30 0,07 4,9 1,22 0,275 50 10,2 6,3 4,1
B2-4 2,1 0,23 0,05 4,9 1,22 0,275 42 11,1 6,7 5,3
B3-1 3,9 0,76 0,17 6,5 2,13 0,480 53 18,5 7,0 2,8
B3-2 4,9 1,22 0,28 6,7 2,29 0,516 36 15,2 3,8 1,9
B3-3 3,5 0,61 0,14 8,3 3,51 0,792 65 29,7 2,7 5,8
B3-4 4,2 0,91 0,21 8,5 3,66 0,825 74 20,1 3,0 4,0
-
3 1% , ,
1,5% ( .2).
- 3 (Vf=1,5%)
,
, , Irs.
Irs=1, Irs>1
. , 3 1,9 5,8,
5,5
6,6.
P max ( )
D max . - Pmax
88 kN, 3 Pmax=74
kN. , 3 ,
3,66 m,
3,05 m.

.
-
(2).
418
E = P .d (2)
: P , -
3 , -
-
1% 1,5%. , ,
- .
- -
- , ( .4).
.4.
, ,
, . ,
, , . 2 3
1% 1,5% .

, ASTM: C1609.
3 2 1% 1,5%, 60%,
2 20%. ,
3 [2].
419
4.2. .
, .
ANFO 38,5 kg 0,45 kg .
, .
430 mm, 860 mm
. 7420
mm , .5.
1065 mm 1370
mm. ,
1675 mm.
.5.
4.3. .
1,5 % 1% .
52 MPa, 44,6 MPa 53,8 MPa.
.
, UFC 3-340-0 [8] McVay [9].
. 6 , - ,
. .
, - .
. 6. (a) , (b) , (c)

420
.7 , -
, . -
. .8 ,
- . .9 10
- .
- .

.11
.7. 1 (a) , (b) , (c)

.8. 2 (a) , (b) , (c)

.9. 1 (a) , (b) , (c)

421
.10. 2 (a) , (b) , (c)

-
.. 10 .
-
[3].

.11.
5. .
:
4 20
- 1,5 ,
.

.
- Irs
1,9 5,8. 3 (Vf=1,5%) -
. ,
B3 ,
, - [2].
422
:

. -
. ,
- .

.
,
. ,
, [3].
[1] Schokker AJ, Moser EJ. Impact resistance of long fiber concrete. Paper presented at the
33rd Annual Conference of the Canadian Society for Civil Engineering, Canada 2005
[2] Zahra S. Tabatabaei, Jeffery S. Volz, Darwin I. Keener, Benjamin P. Gliha
Comparative impact behavior of four long carbon fiber reinforced concretes. Mater Des
2014:55:212-223
[3] Zahra S. Tabatabaei, Jeffery S. Volz, Jason Baird, Benjamin P. Gliha, Darwin I. Keener
Experimental and numerical analyses of long carbon fiber reinforced concrete panels
exposed to blast loading. Int J Impact Eng 2013:57:70-80.
[4] Musselman E. University TPS. Characterizing blast and impact resistance of long
carbon fiber reinforced concrete: Pennsylvania State University; 2007
[5] Gliha BP. Long carbon fiber reinforced concrete for impact and blast protection.
Missouri University of Science and Technology; 2011.
[6] Keener DI. Blast and impact resistance of long carbon fiber reinforced concrete.
Missouri University of Science and Technology; 2012.
[7] Tabatabaei Z, Volz J, Gliha B, Keener D. Development of long carbon fiber reinforced
concrete for dynamic strengthening. J Mater Civil Eng Oct. 2013;25(10):144655.
[8] Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) 3-340-02. Structures to resist the effects of accidental
explosions.Washington D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense; 2008. p. 50-70.
[9] McVay MK. Spall damage of concrete structures. Technical report SL-88-22.
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS: US Army Corps of Engineers;
1988. p. 431.
423
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

. - .
.
.
: , , ,
CALCULATION OF MONOLITHIC NON-PRESSURE URBAN COLLECTORS

HORSESHOE-SHAPED
Tihomira Kordon1
ABSTRACT:
Considered the main design features of the molded collector horseshoe-shaped. Below are the
advantages of this type of collectors. Analyses have been made of the mechanical load of
monolithic collector. Proposed is a method of calculating the non-pressure molded city collector
horseshoe-shaped.
Keywords: monolithic, non-pressure, collector, horseshoe-shaped
1
,
Tihomira Kordon, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar, mira_kordon@abv.bg
424
1.

, ,
.

- (
- - ) -
( )
.
,
. ,
.

.
2. .
r . 1.,
k.r, = (23).
. 1.

, .
3. .
, ,
.
,
xi
, .
-
, .
,
425
.

:
qb = ..h. (1),
:
- ;
- h , :
h = (2)
- B ,
(45 - ):
B = b + 2tg(45 - ) (3)
- b ;
- ;
- f , f = tg (4),
f = 0,01.r - .. ;
- , .

. 2.
:
-
;
- ,
;
- ( );
- - ;
- ;
- ft.
. 2.
,
, :
= (0 ) = e (1- ) (5)
426
= ( ) = e (1- ) (6)

: = (7)

,
: + = (8),
:
- ,
;
-
;
- .
, ,
.
,
( )
.
4. .
1.
- .
2. ,

, .
3.
,
, . , . .

[1] .. . . . , 2012.
[2] Bachir Achour. Computation of Normal Depth in Horseshoe Shaped Tunnel Using the
Rough Model Method. Trans Tech Publications, Switzerland, 2014.
[3] .. . . .
, 2014 .
427
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

. ,
.
.
: , , , ,

SEA-LEVEL RISE AS A FACTOR FOR THE RELIEF OF COASTAL ZONE

Tungay Ismailov1
ABSTRACT:
Discussed are several theories about the equilibrium state of the coast at sea level rise.
Proposed are hydrodynamic factors affecting the profile of the beach. They highlight the knowledge
of regularities in the development of underwater coastal slope as a major factor for coastal
protection
Keywords: steady state, coast, sea level, hydrodynamic factors, coastal slope
1
, III
Tungay Ismailov, student, III courses, VFU $Chernorizets Hrabar
428
1.
.
,
, 10 12 m, .
(
)
. , ,
-,
- -.
, .. ,
-
.

[1].
2.

( abrasio - , ).
,
361 . 2 70,8 % .
149 .2 29,2 % , ,
.
- .
. 1.
429
:
1/ ,
;
2/ , .
, ,
- . 1.
: ,
.
1,1 /.
. : (- ),
(- ), ()
- L (
), - h (
), (
- ) . 2.
. 2. -
,
,
.
.
.
.

, .
( ) .
() .

.
.
. .
.
"" .
. ,
430
. -
90 .
.
,
.
.
, .
(1883) 25-35 . ,
23 31 ,
32 15 .
.
-
. , ,
. .
- ,
.
-.
, 30 35 .
, .
.
( )
() ()

. -
. .
, - ,
. .
.
. ,
. -
. ,
( )
.
,
. : , , ,
, , ,
, , , ,
, .
.

.
() , 2-3 5-6 .
, - .
, ,
( ).
. - ()
.
.
. 3.
431
. 3.
.
.
(),
.
.

- . -
, .
()
.
,
. ,
[2].
. ,
,
.
.
.
.
.
. -
. 4.
432
. 4.
- ,

. - , .
.
. .
() ,
.
. , ,
.

[1] . . . . . . , , 2012 .
[2] Life expectancy of shingle beaches: measuring in situ abrasion. U. Dornbusch, R.
Williams, C. Moses, D.A. Robinson. Geography Laboratory, School of Chemistry,
Physics and Environmental Science, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9QJ,
UK, 2014 .
433
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
80-

, 2
1
:
80-
.

, .
, ,
.
.
, .
: ,
, .
THE DESIGN OF UPHOLSTERED FURNITURE IN BULGARIA IN THE 1980-S

Yancho Genchev1, Desislava Hristodorova2,
ABSTRACT:
The design and production of furniture in Bulgaria in 1980-s is difficult to characterize from
the point of view of a historical period. This work presents the principal methods of furniture design
in this period traditional methods of design, and designing of programs. The inferences concern
shape designing, plasticity, functionality and furniture composition and arrangement of furniture in
the mass interior. The links between the materials used and construction designs and technologies
of pholster furniture are analyzed as well. Successful samples typical for the period are documented
and illustrated by photos.
Keywords: design of upholstered furniture; materials and structure of upholstering. XX-th

century
1
. - , , ,
Assoc. Prof. Yancho Genchev, , University of Forestry, Sofia, e-mail: genchevy@abv.bg
2
, ,
2
Desislava Hristodorova, University of Forestry, Sofia, e-mail: dhristodorova@yahoo.com
434
80- ,

, - . 25
, ,
.

. ,
.
,
, 60- 450 000 -500 000 5
.

,

- .
,
. ,
,
60- 450 000 -500 000 5 .
80- 2,9. , 1 17m2
, 2,8 (2).

, .
,
. (4)
, , ,
, ,
.
. ,
.

80- 30%

27 , 10
. - : .
; . ; . ,
, . ( ),
. .
,
,
.

, , ,

435
.
, .
70 .

16 , .

, , .

() 35 kg/m3
(35), -25 30.

. ,
,
, ,
.
80-

.
,
.

. ,
. , . .
,
, , .
, ,
.
.

.

, ,
. ,
.
.

,
.
:
-
(.1, 2, 3);
- ;
- ;
- .
.1
..
.
436
.1. . .

. , ,
.
.
, ,
.
.2. . , . ,
.3 ,

,
.
.3. . 125, . .

. (. , . 4 6) ,
437
.
, ,
, (.5), .7
.
.4. , . , .
.5. , . . ,
.6. . , . .
438
.7 . , .
80- ,
, ,
. ,
. .

- . .
(.8).
.8. . , .

(. 9).
, .
.9. , , . , , . .
439

,

. (.11).
,
.
.11. , . .
,
. , .
(.12).
.
.12. , . . , . .

,
. , .
(.12).
.

.
,
, , .
440
.12. , . .

, .
,
. -
, , (1, 3, 5, 7, 8).
, .
,
,
- .

80-
,
. -
,
,
.
,
.
,
65/06.02.2014
.

[1] , ., 1990........- =. ,
, .5 .31-33
[2] , . 2011. 80- .
. , , 12-13
, 2011, USBN 978-954-92092-6-6
[3] , ., ., . 1985. 85, , . 9,
. 33-35
441
[4] , ., 1989. .
. , .
[5] , ., 1982. . , .10, .291-
295
[6] , ., 1984. .
80- 90- . ,
.1, .20 - 25
[7] , ., 1983.
83. , .8, . 252-254
442
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
,

.
1, 2
:

. ,
,
. ,
, .
,
, . ,
,
.
, .
.
.
.
: , , ,
, , ,
.
EXPLOITATION TIME LIMIT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF CONSTRUCTION

WORKS, ACCORDING TO INTERPRET DOCUMENT IN THE SIDE MEMBERSHIP OF
EUROPEAN ALLIANCE
Ofelia Lazova1, Jordan Velinov2
ABSTRACT:
The essentials requirements influence over performance of construction works and
exploitation time limit. The interpreting of given materially request face construction works, foresee
dont decrease being and affirmative level of protection of construction works in the sides member.
The maintenance of construction works is multitude off preventive and other measures, what
oneself execute on construction works, by well execute the functions. The exploitation
1
, , . , . 175, . 1373
Ofelia Lazova, assoc. Prof. PhD. Eng., Higner school of civil engineering Lyuben Karavelov- Sofia,
e-mail: _lazova@abv.bg
2
, , . , . 175, . 1373
Jordan Velinov, Assoc. Prof. Eng., Higner school of civil engineering Lyuben Karavelov- Sofia,
e-mail: dancho4000@abv.bg
443
characterization is quantity expression of conduct of construction work, of part off him or of
product, at given influence. The exploitation period is the time, in what the exploitation
characterization of construction works is of necessary level, by satisfied of essential requirements.
The economically reasonable working life suppose, that is under review all connected with him
aspects. Indicate is the methods by value of exploitation period. The exploitation period of
construction works dependence off exploitation period of construction products. The two date is in
tie with essential requirements to the construction works.
Keywords: construction works, construction products, normal maintenance, intended use of

construction products, economically reasonable working life, actions, performance.
1. .
, ,

:
- ;
- ;
- , ,
;
- , ,
.
7 1985 .,
,
.

.
2.
.
, ,
,
.
.
, ,
, .
,
,
.

.
,
, ,
" ".
3. .
,
. ,
( ) ,
.
, :
- ;
444
- ,
.
4. .
,
, .
: , , , ,
, .
,

, , .
5. .
e (-),
.
6. .
,
,
.
7. .
,
, :
- , ;
- , ;
- ,
, ;
- ;
- , , ;
- ;
- ;
- .
8. .
:
- , ;
- ;
- ( , );
- .
9. .
,
, ,
. , , , ,
.
10. .
(, ,
) , ,
,
445
( )
( ).
11. .
11.1.
.
,
.
, ,
.
, ,
.
,
, ?

.
11.2.
.

.

, ,
, .

, ,
,
.
.
,
, .
,
,
.

.
.
,
, ,
.

[1] EN 1992-1-1:2005, 2:
, 1-1: , .
[2] 1, (
) 89/106/.
446
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

.. 1, .. 2
:
-
,
,
.

, , -.

: , , - .
INFLUENCE OF SILICA-CONTAINING NANO DISPERSED ADDITIVES ON THE

BASIC PROPERTIES OF CONCRETES FOR TRANSPORT CONSTRUCTION
Y.A. Sorvacheva1, T.M. Petrova2
ABSTRACT:
Alkali-silica reaction of the concrete is a global problem of reducing of the durability of the
concrete and reinforced concrete structures, and detection of new cases of destruction of highways
and airfield pavements, bridges and tunnels explains unceasing interest to this subject. Using of
silica-containing mineral additives such as silica fume, fly ash is a well-known way of prevention of
internal corrosion of the concrete.
The aim of this work was evaluation of the effect of nanoscale mineral additives containing of
silica on the basic performance properties of the concretes for the transport construction.
Keywords: mineral supplements, properties of concrete, alkali-silica reaction.
1
.. , ,
I
Y.A. Sorvacheva, Ph.D. student, Petrsburg State Trransport University, ksmit_pgups@mail.ru
2
.. , , ,
,
I
T.M. Petrova, Doctor of technical science, professor, head of the Building Materials and Technologies Department,
Petrsburg State Trransport University, ksmt@pgups.edu
447
1. .

, ,

- , .

,
. ,
.
,
,
.

-
.
2. .
I 42,5
3,128 /3 3010 2/,
55224-2012 [1]. - -
. 1.
. 1.
- -
SO3 2,9 02:45
SiO2 21,2 03:35
Al2O3 5,2 C3 S 52,0
26,0
Fe2O3 1,8 C2 S 21,6 , %
CaO 64,0 C3 A 10,7 / , ,
CaO . 0,4 C4AF 5,5 , .
MgO 1,0 2 7 28
K2O 0,60 23,8 39,4 48,6
Na2O. 0,80
Na2O 0,41 5,1 6,2 7,3
,
. 2.
. 2.

, % , %
83,3 41,3
<1 / 36,7
3,9 3,7
5,5 2,0

4,6 ( 12,9

)
1,7
1,7
1,7
448

310.4-81 [2] (.1).

Autopore IV 9500.
1. ()
()
3. .

28
4040160 ,
: 1:2,25 .
. 3.
. 3.
, ,
2- 4-

44,4
7,1
40,8
43,7
I 42,5 7,2 7,2 43,2
42,0
41,7
7,2
42,8
46,7
10,1
45,3
47,2
I 42,5 + 1 8,5 9,7 46,8
46,2
47,2
9,2
46,0
49,5
9,5
48,1
47,0
I 42,5 + 2 10,8 10,3 48,7
49,9
46,9
9,8
47,1
449
,

[3]. ,
,
28
: 3543 %, 813 %
.
-
,

(. 2).
2.
,
,
. -
, ,
, . , ,
, ,
.
,

,
1 .
4. .
:
1.

,
, .
450
2.

1 .

[3] 55224-2012. .
. //
. 2012 12 .
[4] 310.4-81. . .
// . 1988. 11 .
[5] .. . -
. . 2.
2014, . 118-123.
451
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
SOME ISSUES OF FINISHING PRODUCTION WASTEWATER TREATMENT USING

REAGENTS
Axaule S. Taubaldiyeva1
ABSTRACT:
In this paper, we consider the essence of the method of coagulation using aluminum salts and
iron salts, which are most effective for the removal of dispersed colloidal particles from water.
1
.. ..., ()
Axaule S. Taubaldiyeva Associate professor, Dean of the Department of Civil Engineering INTERNATIONAL
EDUCATIONAL CORPORATION (Kazakh Leading Academy of Architecture and Civil Engineering), mob: +7 701
872 79 50; e-mail: Nfe.Aksaule@mail.ru
452
The light industry development, leads to an increase in water consumption, increase the
volume and composition complexity of wastewater and rise in the cost of its treatment. Industrial
wastewater can influence the quality of water in reservoirs negatively, and makes considerable toxic
impact on live organisms and microflora.
Physicochemical processes are widely used in the currently existing textile wastewater
treatment process flow. These processes occur in finishing production wastewater when using the
method of coagulation.
Coagulation is a process of consolidation of dispersed particles due to their agglomerate. In
wastewater treatment more often it is used to accelerate the deposition of finely dispersed impurities
and emulsified substances. Coagulation can occur spontaneously or under the influence of chemical
and physical processes. In the wastewater processes coagulation is influenced by adding to them the
special reagents - coagulant called hydrolysis of coagulants. A coagulant in water forms flakes of
metal hydroxides, which quickly settle to the bottom by gravity. Flakes have the ability to bind
colloidal and suspended particles and aggregate them. Since the colloidal particles have a weak
negative charge, and coagulant flakes have weak positive charge, between them there is a mutual
attraction.
Of great importance for the coagulation process is the presence of an electric double layer at
the surface of colloidal particles. One part of the double layer is fixed at the interface, and the other
creates a cloud of ions (diffuse layer). This means that one part of the double layer is fixed with
respect to the colloidal particles, and the other is movable. Potential difference occurs between the
fixed and movable parts of the layer in liquid, called the zeta potential () or electrokinetic potential.
It differs from the thermodynamic potential (E), which is a potential difference between the surface
of the particles and the liquid.
The zeta potential depends on both the thermodynamic potential and the thickness of the
double layer. Its value determines the value of the electrostatic repulsion of the particles, which
prevent the particles from clumping together. High stability of the colloidal system caused by small
size of colloidal particles and negative charge distributed on the surface of these particles.
To cause coagulation of the colloidal particles it is necessary to add ions with a positive
charge to reduce the quantity of zeta potential to a critical. Thus, the coagulation is the
destabilization of the colloidal particles due to the neutralization of their electric charge. Coagulant
ion carrying a charge that opposite to the charge of the colloidal particle. The effect of coagulation
depends on the valence of the coagulant ion. The higher the valence of the ion, the more effective
the coagulating action. This is Schulze-Hardy rule.
To start coagulation particles should approach each other at a distance, in which between
them gravity will take effect. Convergence of particles occurs as a result of Brownian motion, as
well as in laminar or turbulent water flow. Coagulating effect of salts is the result of their
hydrolysis, which occurs after the dissolution and dissociation.
The hydrolysis of coagulants and flocculation occurs in several stages [1, p. 264]:
3+ + ()2- + +
()2- + ()2+ + +
()2+ + ()3 + + (1)
453
In fact, the hydrolysis is much more complicated. After reactions with hydroxyl ions and
polymerization metal ion forms a series of intermediate compounds. The resulting compounds have
a positive charge and are easily absorbed by negatively charged colloidal particles.
As a coagulant in wastewater treatment (including the textile industry) generally uses
aluminum salts, iron salts or a mixture thereof. Coagulant choice depends on its composition,
physic-chemical properties, and its cost, the concentration of impurities in the water, pH and salt
content of water [2].
Aluminum salts the most widely used as coagulants are: aluminum sulfate l2(SO4)3.182,
sodium aluminate Nl2, aluminum hydroxochloride l2()5l, aluminum potassium and
aluminum ammonium tetraoxosulphate. Of these, the most common is aluminum sulfate, which is
effective in the range of pH 5-7.5. It is very soluble in water and has a relatively low cost. It is used
in dry form or in the form of a 50% solution. When dissolved aluminum sulfate reacts with
hydrocarbonates to form aluminum hydroxide [1, p. 265]:
l2(SO4)3 + 3Ca(HCO3)2 2 l()3 + 3SO4 + 6CO2 (2)
Sodium aluminate is used in dry form or as a 45% solution. It is an alkaline reagent. At pH

9,3-9,8 it is quickly flocculate. Excess alkalinity may be neutralized by acids or flue gases
containing CO2:
2 Nl2 + 2 + 32 l ()3 + N2 3 (3)
Aluminum hydroxochloride has less value of acidity and therefore suitable for treatment of
weakly alkaline water. Flocculation and sedimentation of coagulated suspension accelerates due to
high content of soluble aluminum:
l2()5l + Ca(HCO3)2 4 l ()3 +l2 + 22 (4)
Also as coagulants are used iron salts: iron sulphates Fe2(SO4)3 . 22, Fe2(SO4)3 . 32 and
FeSO4 . 72; ferric chloride FeCl3. The best water clarification occurs when using ferric salts.
Ferric chloride is used in dry form or in the form of 10-15% solutions. Sulfates are used in
powder form. Coagulant dose depends on the pH of wastewater. For Fe3+ required pH 6-9, for Fe2+
required pH 9.5 and above. For alkalizing wastewater is used NaOH and Ca(OH)2.
Flocculation with iron coagulants occurs by the next reactions:
FeCl3 +32 Fe ()3 + 3l (5)

Fe2(SO4)3 + 62 2Fe()3 + 32SO4 (6)
with alkalization:
2FeCl3 +3()2 2Fe()3 + 3l2 (7)

Fe2(SO4)3 + 3()2 2Fe()3 + 3SO4 (8)
Iron salts as coagulants have several advantages over aluminum salts: more effective with low
water temperatures; the broader region of optimal values of pH; high strength and size of flakes; the
454
use of the waters with a wide range of salt content; the ability to eliminate harmful odors and tastes,
caused by hydrogen sulfide.
However, there are drawbacks: the formation of strongly staining soluble complexes as result
of the reaction of iron cations with some organic compounds; strong acidic properties that enhance
corrosion of the equipment; less developed surface of flakes than when using aluminum salts.
Coagulation rate depends on the concentration of coagulant.
For small concentrations of coagulant efficiency of particle collisions, ie ratio of the number
of collisions ended with sticking to the total number of collisions is close to zero ( = 0).
Coagulation rate increases with increasing of coagulant concentration. But in this case not all
collisions are effective. This is called a slow coagulation. When = 1 rapid coagulation begins, in
which all collisions resulted in the formation of aggregates.
In polydisperse systems coagulation is faster than in monodisperse, because large particles
with settling carry away the smaller ones. Shape of the particles also affects the rate of coagulation.
For example, the elongated particles coagulate faster than spherical ones.
Size of the flakes is determined by the ratio molecular forces holding the particles together, to
hydrodynamic detachment forces, trying to break the aggregates. Strength of the flakes depends on
the particle-size distribution and aggregates plasticity. As a rule, the agglomerates of particles,
heterogeneous in size, stronger than homogeneous ones. Gas saturation of the flakes occurs due to
the emission of gas from the water and as a result of aeration and flotation. Gas saturation of the
flakes is accompanied by decrease in the density of flakes and decreasing velocity.
It is noted that the highest degree of wastewater treatment using coagulants achieved in
respect of dyes and in the case of aluminum sulfate 75%, and in the case of ferrous sulfate 85% [3].
Surfactant removal from sewage with these coagulants is much worse. The maximum
surfactant removal with aluminum sulfate as coagulant was about 60% at the concentration of
coagulant 220 mg/l. In the case of a cost-optimal coagulant concentration (140-160 mg/l) the
surfactant removal was about 57%.
In the case of iron sulfate as coagulant it was found that the most effective surfactant removal
does not exceed 54% at a concentration of coagulant 1.2 g/l. Further increase of iron sulfate
concentration doesn't lead to noticeable improvement of this indicator.
Even more significant results were obtained in removal efficiency of the chemical oxygen
demand with the examined coagulants. Maximum COD removal efficiency for aluminum sulfate
was only up to 38% and for iron sulfate was up to 42%. Initial value of COD in wastewater was
about 800 mg/l.
Thus, the use of aluminum sulfate and iron sulfate as coagulants only leads to a noticeable
water decolorization. Removal efficiency of the surfactant and COD is not sufficient for the descent
of treated water to the sewer. In connection with this, the reagent wastewater treatment flow
diagram along with coagulation uses flotation process and several levels of filtration.
REFERENCES:
[1] Rodionov A.I., Klushin V.N., Sister V.G. Technological processes of environmental
safety. - Kaluga: Publisher N. Bochkareva, 2000. - 404 p.
[2] Taubaldieva A.S. Modern methods of light industry wastewater treatment. "KazGASA
Bulletin, 5-6, 2010., Pages 185-191.
[3] Taubaldieva A.S. Thesis on "Justification of the purification method of textile industry
wastewater", 2010. - 148 p.
455
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
III:

.

SECTION III:
FIRE PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.
HEALTH AND SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION
456
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

.
.
-
, .
: , ,
, , , -
MODERN TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERFORMING FIRE CONTROL OF BUILDINGS

AND FACILITIES
Vladimir Damianov1
ABSTRACT:
Modern information and communication technologies are not only a tool to achieve
operational performance. They are essential for modeling business processes and functioning of
organizations. This philosophy still not very popular among public authorities in Bulgaria and in
particular among the bodies for fire safety and protection of the population for fire control.
Keywords: fire control, computer systems, information technology, electronic governance,

electronic government, e-fire control
1
, ,
- - ,
- - ,
( ), . , . 171
vladify@abv.bg
1
Vladimir Damianov, PhD candidate at Academy of the Ministry of the Interior, Sofia
Master of Science in Fire and Emergency Safety- Academy of the Ministry of the Interior, Sofia
Master of Science in Information technology- UCTM, Sofia
Academy of the Ministry of the Interior (Faculty of Fire Safety and Civil Protection), Sofia
vladify@abv.bg
457
1.
(
, )
-
, -
.

,

(, , , ).

,
(. 1)[1].
( - ,
) ,
,
. ,
, . .
- ,
, ,
)[2].
. 1.
2.
[3]
.

(-) ,
,
, . -
,
, , -
.
458

[4],
8121-882
[5],
:
-
, , ,
, ,
;
-
;
- ,
, , .
,
:
-
, ;
-
;
-
;
-
, , ;
- -
;
- , ,
;
-
;
-
;
-
,
;
- ,
;
- ,
,
;
- ,
.

, (- , ,

), .
,
.
3.
-

( 8121-882
459
).

[6].

- . . [7].

(- )
:
- ;
- / (,
, ) ;
- ,
;
-
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
-
;
- ;
- ;
- ;
,

( / , , ,
, ),
,
, (
, ).
4.
-

.
:
-
;
-
-
;
- ,
,
;
- -

,
.
460

[1] Schultheis, R., Sumner, M., Management information systems: the manager's view,
Irwin/McGraw-Hill, Boston, 1998.
[2] - , , 2005
[3] (. . 53 27.06.2014 .).
[4]
(. . 60 22.07.2014 .).
[5] 8121-882
(. , . . 100
05.12.2014 .).
[6] , .,
, , 03/2008.
[7] 2014-2020
., 163 / 21.03.2014 .
461
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

,

- 1
:
. .
.
.
, . ,
, .
.
/ .
.
,
, , ,
.
: , , ,
, , , .
EXAMINATION THE DIRECTIONS IN THE SIDES MEMBER OF EUROPEAN

ALLIANCE, BY LIMIT THE SPREAD OF FIRE AND SMOKE IN CONSTRUCTION
WORKS
Ofelia Lazova Velinova1
ABSTRACT:
Description of risk of fire. Performance of construction work at fire. Risk off defeats off
electric current. Performance of construction work at defeats and basic characterization of the
products at defeat off electric current. Risk off explosion in construction work, provoke off
equipment or installation. Risk off explosion in construction work, provoke off people, profit
materials off explosive nature. Performance to construction work and basic characterization of the
products at explosion. Description to risk at motion of transport in/over construction work.
Performance to construction work and basic characterization of the products at motion of transport.
Directions to construction works and put products, in correspondence with accept the
requirements in the sides member of european alliance, with aim well oneself diminish the risks by
the peoples, workers and environment.
Keywords: construction works, construction products, actions, performance, FIRE at
construction work, explosion at construction work, risk at construction work.
1
, , . , . 175, . 1373
Ofelia Lazova, assoc. Prof. PhD. Eng., Higner school of civil engineering Lyuben Karavelov- Sofia,
e-mail: _lazova@abv.bg
462
1. .
, ,

. , ,
,
, .. , .
,
.

, ,
/ .
2. .
2.1. .
:
- ;
- ;
- .
, .
,
, , .
.
, -
( , ,
).
.
2.2. .
,
, ,
.
,
.
,
,
, . ,

, .
.

.
,
, ,
, ,
, :
- , ,
;
- ,
: ; ;
; ;
.;
463
- , .
, /
.
3. .
3.1. .
:
- ;
-
, .

.

, , ,
(. ).
,
.
3.2.
.
:
- ;
- ;
- , .

,
.
:
- , -
;
- (. . ),
, (
).
,
,
, (
).
3.3. .
,
.
.
73/23/ 19.02.1973 .
,
.
,
, , ,
, ,
.
, :
- ;
464
- .
4. .
4.1. .
4.1.1. , ,
:
- (, );
- (, , );
- (,
, , , );
- (, , ).
4.1.2. ,
, ..:
- , ;
- ;
- ;
- .
4.2. .
,
.
, , ,
, ,
, .
, ,
, .
, ,
.
,
,
, ,
.
:
(90/396/) (87/104/)
.
, ,
, .
, , ,
.
, ,
, , .
, ,
.
.
, .
4.3. .
(, , ,
, .)
465

(. , , ,
).
, : (87/404/);
, (76/117/);
. ,
(76/196/ 90/487/); .
, ()82/130/);
(90/396/).
5. .
5.1. / .
,
.
, .
, ,
, ,
, . ,
.
:
- .;
- , ;
- ,
;
- ,
.
5.2.
/
: , ,
, ,
.
, ( ).
:
- ;
- ;
- (.
, , , , .);
- .

. ,
.
5.3.
/ .

( , ),
(, , ,
).
( , .).
,
466
,
.
, , , , ,
.
:
, .
. ,
.
(. ,
, , , ) ,
. ( ,
, ,
)
/.
,
:
- ;
- (, , );
- ;
- .
.

:
- ;
- ;
- / ;
- ;
- ;
- ;
- .

,
, ,
.
.
.
.
, /
.
, ,
.
, ,
, , .

[1] EN 1992-1-1:2005, 2:
, 1-1: , .
[2] 1: (
). 89/106/.
[3] 2: .
467
89/106/.
[4] .
. , , 2004.
[5] . . ,
, 2002.
[6] . . ,
, 2000.
468
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
SAFETY ENGINEERING IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR

Ali Cinar1, Neli Trizlova2
ABSTRACT:
In any part of the world, construction is one of the most dangerous businesses. Factors that
increase the hazards are: pressure to complete the works with minimum cost and short term
difficulties arising from management business site that includes various subcontractors.
Construction workers work seasonally and informally with extended working day. An employment
of illegal immigrants. Workers have the opportunity to receive training in the art of safety.
In small enterprises the lack of economic structure and security causes more accidents and
diseases. Comparing the performance of corporate companies with small businesses the opportunity
to design a systematic approach on how to enhance occupational safety culture through analysis of
differences.
Keywords: the safety engineering, accident, occupational disease
1
, , , ,
Ali Cinar, Physicist, Occupational safety specialist , stanbul ,Turkey
2
, , ,
Neli Trizlova , assos.prof., PhD, VFU, trizlova@abv.bg
469
1.Introduction
Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) is a term which became more important in the world,
along with industrialization. so that developed this event to a culture workers employers and the
state must be approached as a whole. Occupation safety must be increase the businesses and
communities economy to the efficiency and contribute to social harmony[1].
Annually many workers suffer on work-related accidents or Occupation diseases dependent.

currently remain due to the long working hours, pay attention to the continuous and heavy pace
only to the production and not to the work environment, occupational health and safety in the
background and have effects on the physical and mental health. workers constitute the community
with their families. Thus, there are the problems of the entire community with health and safety. In
this context is the process of social and economic development of the country one of the main
factors for Ohs [2].
In compliance with the principles of modern health and safety approach, the approach to the
protection and prevention accept effective, easier and less expensive and most efficient way to use
art and together with all parties to act. .( brahim Our,2014). Although in the European Union (EU)
issued Law 4857 together with the OHS Law 6331 include important provisions, , this are not
sufficient, and other Laws be needed in other countries [3]. While concentrate in the last years, the
reactive approach and analysis after the event for the reorganization, develop at present solutions to
prevent unhealthy work and preventive (proactive) approach to implement events and prevent [4],
[5].
2. Safety culture
Occupational safety is one of the activities, which is different from the others. This is because
each program is a part in the organization of the work protection activities for each activity and
each section. Despite the order to improve work safety practices efforts, continues the work
accidents is a fundamental problem in relation to human resources and corporate governance. At
this point the health and safety culture influences the success of the security measures (or safety
culture), which is part of the organizational culture and reflects the importance of health and safety
[6].
Another positive result of the spread of security awareness is the effect of unsafe behavior to
keep under control. The act together philosophy is an important stimulus. More generally, people
are more influenced by their environment than thought. A person who paying attention to a clean
area to throw no waste, throws carelessly on a field full of garbage. The same applies for companies
that have a safety culture and do not have. Occupational safety is strongly should be successful in
the field of culture for the organization in which job security (positive safety culture) and the nature
of this culture, a common value of the company [7].
Culture is identified as a particular social group and distinguishes them from other groups and
practices [8].
As well as each community has a unique culture that is different from company to company,
also talk of organizations in the society of their own culture can be. In this context, the
organizational culture by the culture of the society influenced by the organization itself and the
employee has a significant influence on behavior in organizations. Corporate culture, the group of
employees within the organization discovered is developed basic ideas and thoughts together.
3. Cultural achievement and Company perspective
Cultural achievement, is widely used in the acceptance and operational levels of the corporate
culture. Standards that make up the culture developed, values and principles of business ethics and
470
members of the acceptance rate rises, and all members by companies is a strong corporate culture.
The company culture provides for the rules and standards system of behavior in the company
(Gottlieb ve Sanzgiri, 1996:1275-9; Ylmaz ve di., 2005:1340-52). If the faith is accepted in the
broad, the Cultural achievement increases. In companies where there is high cultural achievement,
supported cultural control formal control systems. In particular, the formal control over the control
culture has a significant role. The strong organizational culture affects the performance of
increasing the effectiveness of positive. These he created with the increase in work participation,
solidarity and make better decisions (Langan-Fox ve Tan, 1997: 273-6; Ylmaz ve di., 2005:1340-
52). These functions of the effective culture also offers institutionalization as improving the
efficiency. Companies strive to the values of the social actors with the idea of legitimacy adapt.
That they can reach by creating a harmonious social environment, make culture in goodwill. An
important source of legitimacy is the topmost cultural environment. These is a society in which the
upper-cultural business environment (Scott, 1987:493-511). Group norms to regulate informal rule
to be adopted to control the behavior of the group members. These norms are strong and consistent
effects on the behavior of the group members to be not in writing and although not openly
discussed. Organizational culture has an important role in the formation of organizational norms
(Gottlieb ve Sanzgiri, 1996:1275-9). Norms are a component of the culture and norms of
organizational culture affects society. Norms respresents the functions of groups. The occurrence of
Norms is what the value of the group and the group got for distinguishing feature and identity
determines that basis. With The occurrence of Norms group members can better understand the
roles and functions that ensure that the business in line with the objectives of the group. Group
norms increases predictability. Predictability provide the assessment of the action and respond
quickly to these actions appropriate. Predictabilty is one of the most important consequences of
institutionalization. Therefore the norms brings with it the occurrence of institutionalized. Norms
increasing the satisfaction of group members by reduces interpersonal conflicts. That interpersonal
conflict reduction,coordination and communication improves. These are the factors that accelerate
the institutionalization. Group norms productivity affects (Feldman, 1984:47-52). Because the
standards as mentioned above; reduce conflicts, in line with the business objectives of the group,
ensure that the function and facilitates coordination and communication (Zajac ve Westphal,
2004:433-7). The values and business principles in order to increase the effectiveness in working
with the desire to be the best and to business problems creativity, personal development and
understanding of innovation by creating solutions available and can serve as unconscious elements.
If values forms businesses property win of institutions (Zajac ve Westphal, 2004: 433-7). The
institutions is in the business property balance, to be consistent, that is legitimate and predictable.
With this feature,businesses while maintaining a longer life they also can also get more resources.
Financial control tools are not enough to measure responsibility, personal growth, creativity and
talent. This terms are an important component of the intellectual capital of the company. This
reason means that the managers working in the company to raise capital to work to create these
concepts. The complexation of Business means of control raises the lack of financial data. Because
they do not show elements such as creativity and innovation. Whereas organizations such as the
settlement of the employee value concept will provide the effort in this direction. Values and
principles shared by its employees the company is increasing the effectiveness of the business by
providing self-control. Organization and the worth effort to create the principles of legitimacy and
thus businesses are have taken an important step towards the institutionalization (Pruzan,
1998:1379-83).
Other institutions detecting that the organization's values and principles increase confidence
in the business. Administrative applications are influenced by the pressure of other institutions
besides the national culture (Norburn ve di., 1990:451-4). It can be shown as an example of
external pressures to the different institutions in relation to the company. Principles and values of
these institutions also affect business principles and values. This is an inevitable result of
institutionalization.
471
4. Safety in Construction
All around the world construction is one of the most dangerous industries. Data on
occupational accidents and occupational diseases in the construction business, but the industry is
unique because of its features are missing and erroneous data, nevertheless reflects the fact that the
most dangerous sectors. With the characteristics of the globalization process, construction industry
has become more risky sector. ILO data, the construction industry in developed countries suggests
that increased accident rates (ILO, 2000). Compared with workers in other sectors carry the risk of
being 3-4 times more accidents.Developing countries where the risk is up to 6 times (ILO, 2004).
Most of fatal occupational accidents occur in the construction industry in Turkey continued in 2013,
521 of the 1360 people who lost their lives trying to industrial injuries result in the construction
industry. So as a result of work-related accidents in 2013, 30% of deaths occurred in the
construction industry. Elevation of the transfer of employees to increase in sub-contracting sector,
to come down to negligible levels of occupational health and safety training and workplace hazards
from construction sites makes them the most hazardous areas. On the one hand as soon as possible
at the lowest cost to finish the printing job, on the other hand, divided into sub-contractors on site,
the difficulty of the work is an element that increases the director work accide. Unregistered and
seasonal work in the construction industry is much higher than the actual work accident figures also
should be noted that these rates. In 2012 occurred in the construction sector job accidents 256 if the
person considered to have died, according to the 2013 in the construction industry work accident
death in 2012, it is observed that an increase of 103%. Occupational safety laws in Turkey, the field
of work and job security increased unregistered employment will contribute to the recording of the
actual accident.
Increasing the risk of accidents elements are temporary and seasonal work of construction
workers, the prevalence of undeclared work in the business, illegal employment of migrant workers.
This kind conditions of employment, pushes employees are busy working long hours; employees
can not have the power to refuse to work in unsafe conditions and can not find a work safety
education to take the opportunity to prevent work accidents. Construction business of the employer
they respect the right of association and the decline in unionization rates in the sector increases the
risk of accidents, occupational safety health legislation has been implemented to comply with their
additional elements that make it impossible (ILO, 2001). Not only work-related accidents, health
risks are also increased in business. Transport may result in severe back injury, respiratory disease
due to dust, musculoskeletal disorders, because of the noise hearing impairment, skin problems,
Working with asbestos and so on. subcontractor employees and working in irregular conditions they
can not become conscious, they can not fight against appears as risks. Workers in construction must
attract bed-rise, low-skilled, food, cleaning, things like it (ILO, 2001).
5. Safety construction sector in European construction
Industry is not only in our country but also in the European Union an industry with frequent
accidents . Construction industry , with around 900 billion euros in sales and 12 million workers
one of the largest industries in the 15 EU Member States. Every year lose their lives in accidents
1,300 people , 850,000 people were injured and they are twice as sowiel work accidents in other
industries. The average of all workplace fatalities are in all sectors at 5 employees per 100 000
wherein ; This ratio in the construction industry for 13 workers lies. In addition to the loss of life
with respect to incur economic costs of these accidents 75.000.000.000 said that due to security
requirements and inadequate health measures 8.5% more cost incurred . (European Commission,
2004). In the approach to the occupational safety and health in the construction business of the
European Union changes in recent years, from an approach of focusing on technology and human
factors in the prevention of risks have emerged as the transition to organizational risk management.
In this context, the Community has been directed to develop a new occupational health and safety
strategy in 2002. The Commission's "Business and adapt to change in society: a new Community
472
strategy for 2002-2006 Here are the health and safety" entitled Communication (COM (2002) 118),
is working to develop a holistic approach. The commission, the employers of occupational health
and safety in the Communiqu will have a positive impact on the financial situation is particularly
noteworthy that highlight the economic approach. European Federation of Building and Wood
Workers (EFBWW) criticizing the notification " Business and society" change adaptation "title does
not match the spirit of the new strategy. Employment and human needs must adapt to changes in
society - should not be the opposite." (EFBWW, 2002: 2). EFBWW, things also that the new slogan
"of policies is expensive" new strategies, especially small and medium-sized businesses convince
approach to comply with occupational health and safety measures are of limited use. Whatever the
economic costs of defending the implementation of occupational health and safety measures is a
matter of principle.
6. Impact on the Mandatory and voluntary applications of security systems
Mandatory application:
Course of time the increase of OHS management system applications in the medium term
effects:
improvement in health, environment and safety awareness, employee work environment and
improvement of the psychosocial environment perception, employee health, increased participation
in environmental and safety activities, reduction in lost-time loss rate, and the workplace increases
in productivity.
Volunteer applications:
Increase of OHS management system application in time, Medium-term effects: recovery of

confidence, an increase in the employees to report hazards, the increase in institutional work in the
OHS, reduction in employee premium cost.
The results of the literature review (Robson L, 2005) a voluntary approach to the
implementation of OHS management systems shows that businesses have a positive impact on the
security environment.
7. Conclusion
As mentioned work safety in construction industry difficulties are present. Among others,
this one hand, the extreme susceptibility to award to subcontractors and thus the constant change of
workers and the associated increasing Decreasing OHS, so that it is still scarce and so as soon as the
Auforderungen comply with minimum cost possible execution. Ander Wedding prevail here for
more illegal work, the so-called seasonal workers where it would be useful for this might be noted
organizations are founded. In Institutional systems, it is gewoht that are not adapted inviting people,
so that can be despite personnel changes continued effort to work without time and Running.
Institutionalization of organizational stability, legitimacy (and legitimacy in the market which
extend through the program participants and Stabiliesiern, and value placed on ensuring that the
company remains Legitim) you can imagine, the expansion of the sources for the recovery of about
setting so as to extend the unhelpful properties against the useful. And thus to obtain an automatic
reclamation.
In conclusion we can say that the institutionalization of an impact on the business and their
business processes has said the strategy and solution structures has its influence. Therefore, it is
organizations around the OHS to ensure the institutionalization and expand very important.
473
REFERENCES
[1] ler M.C. ve Gerim ., Gvenlik Kltrnn Sal ve Gvenlii Asndan nemi,
Sal ve Gvenlii Dergisi, alma ve Sosyal Gvenlik Bakanl (SGB) Yayn,
Say:48, 16-23, 2010.
[2] Manzey D., Occupational accidents and safety: The challenge of globalization, Safety
Science, 47, 723-726, 2009.
[3] Esin A., Yeni Mevzuatn Inda Sal ve Gvenlii Aklama-YorumUygulama,
TMMOB Makine Mhendisleri Odas Yaynlar, Yayn No:363, 1. Bask, Ankara,
2005.
[4] Mullen J., Investigating factors that influence individual safety behavior at work,
Journal of Safety Research, 35, 275-85, 2004.
[5] Choudry R.M., Dongping F. and Mohamed S., The nature of safety culture: a survey of
the state of the art, Safety Science, 45, 993-1012, 2007.
[6] Demirbilek T., letmelerde Gvenlii Kltrnn Gelitirilmesi, alma Ortam,
Say:96, 5-7, 2008.
[7] Esin A., Kazalarna Deiik Yaklam-Davransal Gvenlik, Mhendis veMakine
Dergisi, Trkiye Makine Mhendisleri Odas Birlii Yayn, Say:567, 3-9, 2007.
[8] Hogg M.A. ve Vaughan G.M.; Sosyal Psikoloji (ev.:brahim YILDIZ ve Aydn
GELMEZ), topya Yaynevi, Ankara, 2007.
474
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

. .
.

, .
: , , , ,
,
MEASURES TO PREVENT THE IMPACT OF CARCINOGENIC ASBESTOS DURING

DEMOLISHING OF BUILDINGS
Derya Tap1
ABSTRACT:
The article reviews the risk factors of the effect of the asbestos on the health of the workers.
The strongly carcinogenic effect of asbestos has been highlighted. Organizational measures to
protect workers during demolition of buildings have been proposed. The necessity to keep the
population safe during transportation and storage of materials containing asbestos is strongly
emphasized.
Keywords: asbestos, mineral fibres, carcinogenic effect, health, destruction, buildings
1
, , ,
Derya Tap, PhD student, Istanbul, Turkey
475
1. Introduction
Asbestos belongs to a group of ten substances established to have the greatest carcinogenic
potential for malignant cancers such as two types of lung cancer (lung tissue and mesothelioma),
pharynx cancer, larynx cancer, colon cancer and stomach cancer [1]. It is listed as the third most
abundant pollutant in the global scale [2]. The health risk associated with exposure to asbestos
depends on the type of mineral used in the product, concentration of asbestos dust, size of inhaled
fibres and time of exposure. From many factors enhancing negative effects of asbestos fibre
presence in ambient air the most important is cigarette-smoking. The possibility of exposure to
commonly applied asbestos and other mineral fibres has led to the introduction of legal regulations
significantly restricting or completely forbidding their use. Also, the use of materials containing
asbestos is strictly controlled. In Turkey asbestos has been listed in a group of 5 substances whose
use is heavily fined. Much effort has been made to replace asbestos by environmental-friendly
materials and to devise effective methods of its elimination
2. Chemical and Physical Characterization of Asbestos and your Natural Fibres
According to the chemical composition of asbestos minerals, they can be classified as

hydrated silicates of magnesium, iron, calcium, sodium and other elements [3]. These minerals
differ by the content of the main components (SiO, FeO, MgO, CaO), colour (from white to pale
green, yellow, pink, blue, pale grey, pale brown, dark green), density, melting point (from 1200 to
1500C) resistance to acids and bases, arrangement of fibres (i.e. texture - elastic, silk-like and
hard) and mechanical properties (resistance to stretching and rotation). Commercially available
asbestos minerals include: - chrisotile (white asbestos) one of the minerals most commonly met in
the earth crust; its melting point 1500C, poor conductor of heat, electricity and sound; resistant to
high temperatures because of a high concentration of magnesium oxide; this mineral is
characterized by uniform chemical composition the metal-oxygen layer made of the oxygen
octahedrons with different cations (mostly magnesium) inside . These packets are neutral
macromolecules, which are arranged into the crystal structure. Asbestos, meaning indestructible or
unquenched in Greek, is the commercial name applied to a group of crystalline and relatively
insoluble silicates of chain or ribbon structure. The group includes 6 minerals one of which occurs
in the silicates of the serpentite group characterized by the chain structure and the others belong to
amphiboles with ribbon anions. A representative of the first group is chrisotile, and the other
includes crocidolite, amosite, antophyllite, tremolite and actinolite. The bonds within the silica-
oxygen chains in the two above-mentioned silicate structures are relatively strong.
3. Identification and Quantification of Mineral Fibres in Ambient Air
The presence of asbestos minerals in ambient air can be detected via pertinent colour tests
dying asbestos fibres in shades of blue or red. In contrast to the majority of harmful substances in
ambient air, the presence of inorganic fibres can be easily determined (abundance and kind) by
optical and electron microscopy observing the deposits on membrane filters after air filtration. The
methods for determination of asbestos fibres differ in the mode of sample collection, instruments
used and techniques of fibre counting. The fibres deposited on membrane filters can be performed
by the following methods. - using a phase-contrast optical microscope (PCM), for the first time
applied in 1966, assuming as dangerous the fibres of the length to diameter ratio > 3:1, which
corresponds to a length greater than 5 m and a diam eter smaller than 3 m; the fibres represent
the biologi cally active part of respirable fraction (penetrating the air sacks):
- transmission electron microscope (TEM), equipped with an energy dispersive X-ray analyzer;
- X-ray diffractometer (XRD);
- scanning electron microscope, coupled with an energy dispersive X-ray diffractometer (EDXA) ;
- selected area electron diffraction (SAED) ;
476
- laser microprobe mass spectrometry (LMMS);
- polarized light microscopy (PLM).
4. Mechanism of Fibre Carcinogenesis
The first reports on the development of lung cancer as a result of inhalation of asbestos-
containing dust prompted intense studies aimed at an explanation of the mechanism of carcinogenic
effect of asbestos fibres. Although it has been established that the potential of the carcinogenic
effect of the fibres depends on their chemical stability and size, not one of the hitherto proposed
mechanisms has not been commonly accepted - Fig. 1. The reason is the lack of convincing
experimental evidence from cell tests which would give a direct connection between the initiation
of cancer changes and the interaction of asbestos fibres with DNA.
Figure 1. isease mesothelioma caused by asbestos

One of the proposed mechanisms described as the hypothesis of a carrier explains the appearance of
cancer changes by the fact that asbestos fibres can adsorb and carry polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAH) to the lungs. The fibres of asbestos can also interact with the proteins of red
blood cell membrane leading to dissolution of red blood cells (haemolysis) Fig. 2.
Figure 2. Ttumors caused by asbestos fibres

Results of many studies prove that heavy metals substituted in crystalline structures of
asbestos, mainly iron, and PAH adsorption are particularly dangerous for man when an air sack in
his lungs has been pricked by microfibres of asbestos carrying PAHs or metal ions.
477
The hemolytic activity of asbestos is determined by the type of the mineral, the ratio Mg:Si
and the size of the fibre area. The greatest biological activity is believed to characterize chrisotile
fibres. There is increasing evidence that iron from asbestos may cause cancer as a result of radical
induced damage. Many mechanisms have been proposed as the potential reactions of iron to
catalyze the oxidation of DNA, lipid and protein. Analysis suggests that different chemical
reactions catalyzed by asbestos and other mineral fibres, e.g. erionite, are responsible for their
pathological influence .
5. Methods of Elimination of Mineral Asbestos and their Modification into Harmless

Products
The first measures taken to eliminate or limit exposure to asbestos consisted in wet separation
and ventilation of the rooms containing sources of its emission, appropriate organization of such
activities as removal, transportation and storage of asbestos waste and conservation works. The
simplest measures aimed at elimination or limitation of emission of asbestos dust were
mechanization of all kinds of handling of asbestos-containing materials, which should be wet
processes if possible. Emission of asbestos dust can essentially be limited if the materials containing
asbestos are wetted with surfactants whose use also limits the use of water. For example, an anionic
surfactant, such as linear alkyl sulphonate, sodium lauryl sulphates, polyalkoxy carboxylates, or an
non-anionic surfactants, such as alcohol alkoxylates, alkyl phenol ethoxylates, polyoxoethylene
esters sand polyalkene oxide block copolymers can be added to the treating composition in
conventional amounts, e.g. up to about 5% by weight. The problems of wet removal techniques
include the requirements of physical removal and handling of the wet asbestos-containing material.
In addition, the removed material must be further treated to destroy the remaining asbestos
component if the material is to be discarded as a non-asbestos containing material.
REFERENCES
[1] DOLL R., PETO J., Asbestos effects on health of exposure to asbestos, Stationary
Office, London 1985.
[2] Consumer Product Safety Commission Reports to the U.S. CPCC by the Chronic
Hazard Advisory Panel on Asbestos, Washington D.C. 1983.
[3] AMANDUS H.E, Brit. J. Ind. Med., 4, 526, 1986.
478
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
:

.
. ,
, , , ,
.
,
.
: , , , , ,

ENSURING SAFETY CONDITIONS WHILE WORKERS ARE ON A BREAK FROM THE

CONSTRUCTION SECTOR THROUGH A DEVELOPMENT OF MODULAR BASES
Firat Erturk1
ABSTRACT:
The necessity of complete rest for the workers from the construction sector is strongly
emphasized. The safety conditions, for realization of the goal to accomplish complete rest for the
workers, have been reviewed. There is a preposition to build modular bases that qualify for the safe
conditions for rest premises to cook, eat, bathe, to do laundry, sleep, and actively rest. Highlighted
is the need to amend the legal and documentary basis regulating the obligations of the employer to
ensure the safety of the rest of the workers from the construction sector.
Keywords: safety conditions, complete rest, construction sector, premises, norms, modular
bases
1
, , ,
Firat Erturk, PhD student, Van, Turkey
479
1. Introduction
Working conditions of workers in the construction sector, which in most cases reside in the
territory of the facility construction, should first of all take into account the living conditions and
hygiene. Create optimal conditions before the start of construction is necessary, because they
determine the health and productivity of workers [1].
2. Requirements for sanitary facilities

The number of sanitary facilities provided within a building should be calculated from the
maximum number of persons the building is likely to accommodate at any time, based upon the
normal use of thebuilding.Separate male and female sanitary accommodation is usually provided.
This should be based upon the proportion of males and females that will use a building, where this
is known, or provide accommodation for equal numbers of each sex otherwise. Unisex sanitary
accommodation may be provided where each sanitary facility, or a WC and wash hand basin, is
located within a separate space, for use by only one person at a time, with a door that can be secured
from within for privacy. Small businesses - in small premises, it is recognised that duplication
of sanitary facilities may not always be reasonably practicable and that they might be shared
between staff and customers. However where practicable, it is good practice for sanitary
facilities for staff involved in the preparation or serving of food or drink to be reserved for their sole
use, with a separate provision made for customers. Separate hand washing facilities for such staff
should always be provided [2].
Changing Places Toilets (CPTs) - There is no requirement to provide a CPT in terms of

building regulations, however, where a CPT is proposed the following guidance should assist the
design andconstruction Fig. 1.
Figure 1. Changing Places Toilets
There are many building types best suited for CPT installations including publicly accessible
facilities such as shopping malls, entertainment or assembly buildings and transport related
facilities. Provision of CPTs within suitable buildings is important to establish a network of
facilities at appropriate locations across the country.
A typical CPT installation should include the following key elements Fig. 2 :
adequate space (12m) to allow a user to be assisted by carers
a minimum ceiling height of 2.4m
a wall or ceiling mounted tracking hoist
480
a centrally placed WC with space either side for the carers
a height adjustable wash hand basin
a non-slip floor finish
a door with a minimum clear opening width of 1m
the provision of a shower may also be appropriate within certain buildings such as leisure
centres.
Figure 2. A typical CPT installation
In addition to the building related elements, a fully equipped CPT relies on the installation of
additional equipment and specialist fittings, such as a height adjustable adult sized changing bench
(minimum length 1.8m).
Accessible bathrooms and shower rooms Fig. 3

The availability of accessible sanitary facilities is particularly important within residential
buildings or sports facilities, where bathing or showering form an integral part of activities. A
person should be able to use such sanitary facilities in privacy, with or without assistance.
In a building where baths or showers are provided, accessible sanitary accommodation should
be provided at a ratio of 1 in 20 or part thereof, for each type of sanitary facility provided.
In addition to the recommendations within clauses an accessible shower room or bathroom
should:
for a bath, include a transfer space of at least 400mm across the full width of the head of the
bath and
for a shower, have a dished floor of a gradient of not more than 1:50 discharging into a floor
drain, or a proprietary level access shower with a drainage area of not less than 1.2m by
1.2m and
for a shower, have a folding shower seat positioned 500mm from a flanking wall and
securely fixed, with a seat height that permits transfer to and from a wheelchair positioned
outwith the showering area.
481
Figure 3. Accessible bathrooms and shower rooms
Requirements to the dining rooms and kitchen of workers Fig. 4, Fig. 5
Dining room and cafeteria attendants and bartender helpers assist waiters, waitresses, and
bartenders by cleaning tables, removing dirty dishes, and keeping serving areas stocked with
supplies.
Figure 4. Requirements to the dining rooms of workers
482
Figure 5. Requirements to the kitchen of workers
Sometimes called backwaiters or runners, they bring meals out of the kitchen and assist
waiters and waitresses by distributing dishes to individual diners.
They also replenish the supply of clean linens, dishes, silverware, and glasses in the dining
room and keep the bar stocked with glasses, liquor, ice, and drink garnishes. Dining room
attendants set tables with clean tablecloths, napkins, silverware, glasses, and dishes and serve ice
water, rolls, and butter. At the conclusion of meals, they remove dirty dishes and soiled linens from
tables. Cafeteria attendants stock serving tables with food, trays, dishes, and silverware and may
carry trays to dining tables for patrons. Bartender helpers keep bar equipment clean and glasses
washed. Dishwashers clean dishes, cutlery, and kitchen utensils and equipment.
Requirements of rest facilities for workers Fig. 6
There should be a suitable designated seating area for employees to use during their work
breaks. It needs to be kept clean and located in an area where food will not become contaminated.
There should be adequate washing facilities nearby. There hould also be a means of heating food
(microwave ovens, for instance - subject to six-monthly electrical checks), and water (usually
a kettle - again subject to six-monthly electrical checks) for hot drinks. Good food-hygiene
standards should be maintained in all such areas.
Employees who have to stand to carry out their work should have seats available, especially
when the type of work gives them an opportunity to sit or rest from time to time.
All employees should have seating available for their rest periods, located in a suitable place
where there is no need to use any personal protective equipment.
In offices and other reasonably clean workplaces, work seats or other seats in the work area
will be sufficient if the resting employees are not exposed to excessive disturbance during their
breaks, for example through contact with members of the public. In other cases, one or more
separate rest rooms or areas should be provided. These should be large enough and have enough
seats with backrests and tables for the number of employees likely to use them at any one time.
483
Figure 6. Requirements of rest facilities for workers
Requirements for sleeping rooms Fig. 7
Every room used for sleeping purposes:

A. Shall be a habitable room as defined in this title;
Figure 7. Requirements of sleeping rooms for workers
B. Shall not be a kitchen;

C. Shall have natural light, ventilation, and windows or other means for escape purposes as
required by this Title; and
D. Shall comply with the following minimum requirements for floor area [3] :
484
1. Shall have a minimum area of at least 70 square feet of floor area, except that where more
than two persons occupy a room used for sleeping purposes, the required floor area shall be
increased at the rate of 50 square feet for each person in excess of two. No portion of a room
measuring less than 5 feet from the finished floor to the finished ceiling shall be included in any
computation of the rooms minimum area.
2. Any dwelling or portion of any dwelling constructed pursuant to permit or lawfully
constructed prior to permit requirements shall be deemed in compliance with respect to sleeping
room area provided that the deficiency in floor area is no more than 15 percent of that required by
Subsection. This subsection shall not apply where any occupancy has been changed, or the number
of occupants has been increased, contrary to the provisions of this Title.
3. Floor area requirements for single-room occupancy housing units shall.
3. onclusions
1. The safety conditions, for realization of the goal to accomplish complete rest for the
workers, have been reviewed
2. There is a preposition to build modular bases that qualify for the safe conditions for rest
premises to cook, eat, bathe, to do laundry, sleep, and actively rest.
REFERENCES
[1] Guide to the Safety, Health and Welfare at work. Regulation 2007 .
[2] Information concerning the regulations implementing the Construction products.
Custom house, Dublin 2012.
[3] The European Agency for Safety and Health at Work. E-48009 Bilbao, Spain, 2014.
485
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:

.
. ,
. .

.
: , ,
,
REMOTE TRAINING OF STAFF ON SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS IN THE

EDUCATIONAL SECTOR
Gulnur Usta1, Aneta Georgieva2
ABSTRACT:
A remote training of safe working conditions (SWC) in the educational sector has been
suggested. The actuality of the topic about the conditions of Republic of Turkey has been examined.
The advantages of the remote form are emphasized economic, social, and habitual. An exemplary
sketch of the structure of the remote form of education has been made. Conclusions about the
necessity of introduction of the remote form of education for the staff on safe work conditions in the
health sector have been drawn.
Keywords: safe working conditions, education sector, remote sensing, medical staff
1
, , ,
Gulnur Tundja Usta, PhD student, Istanbul, Turkey
2
. - . ,
Assoc. Prof. Ph d-rq dipl. Eng. Aneta Georgieva, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
486
1. Introduction
The remote training is a convenient form for specialists who have a basic level of competency
and continuously raise their qualification in their professional development. The electronic courses,
materials, and tests, with the basis of Internet-technology, can be reviewed from every location
where theres an internet connection. Not less important is the criteria for choosing the form of
training while the economy that is achieved by minimizing the fees of transport and business trips;
which is very important for the Republic of Turkey where the distance between different cities can
go up to 3000 km.[1]
Figure 1. Example of a structure for organization of remote form of education on SWC in the
educational sector
Actuality of the subject

With the present conditions of labor at work and education, the remote training on SWC in
the educational sector is very topical. This form of training is an excellent contemporary decision
for instructors and teachers who have a demanding schedule that doesnt let them be regularly
present with the collaborator during training. According to the Labor Legislation of Republic of
Turkey [2], the employer is responsible for organizing the training and checking the learning of the
requirements of SWC of the employees, workers and trainees in the educational sector.
487
Essence of the remote form of education
We offer the most economical and effective solution to meet the responsibilities of the
employer remote form of education with a following checkup of knowledge and receiving of
diploma/certificate of the held course. The remote training on SWC in the educational sector lets
specialists be taught without interruption from the manufacturing and in their home. The literature
resources and all the educational means needed for the training will be in electronic format. On
figure 1 you can see an example of a structure for such organization of remote form of education on
SWC in the educational sector.
Advantages of remote form of education
The advantages of the remote form of education are persuasive:

1. Long absence of the trainers from the educational process wont be needed.
2. The training is held in individual schedule; the time and duration of the training is
determined from the trainees in accordance with their own circumstances and needs.
3. The training can start at any time and doesnt depend on the schedule of the gathering of
groups for regular/part-time training.
4. The program of the training is composed of experts, who are responsible for the exam/test,
on SWC in the educational sector.
5. In case of emerging of questions about the material on the training, the trainee has the
opportunity to receive an answer from an expert on SWC.
6. For holding the educational process during remote form of education there arent needed
particular conditions for visit, the only needed thing is a personal computer and internet
access. After forming the needed documents, the computer specialists send instructions with
detailed description of the actions expected from the trainee.
7. In the remote form of education after completion of the training there is an online exam/test
and if successful a diploma/certificate for going to an upper level of qualification is
received.
Conclusion
1. For the conditions of Republic of Turkey, the remote form of training specialists on
SWC in the educational sector is very actual.
2. Economically, the remote form of education is the most preferred because it saves fees
for transportation and staff/employees business trips
3. In a social plan the remote form is the most attractive because it doesnt interrupt the
staff during educational processes, family and accommodation conditions.
REFERENCES
[1] Turkiye Karayollar Haritas - Trkiye Haritas www.turkiye-haritasi.net/
[2] Cahit Talas, Trkiyenin Aklamal Sosyal Politika Tarihi, Birinci Bask, Bilgi
Yaynlar, stanbul,1992.
488
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASUREMENT OF PERCEPTION OF

SCHOOL SERVICE DRIVE
Ali Chakar1, Hakan Orduhan2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT:
City traffic is increasing every day, due to the rapid population growth in urban areas. The
main causes of the increase in the urban population, sector is the development and increase in job
opportunities in the cities, accordingly employees and hence the increase in the proportion of people
living.
Traffic congestion in Istanbul, especially weekday morning every day 07.00- 08:00, constitute
people set out to make their work and school in the evening between 16.00- 17.00.
So, our preferred target for daily school bus drivers who need to move at the traffic
measurement of occupational health and safety perception. Because, driving schools services, it
may be work-related accidents during loading and unloading and it is known that the accident
occurred due to the misconduct of a large part.
The measurement of occupational health and safety perception their school bus drivers and of
measures in this direction, also serving on the staff and school bus guide the students in the car with
the driver will have a positive impact.
In this study, been mentioned with the awareness of school bus driver can not prevent
accidents and cases of disruption reduction of material and morale losses.
Keywords: OHS culture, school bus driver, occupational safety
1
Ali Chakar, PhD, Eng, Varna Free University, mail: korai@abv.bg
2
Hakan Orduhan, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
3
Oguz Ozyaral, Assoc. Prof., PhD, Yeni Yuzyil Un. Istanbul/Turkey
489
1. Introduction
Hall and Jacques (1995) conceptualize the time we live in as the new times. New times can
be differentiated in several respects. Technology and the speed that accompanies it, transform
various aspects of our lives. One of the most important concepts of the new times is mobility.
Developments in production, transportation, and communication areas entail mobility.
It is stated that mobility means risk; because, obviously, mobility necessitates space and the
level of risk increases in accordance with the patterns used to fill this space, [1].
As of 2010, 76.2 % of the population (56.2 million people) lives in the urban areas in Turkey.
This ratio is expected to rise up to 82%, and hence to 70 million inhabitants by 2023. Not only rapid
increase in the overall population in the past 50 years, but also migration from rural to urban areas
particularly in the past 20 years have been the determinants in defining public transportation needs
in urban areas. The main reason behind the rapidly increasing urban population is the availability of
more efficient and accessible services as well as plentiful employment opportunities. These
employment opportunities, in return, cause the number of workers and hence the number of people
living in the cities to increase, [2].
Transportation and in particular service bus sector are among the most crucial fields of service
industry. Variety in the means of mobility together with the increased commute practices to and
from schools/workplaces due to intense urbanization urges us to undertake a deeper analysis of the
issue. Effects of urbanization, urban transformation practices as well the effects of changes in life
styles shall be taken into consideration in determining the need for service buses. Service bus
sector, a part of transportation sector, is a business area in which comfort, hygiene, safety,
economy, traceability and reliability should be inherent.
One of the most crucial and noteworthy areas of the transportation sector is school bus
transportation sector.
2. School bus transportation sector
School bus services involve both preschool and other student transportation services. Within
this framework, school buses should be equipped with School Bus plates and Stop lights, fixed
windows, automatic doors, radio or mobile phones, seatbelts for every single student, etc. and
should conform to age limit and bus model standards. Furthermore, attendants should be employed
so as to maintain order aboard and to assist preschool and primary school students on to and off of
the bus.
If school bus transportation laws and regulations are examined, it is seen that some safety and
health precautions have already been defined. However, when the actual practice is assessed,
inadequacy and lack of inspection come to light. Although, the School Bus Service Regulations of
the Ministry of Transportation and Communication have set some standards particularly in relation
to the qualifications of drivers, these are not considered to be adequate. Students regard bus drivers
as role models in terms of driving practices; and their first perception and awareness of traffic
culture are shaped by the behaviors of school bus drivers. Accordingly, attitudes, behaviors, and
overall personal profiles of school bus drivers are of great importance. Ensuring that individuals
who undertake such a high-responsibility profession are chosen among those who have higher
qualifications and who received due training and education in the area will certainly yield positive
results, [3].
490
2.1. Occupational accidents.
In order to prevent occupational accidents, there have been many legal and organizational
regulations to date; however, statistics on occupational accidents show that these regulations have
not proved effective. According to these statistics, school bus accidents ranked first among these
accidents. This implies that the issue in question is not something that we can handle only from a
technical perspective. In other words, in worklife, taking human aspect into consideration is as
equally important as the technical aspects.
It is stated that 80 to 95% of occupational accidents result from the unconfident behaviors of
workers. Thus, the importance of having a culture, which is considered to be a means of
regulating behavior, cannot be disregarded in the prevention of occupational accidents.
In this respect, drivers, attendants and students who drive the school bus share the
responsibility. For a healthy and safe transportation, the way these parties perceive safety
management and safety practice is of crucial importance. Making investment in education has
become a need, as the number of professions that require skill as well as knowledge has increased in
todays business world. In this regard, the area of occupational health and safety will gain a lot from
building horizontally integrated communities that share common values, beliefs and behavior
patterns and consist of workers who own due skills and knowledge to conduct their professions with
access to risk-free working environment i.e. building communities that have their own culture, [4].
2.2. OHS culture
Culture is a concept we use frequently in our daily lives, yet fail to reflect on it in a thoughtful
manner. Although there are several definitions of the concept, the most common definition is made
by Kroeber and Kluckhohn. Their definition of culture is: Patterns of behavior, ideas and emotions
that are expressed in symbols which define the original structures of human communities, all of
which are created, and conveyed. Conventional perspectives and other values that are attributed to
these perspectives constitute the foundations of culture. Cultural systems are both the products of
behaviors, and conditioners of future behavior.
491
If each enterprise is regarded as a small community in itself, this community will also have a
culture of its own. The very first idea of organizational culture, called also firm culture, enterprise
culture or corporate culture in the relevant literature, developed by Peters and Waterman is as
follows:
Organizational culture is a system of norms, behaviors, values, beliefs, and customs that
directs the behaviors of the members in an organization. Culture provides individuals an insight
and understanding of what they are supposed to do and how they should behave in a given situation.
In other words, organizational culture is the overall values and beliefs that shape the behaviors and
opinions of the members of an organization. This collection of values, which can be called
organizational culture, enterprise culture, community culture or firm culture, might have an effect
on the potential implementation and success of various concepts and techniques of management and
organization. Hence, implementation of all management, concept and techniques including safety
shall be evaluated in relation to organizational culture, [5].
There are some qualities that should be promoted to ensure an efficient safety culture. They
are as follows:
1- Sincere and apparent commitment and leadership of the higher management are required.
2- Changing a safety culture is a long term strategy that requires constant effort and
attention.
3- There is a need for an optimistic point of view and a political declaration with high
expectations.
4- In the workplace, a more responsible approach to health and safety at all levels should
be promoted (adopted and integrated).This requires active participation and proper
training of workers as well as communication.
5- Organizations should define realistic and achievable objectives, and develop a safety
performance measurement system to that end.
6- Consistency in behaviors in terms of accepted standards can only be achieved through
effective communication with workers. Furthermore, good safety behavior should be a
prerequisite for employment and should be observed in performance assessment.
7- All accidents and near misses should be investigated in detail.
8- Management, health and safety systems should be revised, and due updated information
should be available for performance assessment.
Enhancing the participation of workers and management in matters of safety will, in return,
develop the organizational safety culture. If workers are aware of their own responsibilities in the
face of accidents and injuries, they will be more interested to ensure safety and health at work.
Continuity of precautions and workers acceptance of these as part of worklife can only be achieved
through building a safety culture in a given workplaces. Each workplace has a culture of its own,
which also involves official or silent rules that workers adopt among each other. Safety culture is
composed of visible and invisible components.
Only 10% of the OHS culture is made up of rules, procedures, statistics and behaviors. The
remaining 90% consists of invisible components. These are the rules and beliefs that are not
articulated overtly. Beliefs that influence occupational safety are inherent in the organizational
culture. They are never articulated overtly, yet continue to exist by means of past experiences and
conventions. In building a safety culture, managers should lead their team on the basis of
motivation, incentive and consistency. However, all workers have responsibility in building and
developing a safety culture in an organization.
Occupational safety is not something that can be ensured via one or a couple of individuals.
492
Precautions should be taken before unpleasant events take place. Thus, all psychosocial
factors that affect the perception of safety culture should be investigated no matter where they are
observed, [6].
Shamsunnahar Yasmin and her colleagues investigated accidents that occurred between 1998
and 2008 in Alberta district of Canada. They found out that the majority of school bus accidents
resulted from rear-end collisions or reversing collisions. Accidents usually occur on roads that are
covered with snow. The rate of involvement in an accident is higher among female drivers and
individuals under 25 or over 65 years of age, [7].
McCray and Brewer state that school buses are by far the safest means of transportation in the
United States. Everyday 440,000 public school buses transport 23.5 million students. Writers
indicate that students are eight times riding school buses than with their parents or relatives. The
fatality rate in school bus accidents is 0.2 per 100 vehicle miles while this ratio for private cars is
1.5 per 100 vehicle miles. Out of 26.000 cases that involved school buses, 10 resulted in deaths,
25% of these are being drivers and the remaining being other passengers, [8].
Thus school bus transportation activities should not be an area of enterprise in which anyone
who can drive is allowed to operate. Enhancing safety awareness and perception is among the first
to be done. First of all, demographic implications about those who tend to be school bus drivers
should be re-assessed. Those who will undertake this job should get both theoretical and hands-on
professional and OHS training for 50 hours and only then should be assigned a license that allows
them to work in the area. In this way, it can be ensured that those who work in this area are
employed on the basis of professional adequacy.
Safety and health of the students who ride school buses are of great importance for themselves
as well as for their families, schools, transportation companies and the society as a whole.
Examining this multilateral issue in detail bears importance in terms of all the investments the
society and families make towards the education of their children. Taking appropriate precautions
against potential accidents will reduce pecuniary and non-pecuniary damages. This study conducted
within the framework of these points can act as guide in defining the right precautions.
3. Conclusion and evaluation
Today it is acknowledged that such matters with multiple components as occupational

accidents cannot be solved only through such conventional state functions as policy making and
inspection. Active participation of all social stakeholders in management processes as well as
building a system in which all enterprises have access to efficient training and preventive OHS
services at school or workplace play a key role in preventing occupational accidents.
OHS training is usually associated with the training of workers. In essence, the objective of
OHS practices is to protect those who are employed. Nevertheless, safe labor is, above all, a matter
of culture. Since building such a culture is achievable only by educating individuals as of
childhood, OHS training should not only be restricted to workplace, but should also be integrated in
all stages of education from primary school to university.
REFERENCES
[1] Ulrich Beck, Risk Toplumu, Translated by Blent Doan, Istanbul: Ithaki Yaynlar,
2011.
[2] Stuart Hall ve M. Jacques, Yeni Zamanlar, Translated by Abdullah Ylmaz, Istanbul:
493
Ayrnt Yaynlar, 1995.
[3] Aydemir, Y. OHSAS/TS 18001 Sal ve Gvenlii Uygulamalarnn alma
Yaam Kalitesine Etkisi, Masters Thesis, Dokuz Eyll University, 2008.
[4] zkan, T. ve Lajunen, T. (2003). Gvenlik kltr ve iklimi. PiVOLKA, 2(10), 34
[5] Erkan, S., Okul Servis Srcleri ve Rehberlik Hizmetleri, Kuram ve Uygulamada
Eitim Ynetimi, Vol. 17, pp.7378, 199.
[6] Aydemir, Y. OHSAS/TS 18001 Sal ve Gvenlii Uygulamalarnn alma
Yaam Kalitesine Etkisi, Masters Thesis, Dokuz Eyll University, 2008.
[7] Yasmin, S., Anowar, S., Tay, R., Factors Contributing to School Bus Crashes, Journal
of the Transportationation Research Forum, Vol. 52, No. 3 (Fall 2013), pp. 6378.
[8] McCray, L.B., Brewer, J., Child Safety Research in School Buses, Conference on the
Enhanced Safety, 2005, www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov, Accessed 05.02.2015.
494
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
Personality Disorders in Unsafe Behavior

H. Latif Iscen1,Oguz Ozyaral2
ABSTRACT
We acknowledge that each of the persons existing within the work environment are healthy
and treat every employee equally during work placement. Some people have neurosis due to faulty
transmissions (information transfer) they faced during or the course of the cultural transmissions or
due to genetic predisposition during birth. These neuroses are reflected in the persons behavior
throughout his/her whole life. They cause compliance problems during occupational safety
implementations. For the employees who should be under the special employee status due to the
personality disorders during the cultural changing phase, the Occupational Safety implementations
should be evaluated under special employee status.
Keywords: Occupational Safety, OHS culture, occupational diseases.
1
H. Latif Iscen, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
2
Oguz Ozyaral, Assoc. Prof. PhD Yeni Yuzyil University Istanbul/ Turkey
495
1.Introduction
Personality disorders are accepted as medical conditions, they are therefore recognized as
perception of intervening with the private lives of the employees. As long as we do not pay
attention to the personal health problems of our employees or colleagues or do not handle those
problems scientifically; the management systems as well as the cultural management plans we
apply at the workplaces will not work. As long as we do not approach the wrongful information
transfers and cultural transfers, etc. which are the basis of personality disorders; the cultural changes
cannot be reliably evaluated and the conscious acculturation plans cannot be prepared.
If there is danger within the operational behavior, we call this behavior the unsafe behavior.
The personality disorders should be evaluated and determined by scrutinizing the unsafe behaviors
and an appropriate job replacement should be ensured for the person who has the personality
disorder. These people should be identified and put under the scope of special employee status and
their adverse effects to the companies accultural movements should be reduced.
2. Job Security and Unsafe Behavior

2.1. Scientific Causality in Unsafe Behavior
Definitions and terms such as Occupational Health and Safety, Occupational Safety, Worker
Safety are definitions that are developed by our perception and settled in our minds which we have
conceded to. We know that these terms are originated from our social perceptions and that they are
outputs that we learned with social transfers.
Today, similar cultural conscious transmissions have occurred with many focused managerial
factors such as Occupational Safety and Change Management Environmental Impacts. The need to
manage the losses is the main reason these areas came to light. As for the reason that the
governments, institutions and operations developed perceptual orientation by specially naming it is
due to humankind transitioning from an agricultural society to industrial society along with causing
not-ignorable social losses that created by human error with production-oriented approaches that are
hard to control.
A person being the main element that decides, directs and exists on every aspect of production
flow has increased the orientation against unsafe behavior in loss management. Although there is no
base method of measurement of unsafe behavior, providing the proportional numbers in the
occupational safety community virtually reflects how far we are away from the solutions of these
problems.
The approach that accepts that 88% of the accidents occur due to unsafe behavior, 10% due to
unsafe conditions and 2% due to unavoidable unsafe conditions have been accepted throughout the
world (1). Those who accept this approach, which does not have any scientific base, should
question the conditions that cause these unsafe conditions. The real reason that decides or ignores
and creates the distance-structure of this acceptance from scientifics is the yerdenlik or the
dereliction the person creates during insecure conditions. Because of this, 100% of the accidents are
due to unsafe behaviors. For the cause of every accident that is defined as unsafe condition, if we
were to answer we could have prevented it before it happened, then we have to accept that they
were due to unsafe behavior.
100% of the accidents are due to unsafe behaviors.
496
For any actual behavior that occurs together with known or unanticipated danger, we call it an
unsafe behavior.
Lets consider a person who never encountered a lighting strike during his/her life. If the
person who was exposed did not learn (informational transmission weakness) or was not taught,
then we need to reach to the operational causality. Respectively, the accultural phases, cultural
transmissions and the structures that cause this lack of this transmission are the scientific causality
of this accident. Actually, there is no Unsafe Condition with this approach. There is a scientific
causality for an unsafe behavior that cannot be clearly seen and there will always be a person
exhibiting an unsafe behavior in every phase.
2.2. Human Perception in Unsafe Behavior

On the basis of unsafe behavior, the importance of human perception is always emphasized in
the areas of occupational health. None of the implemented-regulations related to unsafe behavior
intended to reveal the main problem or to solve it by identifying. The capital approach of our age,
which thinks of developing the fastest solution within the shortest time, argues that the problem
should be addressed from the cultural point of view by indentifying that cultural problems are the
basis of Occupational Safety.
Although we know that the cultural view is the subject of social sciences (sociology), the
view of the worlds sociologist on the definition of safety culture is a scientific problem that should
be studied. The Sociological View is to approach the distant thinking under a new view by
eluding from personal or everyday point of view.
For example: the need or the intention of consuming Dutch cheese. It is an achievement
travel that approaches starting from historical causality of the cheese-consuming or the non-
consuming societies to present causality not just the cheese itself or the view of the society that
consumes cheese (2). In the Occupational Safety studies and the causality of unsafe behavior
research delay the surfacing of social causality due to the lack of existence of sociology or the
limited existence.
The problematic of addressing methods of human nature reveals how far we are from the
main structure. The occupational safety area that is investigated by addressing a specific part with
the engineering, medical and similar methods today approaches us as the problematic of the
fragmented structures. Essentially, it is intended to meet the corporate or social expectations of the
individual who grew up ignoring the stages that develop human perception, by changing, guiding or
setting limits (restrictions and rules).
Even though the shape given to an adult fruit tree by pruning its branches changes the
direction of the trees newly grown branches, it will not change the fruit it supplies. While dealing
with social issues and reducing our illations to individuals, we fail to deal with the scientific
awareness between social science and human science. It is not aimed that the desired human
behavior and the cultural structures that do not deal with common perspectives of different views to
create an individual that exhibits a safe behavior. Complying with these desired behaviors that are
defined or delimited is called safe behavior, and those that are not desired are called unsafe
behavior. Although the factors that are unconsidered or ignored within the unsafe behavior are
being analyzed with different methods under different science fields or aimed towards different
purposes; approaching the unsafe behaviors at acute angles makes it difficult to identify the source
of the problem. Below are the factors that need to be addressed on the basis of Unsafe Behavior:
Personality Disorders
Psychosexual development stages
Inside cultural structure
o Theology
o Metaphysics
o Positivism
o Ideology
Demographic Structure
497
Environmental Conditions
I am approaching the personality disorders in this essay/article.
2.3. Personality Disorders in Occupational Safety

With the occupational safety point of view, I think that features in peoples genetic
transmissions and the unchangeable genetic identifications and their effects are the only subjects
that can be ignored during our time, because, the humankind is not able to repair the damaged genes
and change humans just yet or not able to repair the damaged genes by re-fixing them.
Although a human fact is existent in every stage of Occupational Safety, a community view is
being exhibited and a definition of group individual (accepting the group as an individual) is being
put forward instead of addressing the person or his/her problems. A group, not an individual, is in
the mind or in the acceptance. This acceptance comes from human nature.
The mandatory avoidance and staying-away definitions that Freud approached is identified as
taboo which is a non-holy hesitation and an inherent restriction (3). As an answer to the question,
People inside the society? or the Society inside the people?: The societies that people formed affect
the people inside the societies. Unfortunately, we ignore the development stages of the individuals
that form the societies and these periodic interactive relations.
The personality disorders are the differences of the individuals personality compared to
other individuals along with distinguished different characteristics and the unique characteristics of
that individual. It is the specific reactions the individual portrays during daily activities and the
attitudes he/she exhibits as a whole. This entire behavior or feelings show consistency inside them.
Within this entirety, if there are deviations or excess variability more than many other people
(societies), if there are extreme personality characteristics, if it causes continuing incidents or
problems during the individuals socialization phases and creates personal distress (situation,
behavior, unexpected reactions, etc.), then it can be said that there is personality disorder in this
individual. What we should not forget is that the signs of personality disorders show continuity (4).
We encounter people with personality disorders at our workplaces, work areas, in fact, in all
aspects of our lives and communicate with them. When we unknowingly establish dialogs with
people with personality disorders, we impact their neuroses and put them into action. Of course the
responses being outside the societys or our normality makes us extremely uncomfortable and we
are unable to make a sense out of it. The human brain unconsciously operates on the 90% of the
information it collects. Ignoring the personality disorder rate with the brain that only consciously
operates on the 10% of the information increases the rate of loss (5).
Although it changes according to the cultural differences in the world, the personality
disorders vary between 6% and 10%, in other words, 6 or 10 out of every 100 people have a
personality disorder. So we estimate the individuals with personality disorders not having common
ailments or the low probabilities of encounter. (6).
Examples of personality disorders:
Depressive Personality Disorder: Employees with personality disorders are always in a
melancholic state of mind. Pessimism, lack of confidence, always having a bad point of view
towards events and tend to self-pity are its prominent features. During their work time, they always
deal with events on the bad side. In fact, these people may have this due to the lack of attention they
carried with them from their childhood. It is treated by controlling the hormones by means of
medication or by using psychotherapy methods. Unless treated, the individual will look at the out of
the ordinary changes presented by employer or management that are related to Occupational Safety,
Environment, Quality or whatever it may be with a bad point of view and reactively share their
discomfort towards this situation in different way.
Paranoid Personality Disorder: This personality disorder shows paranoid characteristics.
Always looks for bad intentions in peoples actions, never trusts anyone and does not have any
close friends or confidants. The individual always works alone at workplace and because they do
not have any trustful relationships, they constantly look for a different purpose underneath every
change. They are late in participating in cultural change actions or do not participate at all.
498
Passive-Aggressive Personality Disorder: It is one of the dangerous in personality disorders.
The individual non-apparently tries to hinder, sabotage in-house works and shows them to be
unsuccessful. Expresses his/her anger in this way. Psychotherapy is a must in Passive-Aggressive
personality disorders. Unless it is noticed and they receive support, they undermine cultural
changes.
Obsessive Personality Disorder: Among the personality disorders, it is the kind that
considerably wears down the individual that is exposed to it. In this personality disorder, extreme
perfectionism and domineering/self-opinionated actions are observed. It is not flexible. The
individual deals with unnecessary details and prevents the completion of works and puts
himself/herself into distress. Genetically, it is among the easiest personality disorders to get over.
Medication and psychotherapy can be used together.
Narcissistic Personality Disorder: Among the personality disorders it is only kind that that
caused the patient to view himself/herself positively. But this positivity does not mean in a good
way. With the narcissistic personality disorder, there is an excessive arrogance and extreme self-
esteem in the individual. They see themselves more superior to all other people and constantly want
to be appreciated like a child. It is treated with psychotherapy but it is the most difficult to treat
among the personality disorders.
Schizoid Personality Disorder: It is the calmest and the quietest among the personality
disorders. Never want to work together with others and prefers to work alone, on their own. When
they are included in team works, they get unhappy and create issues.
As it can be understood from these personality disorders, 30 to 50 employees out of 500
employees in the workplace have a personality disorder but we do not develop special working plan
for these employees to comply when you expected them to at a gathering. For example: we put an
employee who was diagnosed with a schizoid personality within an environment that is not
appropriate for him/her and then we expect a teamwork and a compliance (it can be argued what
kind of a conscious approach we are displaying in terms of occupational safety). Unless the
personality disorders are treated, they lead to long-term disorders and continuity. They are illnesses
that may surface subject to hereditary or environmental factors (family, demographic effects, close
environment, education, experience and training). The most commonly seen act of an individual
with a personality disorders is that they do not request any psychological support.
No tendency is shown towards the personality disorders unless incidents occur during
Occupational Safety Works and the groups are accepted as individuals. In fact, an individual either
exists or does not exist depending on the identified norms (taboos) within the groups/societies. As a
matter of fact, the types of personality disorders should be classified in accordance with the work
areas and in order for the incidents not to trigger the formation of neurosis, the personality disorders
should be identified with the organization of the workplace just like the features we look upon such
as persons age, gender, weight and height during work selection or work appointing.
Support should be given to those employees with personality disorders and moved to
implementation of Industrial Psychology, because the individual with the personal disorder will
unintentionally damage the culture practices when trying to pass on the culture. Along with the
analysis such as managing system implementations, employee safety climate analysis or culture
analysis for employees and the institution, personality analysis should also be done and cultural
plans should be prepared. Integrated holistic point of view should be abandoned and a method of
moving from individual to holistic should be approached, because it is extremely difficult for the
approaches that do not deal with employees vital stages and behavior to be successful. Phases of
the structure that are carried by the individuals should never be ignored. There are two factors on
the basis of personality disorders:
Genetic Factor
Vital Factors
Because we did not change its effects on genetic factors, we have to deal with the second
factor area.
499
2.4 Vital Factors:
Formation stages of human knowledge and the elements that determine these stages should be
identified without examining the vital factors, because humans are organic beings and records
everything with their brain. In fact, we have to start with the method that the recorded information
is formed under perception and with the factors that have an effect. The environmental impacts on
the individual when receiving information:
Demographic Structure
Cultural Transmission Capability (family)
Nutrition
Achievement in Environmental Interactions
The effects of the environment in which the information is transmitted (cold, hot,
noise, light, etc.)
The method of information transmission (fear, love, attitude, will, etc.)
Comparison of transmitted information (experience)
Effects of developmental stages
Because these transmissions also vary in people who were not diagnosed with personality
disorders, perceptual differences arise. There may still be behaviors observed on people who have
not been diagnosed with a personality disorder that are similar to personality disorders during the
individuals variability of emotional stages.
Figure 2. Obstacles in formation of information and psychosexual development stages
Psychosexual development stages are extremely important during information transmission.

During these stages, the person with neurosis carries this throughout their lifetime without realizing
it. Cortex comparison in the brain of an employee with high danger perception will always accept
this as normal and in fact, a work that we see as very dangerous will be within normality to him/her.
Although this is not diagnosed as a personality disorder, it will be deemed as acceptable due to the
cultural transmission and personal information records.
500
Result:
While we scrutinized the effects that the personality disorders have on our cultural plans, we
have dealt and evaluated one of the main reasons of unsafe behaviors. Together with the effects of
personality disorders, the questioning obstacles in our minds and the weaknesses in cultural
transmission form the basis unsafe behaviors.
Figure.3 Life safety pyramid (Latif Iscen)
Achievement of success is not possible for any thesis or study that has moved the individual
to the center and is unable to contact society. All the Occupational Safety works developed today
should be done in a way that it includes the individuals life and should be paired with their life
when presented. The definition of Life Safety should be used instead of Occupational Safety.
REFERENCES
[1] T. Demirbilek-Occupational Safety Culture (Istanbul 2005) Legal Publishing, p.64-68
[2] A. Giddens - Sociology (Istanbul 2008 ) Kirmizi Publishing, p.38-39
[3] S. Freud - Totem and Taboo (Istanbul -2012 ) Say Publishing, p-51-53
[4] E. Koroglu Personality Disorders ( Ankara 2011 ) HYB Publishing, p. 18-56
[5] J. Taylor Guide to Use Intelligence ( Istanbul 2009 ) Sistem Publishing, p. 40-41
[6] E. Koroglu Personality Disorders (Ankara 2011 ) HYB Publishing, p. 18-56
501
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY STUDY IN FUEL STATIONS

Ismail Pasa1, Dimitar Dimitrov2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT:
Fuel stations are installed and operated according to specific standards and regulations. If
employees Occupational Health and Safety important that as transportation and shipping in order to
be considered as the people who come to make refueling of motor vehicles used to be one of the
public places of the fuel station requires the fulfillment without any negligence location of all safety
rules. Therefore a flammable and explosive nature which makes it necessary to the use of certain
fuels in the taking of any measure.
Fire creates the risk of explosion in fuel stations are known to be the most important factor.
This is why the fire is the most significant risk factor in fuel stations.
The risks posed by fuel station employees are caused as a result of the misuse of material used
in the station exproof or any used of. In addition to these, vehicle accidents in the region of where
the dispensers are and risks arising from natural disasters are the less likely possibilities.
Besides threatening to fire safety in Fuel Stations, in terms of the health risks posed by
exposure to Volatile Organic Compounds Employees, negatively affects human health, mostly the
lung disease.
The employees are faced by the physical, chemical and biological risks that occur from
unfavorable environmental conditions. One of the significant example for this impression is the
risks on poor human health conditions such as lung diseases caused by volatile organic compounds.
At the same time this compounds threat the fire safety at the fuel stations.
Keywords: Fuel Station, Occupational Health and Safety, Fire Safety, Explosion Proof,
Volatile Organic Compounds.
1
Ismail Cagri Pasa, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
2
Dimitar Dimitrov, Prof. Varna Free University
3
502
1.Introduction
Different varies motor vehicles used by people in daily life in Turkey as well as in Europe.
There are available internal combustion engine with land, air and sea used many vehicle. Motor
vehicles are the most widely used on land which is located in the tops of the roads they perform
refueling at fuel stations. This situation reveals the importance of the fuel stations in our daily lives.
We stop at the stations to make periodic refueling flammable and explosive nature of the fuel with a
team is essential to the introduction of measures to pose a threat to our environment we live in and
our refueling station during storage in vehicles. These measures are in Turkey, has been identified
in certain rules and regulations like the European Union countries and the other world countries.
From the beginning of the topographic analysis of the location where fuel stations will be
established to demographic structure of the staff working and many issues are included by all these
rules. Fuel sector is the lower arm of the energy industry is becoming from the European Union
basic elements human health and risk management. It is very important that the organizations
operating in this sector care for workplace safety, the protection of the health of workers and the
environment. Therefore established health, safety, environmental and safety principles, respecting
the health, safety and environment can be defined as all of the work shown to have no accidents at
work. Workplace safety, occupational health and the importance of preserving the environment is
shaped by more than one slice. Unsafe situations and behaviors, comes at the beginning of the
factors that cause accidents. (Ahmed et al, 2011), was recorded 1203 dangerous incident in fuel
stations, according to their study in 2008. They are divided into eight main categories of danger.
These are 55 of them from the station's environmental maintenance and cleaning, 255 of them from
fuel logistics in a dangerous manner, without falling fitting slip 215 of them, 244 out of
irresponsibility, 17 of them from the fire, 97 of them from the electrical leakage, 61 one of the first
aid kit, 279 of them are also caused by other factors. Additionally, accidents, strains, near miss,
environmental factors, persons related factors, the building structure and destined events are within
dangerous conditions class (Ahmed et al, 2012).
Fuel is composed of items that can be given significant damage to the environment and the
human health. Besides being a very strong sector in economic terms, the neglect suffered, not
enough of the national economy may cause environmental damage. Fuel stations, the people who
need fuel, are the areas that meet these needs. In these area there could be market building, car wash
section may or coffee shop which may vary according to factors such as land requirements, legal
requirements, landowner preferences. It does not matter how much stations contains different
service area, the oil companies are responsible for the safety and the environment. Therefore, the
results of that accident, employees will gain caused by an unsafe act of its own employees, the fuel
company is responsible for the damage to customers or the environment. Earn the spiritual and
material bill, referred to, which is always greater than the bill of measures to be taken are of great
importance in the fuel sector, the creation of the company culture. However, the buildings that make
up the upper structure of the fuel stations, underground storage tanks that make up the infrastructure
as well as providing the fuel supply to the incoming vehicle dispensers are also available. If we
consider the fuel transport tankers providing refueling the underground tanks at fuel stations from
oil refineries, their filling and emptying operators, petrol station workers all we think that are in this
danger, it is possible to analyze the risks that occur to against employees, the property and the
environment when resolving the near miss and related happenings. Evaluation of hazardous waste
in all these measures taken in fuel stations and underground storage tank enclosing the fuel will
cause the event will help to prevent near misses with the safety culture of risk factors is inevitable.
Rapidly changing technological information should be taken into account as much as possible and
should be used immediately. People can be exposed to hazardous substances in many different areas
of life. In studies with chemicals in the collection and disposal of hazardous materials exposure to
agents working can be seen.
503
2. Occupational Health and Safety in Fuel Stations
Day by day, the accelerated technological developments Although the cause of the accident at
work together based on the reason for taking the necessary measures and the beside this the
unavailability of the measures taken in one factor causing accidents.
The main cause of the explosion welded accident products which are sold in the fuel sector is
the fuel consisting of chemical explosive and flammable nature of the stems after taking the
necessary measures for hazardous substances. For these reasons this sector carries serious risks for
the employees. Fuel sector is faced every day with the risk of explosion of hazardous substances. If
we are to illustrate a few of these risks, In case of increase in working hours employees as cause
accidents increased thoughtfulness and carelessness, earthquake, due to natural causes such as
floods and lightning also likely to cause a fire or explosion falls between the major risks (Korkmaz,
2011).
Given the risk of accident and health of workers in the chemical and physical effects are
observed in the stations. Workers at petrol stations, especially pump attendants are particularly at
risk because of chemicals found in fuel. The biggest chemical risk is the theme running through the
skin with chemicals. This type of injury can be very dangerous. For example, the common benzene-
induced skin lesions in the indoor environment, poisoning through the air, has been found to cause
degradation of the digestive tract and lymphoma called disease. The physical effects are the
machine sounds, noise-induced hearing loss and physical stress. At the same time, working
conditions and long working hours, welded neck, spine and joint pain and injury are seen in other
risks from the beginning of the physical effects. Biological effects are the external environment
from the daily human circulation in fuel station and many of the employees are exposed to bacteria,
viruses and fungi contamination gives it rise to. They are also infectious disease agents. This is why
a number of encounters with health problems with stations in the cause of working conditions are
inevitable (Cezar-Vaz et al, 2012).
During the filling of fuel vehicles it is spread in a short time considerable amount of fuel
vapor environment. Major fuel aromatics are constituent benzene, toluene and xylem. Mainly
benzene chemicals they are exposed to working at the fuel station, toluene, hexane, xylem, ethyl
benzene, methanol, ethanol, phenol, isobutyl alcohol , isopropyl alcohol, formaldehyde, carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, can be listed as butane (Periago et al,
2004). Although even at low doses, due to exposure to petroleum products gives rise to many health
problems.
Benzene and other organic volatiles, irritation of the respiratory tract, the kidneys, the liver,
the central nervous system and may cause damage to the blood system. Exposure would be the main
airway. Repeated or prolonged inhalation of solvents in excess of the acceptable limits for ambient
concentrations of the work environment, damage to the central nervous system, bone marrow
damage, skin lesions, which can cause eye irritation. According to (Periago et al, 2004) and (Verma
et al, 2001) as a result of experimental studies conducted in the station at the European Union level,
the extent threatening to human health has been scientifically proven that the amount of benzene in
the air is a factor. (Gattas, 2000) argues that the fuel station employee of methanol vapor in the
atmosphere can be as effective as the molecules diffuse in the oral mucosa, respectively.
Undesirable substances in the volatile components recovery system environment in a study
conducted in Mexico have been found to have significantly decreased. According to this study, the
benzene level in the environment, including the use of system 99%, 68% and 57% of xylem was
observed that the level of toluene level drops (Ruiz-Surez et al, 2003).
Fuel stations "Occupational Health and Safety Hazard Class workplace related to
Communication" by, is located in a very dangerous class businesses. At Fuel stations, number
minimum of station manager, shift manager, pump attendants, grocery workers, oil and spare parts
sales staff, tanker drivers found, may vary depending on the size and station sales capacity. Areas of
504
work at the fuel station are office, warehouse, tank farm, compressor room, generator room, boiler
room, pump islands, sink, shower, dining room, changing room, toilet, washing-market and
lubrication. Storage tanks should be away from residential neighborhoods, the roads and railways,
in terms of technical safety. Because it is difficult to do it later on, such checks can be made of the
aggravating factor (Tea rooms, restaurants, places such as cigarettes, lighters) said distance being
established facility must apply for these facilities. From fuel tanks and filling the mouths of such
facilities in the Regulation should be stated that at least 50 m away. (Kahro et al, 2013) argues that
the areas where construction of petrol stations need to be suitable for the development of other
settlements in the city, should be subdivided in accordance with and certain distance for safety and
must be disposed according to environmental conditions.
3. Fire and Explosion at Fuel Station

Fire and explosion are the most important element of danger in fuel station. To be risk of fire
and explosion at the fuel station, around underground storage tanks or above the pump near the
field, breathing in the room next to the fuel vapor can accumulate, galleries, must have closed areas,
such as space. This closed section in the appropriate proportions of the air-fuel vapors from
accumulating mix of fire or electric lighting installations must meet with the spark.
Availability and use of mobile phones in the station is another danger. Because these handsets
are not suitable to use in ignition and explosion gas atmosphere. Be taken in such environments as
mobile phones, in the user security model station is also very clearly indicated,the degree will lead
to a huge explosion at a tiny spark of genius. Short circuit caused by the protruding battery in the
case of dropping the mobile phone on the floor in stations of mobile phones can also cause a huge
explosion (Alamio, 2009).
4. Conclusion
Petrol Stations in Turkey are organized by a number of laws and regulations as well as case
and operated business. There could be many different varies according to the location where the
existing occupational health and safety is found or it is included in this arrangement.
Overall, occupational health and safety in fuel stations TS 12820 "fuel station-safety rules" is
based on the standard of the Compulsory Standard Communiqu. "Potentially Explosive Related
Regulations with equipment and protective systems used in the environment" while setting
regulations and rules on equipment and protective systems used in these fuel stations, as well as the
"Regulations on the Protection of the danger of explosive atmospheres of employees" with
employees determine preventive measures should take in these environments. Household waste that
may occur in this type of environment can be incorporated into any kind of external waste
hazardous waste "Regulation on Control of Hazardous Wastes" is taken under control.
Their office in outside fuel stations, warehouses, while the structure needs to be done, such as
the compressor room "Regulation on Fire Protection of Buildings" has led to the need to be tailored
to the application. "Regulation on the edge of highways to be opened Attractions and Facilities"
rules of the establishment on the edge of existing roads are another of the regulations to be
complied with because of the necessary fuel stations.
Fuel storage tanks can be manufactured according to techniques which are established
completely buried in the soil and the top, the presence of explosive events in the case where any
gaps left side very weak possibility. Fuel stations, organizations and planning stage finish in rooms
where the fuel vapor, galleries, boiler room of the lack of places like atmosphere channel and vent
pipe opening mouth parts, compressors, generators, electrical panels, kitchen and etc. room should
not be installed near to the window.
(Omidvar et al, 2010) in accordance secure infrastructure at stations, improved conditions,
and that employees and customers need to be aware of all safety rules are applied is definitely a
necessity. According to a survey conducted in Tehran, the majority of the risk in the non-domestic
customers unconscious station and mobile phones they use, constitutes the station with poor
505
infrastructure and inadequate security measures and unconscious workers. Therefore, in terms of the
level of the developed world, occupational health and safety studies have done quite important.
During transport fuel in combustion and explosion characteristics of fuel stations and other
processes which have faced with many possible explosion and fire hazard. They cause serious
economic losses and personal injury. These improvements on a number of key elements for the
prevention and security levels can be increased by making development. The residential status of
the main elements of station improvements need to be made, the plan of the station, filling refueling
facilities and technology, fire-fighting equipment and the adequacy of the way, fire safety
management. These are developed and advanced in establishing a scheme to minimize risk and
hazard rate is possible (Zhang, 2014).
REFERENCES
[1] Afolabi T. (2011) Assessment of Safety Practices in Filling Stations in Ile-Ife, South
Western Nigeria. Journal Of Community Medicine And Primary Health Care Vol. 23,
nos 1&2 , Mar/Sept. 2011.
[2] Agwu MO. (2012) Impact Of Employees Safety Culture On Organisational
Performance In Shell Bonny Terminal Integrated Project (BTIP). European Journal Of
Business And Social Sciences, Vol. 1, No. 5, Pp 70-82, August 2012.
[3] Ahmed MM, Shariff AM, Khamidi MF. (2011) Petrol Fuel Station Safety and Risk
Assessment Framework. 978-1-4577-1884-7/11 2011 IEEE
[4] Ahmed MM, Kutty SRM, Khamidi MF, Othman I,Shariff AM. (2012) Hazard
Contributing Factors Classification for Petrol Fuel StationWorld Academy of Science,
Engineering and Technology Vol:6 2012-12-24.
[5] Alamio B. (2009) Cell Phones and Gas Stations-A Hazardous Situation? Division of
Chemical Healty and Safety of the American Chemical Society elsevier Inc. P. 43
[6] Regulation on Fire Protection of Buildings, Official Paper Date: 19.12.2007 No: 26735.
[7] Carrieri M, Bonfiglio E, Scapellato ML, Macc I, Tranfo G,Faranda P,Paci E,
Bartolucci GB. (2005) Comparison of Exposure Assessment Methods in Occupational
Exposure to Benzene in Gasoline Filling Station Attendants. Toxicology Letters Vol.
162 (2006) 146152.
[8] Cezar-Vaz MR, Rocha LP, Bonow CA, Silva MRS, Vaz JC, Cardoso LS. (2012) Risk
Perception and Occupational Accidents: A Study of Gas Station Workers in Southern
Brazil. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2012, 9, 2362-2377
[9] Colman R,Coleman A. (2006) Unexpected Cause of Raised Benzene Absorption in
Coke Oven By-product Workers. Society of Occupational Medicine.
[10] Cruz-Nez X, Hernndez-Sols JM, Ruiz-Sur ez LG. (2003) Evaluation of Vapor
Recovery Systems Efficiency and Personal Exposure in Service Stations in Mexico
City. The Science of the Total Environment vol. 309 (2003) 5968.
[11] Regulations on the Protection the Employees from the Hazards of the Explosive
Environment, Official Paper Date: 30.04.2013 No: 28633.
[12] elik A, ava T, Gzkara S. (2003) Cytogenetic biomonitoring in petrol station
attendants: micronucleus test in exfoliated buccal cells. Mutagenesis vol. 18 no. 5 pp.
417-421, 2003
[13] Fort Sill Fire Prevention Branch. 9 July 2002 Static Electricity and Fires at the Gas
Pumps. Source: sill-www.army.mil/des/FuelandStaticElectricity.doc . Last access:
20.04.2015.
[14] Gatts GJF, Cardoso LA, Medrado-Faria MA, Saldanha PH. (2000) Frequency of Oral
Mucosa Micronuclei in Gas Station Operators after Introducing Methanol. Occupational
Medicine. Vol. 51 no.2 (2001) 107-113.
[15] Ioj CI, Tudor CA.(2011) Temporal Analysis of Incompatible Land-use and Land-
cover: The Proximity Between Residential Areas and Gas Stations in Bucharest
506
Suburban Area Procedia Environmental Sciences vol. 14 ( 2012 ) 49 58.
[16] Karakitsios SP, Papaloukas CL, Kassomenos CA, Pilidis GA (2007) Assessment and
Prediction of Exposure to Benzene of Filling Station Employees. Atmospheric
Environment vol.41 (2007) 95559569.
[17] Khahroa SH, Matorib AN, Chandiob IA, Talpurb MAH. (2013) Land Suitability
Analysis for Installing New Petrol Filling Stations Using GIS. Procedia Engineering
vol.77 ( 2014 ) 28 36.
[18] Kl, A. (2008) Fire Safety in Fuel Stations. Fire Safety and Protection Systems
Journal, vol.117, June 2008.
[19] Regulations on the Facilities Bulild and Operating on the Highway Edge, Official Paper
Date: 15.05.1997 No: 22990.
[20] Korkmaz O. (2011) Occupational Health and Safety in the Chemical Industry in
Turkey. ZKU Journal of Social Sciences, Volume 7, Number 14, 2011.
[21] Moro AM, Brucker N, Charo MF, Sauer E, Freitas F, Durgante J, Bubols G,
Campanharo S, Linden R, Souza AP, Bonorino C, Moresco R, Pilger D, Gioda A,
Farsky S, Duschl A, Garcia SC. (2014) Early hematological and immunological
alterations in fuel station attendants exposed to benzene. Environmental Research
vol.137 (2015) 349356.
[22] The Regulations on the used Equipment and Protective Systems at Probable Explosive
Environments. (94/9/At), Official Paper Date: 30.12.2006 No: 26392 (4.Mk.)
[23] Nouri J, Omidvari M, Tehrani SM. (2009) Risk Assessment and Crisis Management in
Gas Stations. Int. J. Environ. Res., 4(1):143-152,Winter 2010.
[24] Periago JF, Prado C. (2005) Evolution of Occupational Exposure to Environmental
Levels of Aromatic Hydrocarboms in Service Stations. Occupational Hygiene Society;
vol. 49.(2005) 233-240.
[25] Regulation on the Inspection of the Hazardous Waste. Official Paper Date: 14.03.2005
No: 25755
[26] TS 12820 " Fuel stations safety rules " standard obligatory standard communique
(Communique No: SG-2003/90) Industrial and Trade Ministery. Official Paper
Date:29.09.2003. No: 25244.
[27] Tshoose C. (2014) Placing The Right to Occupational Health and Safety within a
Human Rights Framework: Trends and Challenges for South Africa. 8th International
Conference on Legal, Security and Privacy Issues in IT (LSPI 2013) and the 7th Intl
Law and Trade Conference (ILTC), 4th International Private Law Conference and 3rd
International Public Law Conference, held in Bangkok from 1115 November 2013.
[28] Tunsaringkarn T, Prueksasit T, Kitwattanavong M, Siriwong W, Sematong S, Zapuang
K, Rungsiyothin A (2012) Cancer Risk Analysis of Benzene, Formaldehyde and
Acetaldehyde on Gasoline Station Workers. Journal of Environmental Engineering &
Ecological Science (2012) doi: 10.7243/2050-1323-1-1.
[29] Verma Y, Rana SVS. (2001) Biological Monitoring of Exposure to Benzene in Petrol
Pump Workers and Dry Cleaners. Industrial Health vol.39 (2001) 330333.
[30] Zhang H. (2014) The Research About Fire Prevention of Vehicle Refuelling Stations.
Procedia Engineering vol.71 ( 2014 ) 385 389.
507
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
GREEN PORT CONCEPTION AND LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Milena Kichekova1, Oguz Ozyaral2, Mete Cece3
ABSTRACT:
Today, maritime transport has an important place in passenger, freight and commodity
transportation along with high costing and large scale transportations. One of the most important
aspects of maritime transport are the ports when the works in ports and the use of power sources are
observed, the safety and recycling of natural resources and labor becomes important.
Therefore, one of the policies that was based on voluntary principles and developed for the
purposes of conserving resources in ports, reducing pollution, using renewable energy and recycled
materials is Green Port policy. In this study, information on Green Port conception and
implementations shall be provided.
Keywords: maritime transport, Green Port policy.
1
Milena Kichekova, Assoc. Prof. Ph.D., Dipl.Eng., Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar, Varna, Bulgaria, e-
mail: mkichekova@gmail.com
2
Oguz Ozyaral, Assoc.Prof.Dr., YeniYzyil University, Istanbul, Turkey, e-mail: oguzozyaral@yahoo.com
3
Mete Cece, Ph.D., Istanbul, Turkey, e-mail: mete.cece@gmail.com
508
1. Introduction.
Globalized economies and increased consumption have rapidly increased the foreign trade
based on the world population and technology. This increase has been felt in the same parallel in the
maritime transport. According to the 2012 date, approximately 9.2 tons of freight was transported in
the world by maritime [1].
In 2013, 384,930,758 cargos were handled in Turkish ports. 8,333km of coastline and
surrounded on all three sides by the sea in this geography, our country has 260 port facilities. 172 of
these port facilities are being used for commercial/trading purposes.
The mentioned ports are located near the city centers or close to them. Ship and port
operations that carry out their works in these regions have potential risks that threaten the cities and
oceans in terms of pollution. Legal sanctions and conscious society point to the social-responsibility
project, Green Port, for a cleaner world that will be left to our children in the future.
Within this framework, the Green Port projects which are prestige factors and the Green Port
title as a result are very important for a sustainable environment and health living.
2. Green Port Conception.

The Green Port is a policy that is based on volunteerism and expresses a sustainable
environment-consciousness. With this policy, it is aimed to preserve nature we were trusted with, to
reduce pollution to the lowest possible levels, to increase the use of renewable energy and recycled
materials, and to reduce the negative impacts on the ports and its surroundings. The Green Port
Policy is evaluated under 7 main titles.
1-Wildlife Policy
2-Air Policy
3-Water Policy
4-Soil and Sediment Policy
5-Education Policy
6-Sustainability Policy
7-Energy Policy [2]
3. International Legal Responsibilities of the Green Port Title

The maritime transport has become a feature that directs discoveries, cultural exchanges and
trading for humanity. The developing societies have formed, in maritime transport, acceptable
international organizations for themselves and they have tried to determine the sectors standards by
publishing various agreements and conventions with these organizations.
Considered to be on top of these organizations, the IMO (International Maritime
Organization) have published many agreements that blamed the ships and ports.
Aside from the international laws on Green Port, the international regulations in question are
listed below.
- United Nations Convention on the Laws of the Sea,
- Safety of Life in Sea Agreement (SOLAS),
- Marine Environment Protection Committee (MEPC),
- International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL),
- Kyoto Protocol
- Montreal Protocol,
- Global Action Program for the Protection of the Marine Environment from the UN Land-
Based Activities,
- London Convention: Discharge of Wastes and Other Substances in Sea and Prevention of
Maritime Pollution Convention,
- Helsinki Convention (HELCON),
- International Convention for the Control and Management of Ballast Water and Sediments,
- Global Ballast Water Management Program,
- International Convention for the Prevention of Oil and Marine Pollution,
509
- Anti-Petroleum Pollution Preparedness,
-International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and Co-
Operation(OPRC),
- International Convention on Civil-Liability (CLC),
- International Convention on Legal Responsibility of Bunker Oil Pollution Damage,
- International Convention on the Responsibilities Regarding Carrying Hazardous and
Noxious Substances with Sea and the Liabilities of Loss (HNS),
- United Nations Environmental Program,
- Basel Convention,
- Rotterdam Convention
4. Green Port Application in Turkey

Port businesses that have established the integrated management system and quality
management systems (ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS18001) and own a temporary/valid
operating license can apply for a Green Port at the Ministry of Transportation, Maritime Affairs and
Communications by preparing the 34 documents listed below [3].
1-Detailed presentation of the facility,
2-One copy of each of the international certification systems that the port facility owns,
3-Environmental Management System Manual,
4-Waste Management Plan,
5-Integrated Management System,
6-Explanatory information on the functioning of the integrated management system,
7-Emergency Response Plan,
8-Regulatory Compliance Monitoring Table,
9-Detailed information on the environmental officer,
10- Contents of the wastes generated in the port facility, works done for these wastes and
information on the measures taken,
11-Information related to the carried out and planned to be carried out works on preventing
the pollution originating from the handing equipments located inside the port area,
12-Information related to the carried out and planned to be carried out works on preventing
the ship-based emissions,
13-One copy of the exemptions, permits and licenses received from the Ministry of
Environment and Urbanization,
14- Waste Oil Declaration Form and a copy of the waste oil report,
15-A copy of the national Waste Transfer form that is created for each waste inside the port
facility,
16- Copies of the waste transportation agreements. Copies of the authorization documents,
received from the Ministry of Environment and Urbanization, of the organization/establishment
handling the transportation,
17-Information on disposals. Copies of the authorization documents, received from the
Ministry of Environment and Urbanization, of the organization/establishment handling the
transportation. Copies of the agreements,
18- Information on receiving waste from the ships. Copies of the waste transfer forms filled-
out for the wastes taken from the ships,
19- If there are vehicles not leaving the boundaries of the port facility, copies of the
documents which show that the vehicles in question were checked for exhaust emission
measurements and copies of their conformity documents,
20- Lists and contents of the training that every personnel received by authorized institutions
in a way that they cover all types of waste that can occur within the port facility,
21- Copy of the waste management agreement that is within the scope of the Management of
Hazardous Waste Control Regulation,
510
22- Copy of the mandatory financial liability policy for hazardous substances and hazardous
waste,
23-Copies of the medical waste agreement and follow-up forms,
24-Copy of the agreement to obtain sludge and bilge waste,
25-Copies of permissions and analysis from the water pollution control regulations,
26-Copy of the Wastewater Treatment Plan Project Approval,
27-Copy of the Waste Management Table,
28-Provide information (responsible person, training, certificate, etc.) on the works and
research conducted if the port is within the scope of the IMDG Code,
29-Copies of the list of EIA permissions and documents,
30- Copy of the document evaluating the noise pollution within the scope of the Assessment
and Management of Environmental Noise Regulations,
31-Copy of the Environment Officers Service Agreement,
32-Provide information on the subjects of Environment and especially the Prevention of
Marine Pollution if there are memberships to any Non-Governmental Organization,
33- Provide information on the project if you have any Social Responsibility Projects related
to the Oceans and the Environment,
34- Within the scope of environmental pollution, if the port facility was subjected to any
fines, sanctions, warnings and etc. by any institutions/establishments, provide one copy of every
document and information related to the process.
Provide information related to the works/studies conducted intended towards the elimination
of deficiencies that cause environmental pollution.
5. Green Port in Europe

As an optional social responsibility, the European ports obtain Green Port titles. Today we see
examples of it in England, Germany, Italy, France and Slovenia. In reference to C02 emissions
being low in Germany and some European countries, we know that there are discounts provided in
port fees that are up to 6%.
Slovenias Luka Koper Port is a Green Port that can be an example for our study. In the Koper
Port, the water consumed is recycled water. The water obtained from the ocean and the water wells
are used in industrial processes. In case of emergencies, high-pressure water is drawn directly from
the sea.
With the Green Port implementations, a lot of attention was paid to the environment and
vegetation covers. For this purpose, more than 2,000 trees were planted with environmental
organizations and complying with natures balance, 200 of those were planted as olive trees. tons
of harvested olives in the port area are distributed among the partners/shareholders.
The instantaneous dust measurements, noise measurements and sea water air measurements
are posted instantly on the Koper Ports website.
Aside from the cargo handling, the port handles 50 cruise ships and hosts 60,000 passengers.
The Koper Port is a member of many international organizations. They are: ESPO, European
Ecoports Foundation, IMO, Feports, Medcruise and NAPA.
In 2013, the Koper Port has donated 900,000 euros to charities. It also supports many
scientific studies. Uses environmentally-sensitive equipments. These are:
Anti-dust-screened storage areas, Floating membranes white storage tanks, Closed-system
conveyors, automatic equipments and environmentally-conscious equipments such as prevent-
falling during processes.
As for the noise pollution, it pays attention to the limits as per the Regulation on the
Threshold Values of the Environmental Noise Indicators (RS NO.105/05 and 34/06) set by the
/government of Slovenia.
The Waste Management continues by establishing the Komunela Koper Waste Management
Center and providing services to the outside, the lighting performs 85% of the current regulations,
511
waste water works are still continuing and for this, 142 hectares of drainage system have been
included inside the port units.
The Luka Koper Ports certificates can be listed as: ISO 14001:2004, ISO 9001:2008,
OHSAS 18001:2007, HCCCP, ISO 22000:2005, SEVEGO II and EMAS.
In 2013, The Koper Port was awarded for energy savings by the EUREM (European Energy
Manager),
Environmentally-conscious and energy-saving equipments are used at the Koper Ports and
other Green Ports [11].
6. Green Port in Turkey

In order to reduce ports-originated pollution and establish operations that are environmentally
friendly and uses productive technology; the Green Port Project is a voluntary-based practice that is
internationally accepted and started by the Ministry of Transportation, Maritime Affairs and
Communications on behalf of the environment. It is under the authorization of the Ministry as the
Directorate General of Maritime Trading to providecertificates and logos[8]. The Directorate
General of Maritime Trading organizes Green Port Certificate qualification by using almost 10
regulations as a reference [2,9].A policy was created by the Ministry of Environment and
Urbanization related to the waste collection from the ships and their disposal, taking emergency
measures after contamination, and preventing the pollution of petroleum and other harmful
substances in the oceans and surroundings.
The Climate ChangeNational Action Plan by the EU acquis has accepted the legislation on
ship-originated Co2 emissions and it was proposed that legal regulations be executed to increase the
use of alternative fuel and clean vehicles in transportation until 2023 and that the same legal
regulations be applied to the foreign flagged cargo and passenger ships [5,6,7].
In our country, Altinel, Borusan, Evyap, Gemport and Marport are ports that have received
the Green Port certificate. Autoport, Egeport, Limas, Limak and Aksa ports have applied and
currently trying to develop standards [2].
7. Conclusion and Recommendations

Today, mandatory climate changes and environmental issues grow everyday and threaten our
future. Reducing of gas emissions, increasing sea water quality, energy efficiency with integrated
management system, using recycled materials and waste management have become essential
practices for our future. Parameters such as noise pollution, efficient energy use, waste disposal, air
quality and sea water quality are situations that are questioned and requested from the companies to
be standard-compliant.
The European Union aims to reduce the Co2 emissions by 40% in 2050.
In 2012 data, only the maritime transport has 4.66% of Co2 emissions in Turkey [4].
When the data is seen and we look at the big picture, Green Port implementations can be seen
as a solution in port operations of the sector. Together with this solution, important resources and
accepted references can be reached in order to create international standards.
With Green Port practices, environmentally-conscious implementations and equipments such
as Greencranes, Losamedcham, Memo, Memh, Climeport, and Seamarine will be coming to our
country [11].
For the mentioned implementations, under the terms of competition, it will be inevitable for
our countrys ports not to be supported by the government channels using encouragement and
discounts on resource usage.
In addition, electrical cranes, LED lighting and wastes are subjects that attract attention with
the Green Port implementation. While the use of electrical cranes are recommended in our
country, some ports are seen as an industrial facility and pay their electric as a industrial subscriber
group and other ports are as commercial business and pay as a commercial business subscriber
group and therefore cause unfair competition, and in terms of ports that pay electric under the
commercial rates, the use of electric cranes will likely impact their operations due to costs [2].
512
Ultimately, in order for the continuation of the indispensable/essential ports and for them to
reach international standards, we, as government and businesses, employees and beneficiaries,
contractors and local people, have to take the necessary steps to do our part with consciousness and
awareness.
REFERENCES
[1] UNCTAD, Review of Maritime Transport, 2013.
[2] TURKLIM Port Sector Report, 2013.
[3] http://www.ubak.gov.tr
[4] TUIK, 2012, National Greenhouse Gas Inventory Report 1990-2011.
[5] www.shipemission.org. EU Matching Project, Control of the Ship-Based Emissions,
2013.
[6] European Commission, 2012, Turkey 2012 Progress Reports, Commission Working
Documents.
[7] Ministry of Environment and Urbanization, 2012, Climate Change Action Plan of the
Turkish Republic.
[8] UDHB, 2013, Directorate of Ports In-Service Training Seminar.
[9] General Directorate of Maritime Trading, 2012, Legal Legislations that the Green Port
Facility must meet.
[10] http://web.shgm.gov.tr.
[11] http:/www.zivetispristaniscem.si
513
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
THE REASONS FOR GREAT FIRES AND EXPLOSION INCIDENTS IN THE PROVINCE
OF ISTANBUL
Milena Kichekova1, Oguz Ozyaral2, Sahin Iplikci3
ABSTRACT:
The decided topics have been summarized below in this study in order to research the detailed
reasons that were recognized to cause the development and starting of great fires and explosions
between the years 2003- 2012 in the province of Istanbul .which also echoed through out our
country and through out the world.
Judicial officers arranged complete detailed research in order to obtain the required work
results and reasons of Great fires and explosion incidents between these years. Therefore these
incidents have been listed and organized .additionally incidents have been organized in files using
Headlines, for example; the name of the fire/explosion, occurring quarter, incident date, the
considered situation and interference in the incident area, death and fatalities and damaged location.
Keywords: fires, explosion incidents, research.
1
Milena Kichekova, Assoc. Prof. Ph.D., Dipl.Eng., Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar, Varna, Bulgaria,
e-mail: mkichekova@gmail.com
2
Oguz Ozyaral, Assoc.Prof.Dr., YeniYzyil University, Istanbul, Turkey, e-mail: oguzozyaral@yahoo.com
3
Sahin Iplikci, Ph.D., Istanbul, Turkey, e-mail: uzm-sahin@hotmail.com
514
1. Introduction.
The causes of fire and explosion have been understood by the human race from the beginning
of civilization. Nowadays parallel to the growth of technology it has brought the increase of fire and
explosion related accidents. Large fire and explosion incidents that occurred were the reason for the
loss of human life and properties thus leaving deep scars on our countries population. These events
were committed in order to sabotage Istanbul. For example among these particular events there was
a fire that occurred in the munitions storage which murdered a large quantity of military soldiers.
Additionally in the year 2003 the attack on the English and Israel head consulates as well as the
HSBC bank alongside with Egyptian Bazaar bombing In Istanbul created the inducement of heavy
life loss and fatalities joined with property loss.
These explanations show that parallel to the growth of technology the growth of property and
moral loss increases when fire and explosion accidents are involved just not only in our country but
throughout the world.
During our existence fire and explosion incidents that take place are down to couple of
reasons. With explosions that cause moral damage it is unavoidable not to look in to details like the
date, where about, the cause, the total fatalities, injuries and total damage. The reasoning of these
events is due to neglect, the lack of information, accidents and sabotage. The sabotages aim is to
diminish any sort of institutions that help with the development of the Countries economy.
Actions like destruction, burning occur in sabotage. Those who want to cause destruction
generally go against the politic, ideological and religious beliefs. Generally, institutions that
produce strategic products and service are the targets for such sabotages. Also terror attacks should
be handled in the same category. The reasons for using tools to sabotage can be listed as; drawing
attention, propagandizing, creating an anarchic atmosphere, wearing out the security forcers,
murdering people, creating fear and panic, spreading terror, harming the states institutions and
establishments and creating insecurity and hopelessness among the population of working-class
people. [5]
There were two suicide bombs attacks taken out on The Beth Israel synagogue on November
the 15th 2003 and The British head consulate 5 days after these attacks ended up with creating deep
emotional scarring on our countries population. Both of these suicide attacks were the reason for
many death and fatalities.
And they caused a large amount of materialistic damage. Another incident that was ignited
from this action was the famous Esenyurt fire.
2. Explosive materials.
All the explosive materials are mixtures of chemical compositions and when they disintegrate
and are under high pressure; they produce deadly gases and suddenly increase the atmospheres heat
to a high degree. Oxygen, nitrogen and chlorine are the most important elements in the formation of
explosive materials. The oxygen value of the explosive materials should be positive(+)while
stopping a fire whereas if it is negative (-) oxygen values show that the burning continues.
The power and intensity of an explosive material depends on 3 factors
1)intensity (kg/L)the intensity it is filled with
2)its energy (kcal/kg oC)
3)Detonation speed or the spreading of the explosion (m/s)
The intensity of the explosion is determined by the ferociousness of these three factors.
the gasses that are a result of the material that exploded is due to the pressure and disintegration that
causes energy. There gases turn the heat that comes out of the explosion into kinetic energy.
t is possible to measure the amount of heat caused from the destruction. .the warmth of the
detonation/explosion can be calculated by the fragmentation decomposition. The detonation
speed/explosion speed is the main feature to learn the impact of the explosion material it is
measured by meters by second (m/s) or kilometers by second (km/s) and this measurement shows
the spreading speed of the occurring explosion .The detonation indicates the greatness of the speed
and the destruction power of the explosive material.
515
The pressure formed by the emerging gasses after the result of an explosion can show a
deadly and destructive effect if even the detonation takes place in the open outside. The reason for
this is that in the area were the explosion takes place air cant avoid the speed of the explosion so it
cant escape through the atmosphere there for the air becomes a wall so the explosion becomes
unavoidable.
The detonation speed changes due to the intensity of the materials .and when the compression
is at its highest level of intensity it will form a constant value. This rule is only valid for explosions
which are formed out of crystal compounds which have a certain composition .this rule is not valid
for explosives which are formed by mixing chemicals which include ammonium nitrate and
colloidal additions. Its important to take note of possible mistakes with the measuring the heat.
This is because the average heat of molecules is measured when the heat reaches 3500oC. It is also
difficult to keep track of the kinetics the molecules create in such high heats. As a result detonation
heats or gas volumes do not have a specific value. Its all down to the explosive event, the intensity
of the explosive material, the fierceness of the ignition and the resistance of the environment.
Depending on factors, a slight change in any of them results in all values changing. [4]
Examples of detonating explosives include; Dynamite, Nitroglycerine, Mercury Fulminate,
Ammonium nitrate fuel oil (ANFO) [4]
Below you can see the calculated explosion features that have taken the hydrodynamic
theories in consideration for ammonium nitrate explosive material:
Chemical composition: NH4NO3
Molecule gravity: 80(g/mol)
Nitrogen amount: 35%
Oxygen value: +19,888 (g Oxygen/100g AN)
Intensity: 1 (g/cm3)
Warmth: 1 350 ( oC)
Pressure: 2.5 (kg/cm2)
Explosion speed: 3400 (m/s)
3. Fires and explosions in the province Istanbul

Some of the occurring fire and explosion incidents were examined in the province of stanbul
in the years 2003-2012.At That time There are some political violences in the world, examples
Colombia march 23, 1988, April, 2, 1988-caracas, Venezuela .[9]
3.1 Explosions
The name of the explosion: Suicide bomb attack
Incident quarter: The bombing occurred in Istanbul, Sisli Rumeli road, Nakiye Elgun street
in front of Synagogues Beth, Israel.
Date of incident: The explosion was denounced in the month of November 15, 2003 at 9.00
AM. The explosion was extinguished at 9.45 AM by the Istanbul Municipality Fire Department
Management.
The reason behind the explosion and the materials involved: In the report that was
prepared by the stanbul Beyolu firefighter group in 10.12.2003; after all investigations were done
is was concluded that the reasoning behind the explosion was to cause a sabotage. The explosive
material was predicted to be around 500kg of Ammonium Nitrate.
Situation seen at the incident and intervention: When the firefighters arrived at the
explosion scene, it was obvious to see that there were many deaths. Their first priority was to help
those in life threatening danger followed by getting them to hospital asap. t was immediately
noticeable that these was brutal damage done to the surrounding vehicles and buildings. It was also
obvious it was a bombing attack and also that the ignition of the explosion was due to the natural
gas box that had been ripped apart. During the explosion the fire that was in buildings and vehicles
opposite Synagogue was put out. The people trapped inside the building and the surrounding
buildings were evacuated. Those who died were then later on taken away.
516
Those who were injured and those who died during the explosion: There were 15 fatalities
and several injured humans who were transported to the hospital (Fig. 1)
Fig. 1. The aftermath of the explosion.
The damage report from the incident: despite several deaths and heavy fatalities the result
of the explosion that took place on the Nakiye Ergn street. In this location their was serious
institution damaged for instance their were 53 buildings that received structural damage in total
their was 24 windows with frames, 22 slightly damaged and 7 moderately damaged (Fig. 2, 3). And
the result of the explosion cause a large vehicle loss in total 21 cars of different bands and models.
[1]
Fig.2. The damage to institution due to the Fig. 3. Damage of vehicles due to the
explosion explosion
517
Explosion number 2
The name of the explosion: suicide bombers attack
Place the incident occurred: in the province of Istanbul in the Sub province named Beyolu
on the tepeba road in front of the British consulate.
Incident date: the explosion took place around 11.05 am in November the 20th 2003 and the
fire that was caused by the explosion was extinguished by 11.30am which was fast because the
stanbul s big city fire brigade arrived at 11.12 am.
The reason of the explosion and the materials used to cause it: according to the report
dated in the explosion date by the stanbul s big city fire brigade group management .the results of
their investigation showed that this was a scheduled suicide bombing to directly attack on the
security forces in our country . the researchers who studied this case realized at the explosion
location that the material used for the explosion were Amonium Nitrate NH4 N03 ant the amount
was found to have been 1500kg.
Situation seen at the incident and intervention: When the team arrive at the bombed scene;
they discovered that an explosive filled truck had entered the English consulate. The explosion
caused cavity that was 6m long and 1,5m deep. The two floured double buildings in front of the
main consulate building had completely collapsed and the other buildings on the Merutiyet street
were exposed to a lot damage. There were also a lot of fatalities due to this explosion. A lot of
vehicles close to the area were on fire. Along with the first assessment of this event at the same time
those who were hurt were helped and those who died were transferred away from the area.
Those who were injured and those who died during the explosion: As a result of the
explosion there were 18 fatalities in total and a lot of people with heavy injuries transferred to a
hospital.
Fig. 4. Damage done to the vehicles and building due to the explosion
The damage report from the incident: From this event that occurred at the English
Consulate; there were 7 people with fatal injures, 4 with middle rated injuries, 10 with little injuries
and 109 windows that had broken along with 130 buildings that had been damaged and 28 vehicles
around the area had also been damaged. [1]
518
Fig. 5. Damage done to the vehicles and building due to the explosion
3.2. Fires.
Fire no: 1
Name of fire: The Esenyurt Fire
Location of fire: stanbul, Esenyurt County, Guzelyurt street, 12. avenue, Marmara park,
ATM construction where the workers stayed at the worksite.
Date of incident: The fire occurred on the date 11.03.2012 at 21.00 at the worksite.
Reasoning behind the incident: The fire happened in the worksite dorm full of sponge filled
bunk beds. The ignition began due to the compacted amount of wires that were around the metal
bars of the bunk beds. The electric cables caused unsustainable heat, started burning and then
gradually spread along the sponge filled bunk beds. The materials in the surrounding area where
also very suitable for the fire to spread with ease. After investigation in the tent fire no building
structure and fire prevention (sprinkler) system. [10]
Fig. 6. Esenyurt tent fire, Istanbul
The injured people and fatalities involved in this incident: Generally fires eventuate in a
lot of financial damage. The region this fire started had a lot of risks and things suddenly changing
caused the damage to grow even bigger. These factors are; High amount of heat, the formation of
poisonous fumes, electric shocks, objects collapsing ect. and they all result in negative effects for
people in the surrounding area. Also during this event, people going into shock, inhaling poisonous
fumes, getting an electric shock causing a temporary memory loss along with organs burning and
other burns are all commonly due to fire incidents. 11 people died as a result of this fire incident.
519
Damage caused by the fire: It was realized that the tents built for the workers during the fire,
was not a suitable option to maintain their security and health. It was crucial to take every measure
provide the workers with any tools that where needed and to maintain their health and security.
The injured people and fatalities involved in this incident: Generally fires eventuate in a
lot of financial damage. The region this fire started had a lot of risks and things suddenly changing
caused the damage to grow even bigger. Tent fire looks like rubber fire. Temperatures were high
enough to melt corrugated steel elevator doors. [13]
These factors are; High amount of heat, the formation of poisonous fumes, electric shocks,
objects collapsing etc. and they all result in negative effects for people in the surrounding area. Also
during this event, people going into shock, inhaling poisonous fumes, getting an electric shock
causing a temporary memory loss along with organs burning and other burns are all commonly due
to fire incidents. 11 people died as a result of this fire incident.
Damage caused by the fire: It was realized that the tents built for the workers during the fire,
was not a suitable option to maintain their security and health. It was crucial to take every measure
provide the workers with any tools that where needed and to maintain their health and security. In
the area where the fire took place the dormitory (2), the refectory, the dressing room and 4 tent
dormitories had completely burned and the refectory tent had partially been damaged. [3]
Before the fire reaches its full momentum, there is a tendency to use water streams fed from
the water thanks of nearby exposed buildings. The fire protection facilities within a building are
designed for its protection. [13]
4. Aftermath and suggestions.

Listed below are the reasons behind why the fires & bombings took place and how they
progressed in year 2002-2012.
(1) The investigated bombings were done to sabotage and it was concluded as a suicidal
bombing attack.
(2) As a result; a lot of financial damage had occurred along with the death of 33 people.
(3) The thought process of the suicide bomb that took place definitely overlapped the mindset
of a sabotage.
(4) The ignition of the fires that were investigated generally were due to some complication
with the electric installation.
(5) With the lack of proper installation of additional cables, carelessness and neglect all
resulted in a large amount of financial damage and the death of 11 people.
(6) In these incidents that took place the people involved are always the number one priority.
So in situations like these educating people to reduce the financial and moral damage is the most
crucial factor.
(7) So in situations like bombings and fires occurring they can only be avoided by people who
are educated on the matter and know how to put a fire out.
(8) t is crucially important to make the right actions when incidents like fires, bombings,
nuclear station explosions occur. Some of these actions being; good planning, periodic education in
healing and INTELLIGENCE.
(9) Theres great benefit in doing research beforehand about the topics of fires and bombing
in Turkey. Other researches done in different Countries may not apply for the fires and bombings
that have occurred in Turkey. These researches must be done by the Interior Ministry. There should
also be collaboration between Universities and Research Institutes and especially with Medical
Institutes.
REFERENCES
[1] Iplikci and comrades. 2003. Suicide bombing occurrence in the area of Istanbul, ili.
Document Hz. 2003/45454, Istanbul.
[2] 2003 Suicide bombing occurrence in the area of stanbul, Beyolu. Document Hz.
2003/20910, Istanbul.
520
[3] 2012. Fire incident occurrence in Esenyurt. Document Hz. 2002/6601, stanbul.
[4] 1995. Engineering analysis of fires and explosions. Printed in the United States of
America, ISBN.: 0-8493-8117-X,USA.
[5] Uyar, T and S. Aksoy. 2005. General Chemistry, Gazi University, 8. print, Ankara.
[6] Bicer, A and Yalcin,H, Inorganic Kimyasal Teknoloji, Gazi nuiversity, Ankara
[7] Afet Ynetimi Deerlendirilmesi ve neriler 15& 20 Kasm 2003 Terr Saldrlar, T
Press 2005 Istanbul
[8] Patlama Teorisi, Hava Snf Okullar Teknik Eitim Merkezi Komutanl, Gaziemir-
zmir 2001 Mutok Yaynlar, Yldrm, A.
[9] Significant Incidents of political Violence Aganst Amercans, United States
Department of State Bureau of Diplomatic Security, Revised May 1989 Washington.
[10] State Fire Marshalls Office, Line Of Duty Death Investigation, Investigation Number
03-194-01, Firefighter James Taylor, Bonham Fire Department, January 19, 2003
Texas, USA
[11] Explosive Thereat Response Planning: Bomb Threats, Mail Bombs. Truck Bombs and
suspicious Objects, Barbara B.Balser, National Chair, Abraham H. Foxman, National
Director, 2003, 2005 Anti-Defamation League, Printed in the United States of America
[12] The Economics of Fire Protection, 1998 G. Ramachandran, London and New York
[13] Strategic Concepts in Fire Fighting, Edward P. McAniff, John J. Cunningham, Editor,
Fire Engineering Books&Videos
521
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:
,
. - , ,
. - .
,
,
. , ,

, .
: , , ,
RESEARCH TECHNIQUE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY IN THE MANUFACTURE OF

PLASTIC PRODUCTS BY INJECTION MOLDING
Mustafa Ozdogan1, Neli Trizlova2
ABSTRACT:
Plastics are polymeric organic substances which are solid at normal temperature. There are
many methods for processing plastics - rotational molding, extrusion, injection and others. Spraying
is the most widely used method of them. Training of all employees in the sector on matters
concerning occupational health and safety, and the use of personal protective equipment should be
introduced as a mandatory requirement for the sector. Research to make th aim hazard identification
and risk in the manufacture of plastic injection molding and measures must be taken to reduce them.
Keywords: injection molding, safety engineering, danger, risk
1
M , SAN PLASTK KALIP SAN. VE TC. LTD. T.,
Mustafa Ozdogan, m.ozdogan@ucsan.com.tr
2
, , ,
Neli Trizlova , assos.prof., PhD, VFU, trizlova@abv.bg
522
1. Introduction
Occupational safety applications have begun at the workplaces which are within the scope of
industrial law 4857/22.05.2003 and occupational health and safety law 6331/20.06.2012
which the government have legislated on the subject of occupational health and safety. These laws
whose aims are to ensure the health and safety at workplaces and prevent occupational accidents
and diseases give an opportunity and obligation to studying of prevention and correction to the
government, employer and employee at the same time.
The aim of this paper is to provide occupational health and safety in the plastic injection
facilities which have occupational health and safety rules. The paper try to determine the answers of
these questions: What is plastic? What is the history of plastic? What are the impacts of plastic on
human health? What is the plastic injection project? What are the risks and hazards during
application of the project? What are the necessary precautions? Possible hazards and risks in all
supportive components, preventing all of them and general standards which are about studies are
tried to determine. In plastic injection technology especially the sector-specific studies which
provide to decrease occupational accidents and diseases will be done by considering staff, manager
and company owner andthe occupational accidents and their solutions in other facilities. But to
what extend we mention about plastic injection facilities, the hazards and risk differ from the
quality of work, used products and type of raw materials, type of machine to staff experience and
knowledge and new technologic developments even in the same sector. For example, while it is
necessary to have air-conditioning for one production line, it is not necessary for some production
lines. We try to examine fundamental elements like how international laws and legislative
regulations approve by prioritizing human health.
All of these studies will be investigated in a facility which has produced home appliance,
utensils, food storage pots, flower pots; cat and dog food pots etc. and has 172 workers, 34 grouting
machines, and has accordingly parts and units. In literature review, periodicals, books, dissertations,
papers, research reports, articles will be used as a material. Questionnaire study will be done and
this study will be evaluated and concluded on SPSS program. Furthermore, data obtained at the end
of the survey will be enriched photos and shared as observation. Risk analysis of company will be
made and shared by emphasizing importance of this literature and other studies we did. The
obligation of risk analysis which the laws bring, and legal obligations about workers participation
for especially identification of risks etc. provides to identify risks which have not neglected before.
With this study it is tried to set up a substructure which is about occupational health and safety in
plastic injection facilities.
2.Definition of Plastic
Plastics can be described as organic polymeric materials which are solid under normal
temperature, can be shaped solely under pressure and temperature or be shaped with different
tempers. First commercially made plastics had been semisynthetic. These were usually made from
cellulose, which is a non-digestible carbohydrate and derived from cotton waste. In 1862, English
chemist Alexander Parkes prepared aneasily molded and shaped plastic called parkesine which is
made by adding some camphor and coloring agents, cotton blend with a result of the reaction of
nitrate and water acid residues.
Plastics are now included at every stage of our lives. Plastics have begun to be used in many
fields like construction, automotive, food packing, toys, guns, drugs, chemicals, shoes, medicine
etc. Use of space and the rate has been increasing with each passing day.
Most used thermoplastic types are classified as below:
Polyethylene (PE)
Polypropylene (PP)
Polystyrene (PS)
Polyvinylchloride (PVC)
Polyethylene Terephthalate
Polybutylene Terephthalate
523
Styrene Acrylonitrile
Nylon
Styrene Acrylonitrile-Butadiene Styrene
Other Thermoplastics
When we look at the use and production statistics of the whole plastics, we observe that
thermoplastics are used much more than thermosetting plastics. Thermosetting plastic has a value
13% of total plastics and the rest 87% of the plastics is thermoplastics [1].
Some of the different technical and constructional characteristics of the thermoplastics
themselves are divided into subgroups depending on their uses. Especially polypropylene and
polyethylene have found widespread area of utilization in the production of manufacture of
containers in food packaging industry and household goods.
With different varieties of plastics, different usage areas and types of the plastics make
several practices of occupational health and safety inevitable. Therefore, inevitability of some
occupational health and safety practices for nearly every sector will be obligation for our future life.
3.Definition of Grouting Machine

Plastic injection is a manufacturing method which includes forming of molten plastic by
injection into a mold with the help of temperature and removing it from mold by cooling. With this
method, a wide variety of seize and categories of plastic pieces are produced from the smallest
components to garden furniture and single-use disposable plastic yogurt pots. It is one of the most
common manufacturing methods. A machine transaction was carried out in called plastic injection
machine (photo 1). The first plastic injection machine was made in 1930.
Photo 1: Plastic Injection Machine Sample ( san Factory image)
In shaping of plastic goods, the techniques are used such as extrusion molding, rotational
hand molding, pressure thermoforming, blow molding and injection molding. Plastic injection
process called spray molding or called also injection molding.is a method which is used in plastic
manufacturing and its usage is increasing compared with other plastic processing methods day by
day. It provides the ability to cover the raw material by just one process in the intended shape and it
does not need last production process of goods produced in several situations.
Typically injection machine consists of five functional units:
Injection unit
Clamp unit
Control unit
Transaction system
Mold and mold equipment
Automatic material loading unit
Automatic paint dosing
524
4. Definition of Occupational Health and Safety
If we make the definition of occupational health and safety, during carrying on a business in
the workplace, it is the systematic and scientific study in order to be protected from conditions that
could damage the health caused by various reasons. The diversity of the effectiveness of
occupational health and safety according to economic activity sector involves all of the economic
sectors and services including agriculture business line. In industry, businesses such as food, textile,
chemical mining are considered as well as manufacturing, construction business, services of water,
gas, transportation, commerce, home services. In other words, in our age it is expected to provide
the occupational health services to all active manpower [2].
Occupational safety can be stated as the protection of the workers against specific risks and
business techniques. The determination of the risks which are provided with technique precautions
and knowledge and precautions against them are involved in occupational safety issues.
Occupational safety is stated as the removal of the hazards which the worker can face with while
working or the totality of the technical rules relating to the enhanced obligation to reduce.
The most important scope of occupational health and safety is the workers in the workplace.
Worker health and occupational safety practices are the practices whose aims are to protect the
workers from threats and hazards caused from work. The main aim of this study is to protect the
workers mental and physical health from the negative effects of workplace and provide workers to
work in a comfortable and safety areas by taking precautions against occupational accidents and
diseases. Besides, to provide manufacturing and company safety is an important issue as well as
providing workers health and safety [3].
The importance of the protection of the work and workers health has a big significance in
terms of both employers and employees. The studies related to the subject reveal that every second
at least three workers are injured in occupational accidents at work and every three minutes that
workers occupational accident or diseases results in death in the world. Occupational accidents and
diseases causing injures and sometimes death may cause the loss of all or a portion of the labor of
the workers permanently or temporarily. This means that the workers income is cut by company.
As a result of this situation, the family who does not have any other income and the worker is liable
to look after will have a financial problem, and because of the lower possibility of recovery, the
worker loses his morale [4].
On the other hand, to make workplace be health and safety increases performance of workers
and quality of company by creating peaceful working environment. Occupational health and safety
concept is not only entirely prevention of occupational accidents, but also is focused on ensuring
peace and prosperity in the working environment [5].
Occupational health and safety system is one of the important issues nowadays. We are living
in science and technology age, thats why occupational health and safety consists of management
system and management policies. Occupational health management systems aims are to enlighten
people about precautions and risk determination related to implementation of OHSAS 18001
occupational health and safety management system.
A successful OHS Management System :
Establishment of environment policy

Planning
Practice and operation
Control and corrective action
Management revision [6].
5.Occupational Accidents
World Health Organization (WHO) defines occupational accidents like that it is not to pre
planned, often led to injury, damage the machine or stop production for a while. International Labor
525
Organization (ILO) also defines occupational accidents like that it is unexpected or not pre-planned
action causing certain damage or injury. If necessary precautions were not taken, accidents will
inevitably arise. The same fact is valid for occupational diseases. Thats why the large amount of
studies which is on occupational health field are based on conditions that make them more efficient
and free from hazards of the work environment [6].
The studies reveal 88% of occupational accidents are from dangerous movements, 10% of
them from dangerous situations, 2% of them also will not be prevented. This means 98% of
occupational accidents can be prevented. If we act the ideology of To prevent is cheaper than to
pay, and uncover the source of hazard in the workplace and take control the risks of them, we will
decrease possible accidents and remove hazardous environments. Of course this study should be
into group work. All of these applications are called in workplace as Risk Assessment Studies [7].
6. Occupational diseases
6.1.Cancer
According to information today, 80% of cancer occurs under the influence of environmental
factors. Factors faced by the employees in the workplace or occupational factors are the reason of
the 4 % of cancers in humans [8].
6.2.Asthma
Occupational asthma is a common form of obstruction which develops in response to
substances in the workplace in the form of dust gas, stream and fume. Cough, tightness in the chest,
rapid breathing, wheezing and shortness of breath occur during asthma attacks. It is believed that
2% of asthma casesis the origin of occupational. It is estimated that the most common occupational
asthma in England and Americais the origin of isolation used for production of polyurethane. The
diisocyanate, polyurethane, phthalic acid, acid anhydride, methyl methacrylate, azodicarbonamide
which is used in plastic processing industry can cause asthma on workers[8].
6.3.Contact Dermatitis (Eczema)

90% of occupational skin diseases consists of contact dermatitis. 80-90% of it is irritative; 10-
20% of it is allergic. It is seen mostly on hands, the face also can be affected when there is an
interaction with dust, fume and stream. Plastic manufacturing is among branches of industry which
the most common skin diseasesare seen. Severe eczema risk can be seen because of liquid and
powder used in the plastic industry such as unsaturated polyester resin used in fiberglass
production, chemically reactive phenol formaldehyde resins [8].
6.4Chemical Pneumonia
Chemical pneumonia can be seen as a result of inhalation of chemical irritants. Toxic fumes of
isocyanate used in polyurethane resins can cause chemical pneumonia and severe asthma attacks.
There is the same hazard for workers who are exposed to styrene and ammoniac used in fiberglass
production and work with formaldehyde resins. Person who becomes sensitive to these fumes must
change their jobs [8].
6.5.Polymer Fume Fever

Polymer fume fever emerges during thermal reduction by combustion heat of plastic polymer
(PVC and PTFE). It can be seen as a result of exposure to the fume. It is a disease characterized by
pulmonary damage and systemic findings such as fever, chills, headache, fatigue, myalgia flu-like
symptoms [8].
Desired properties are imparted to the plastics by adding a number of additives such
asplasticizers paint, fire inhibitor and balancing. Sometimes the rate of these additives is up to 90%.
During manufacture of plastics, chemical stream, fume, smell and dust which vary according to
526
used raw material and additive appear. Fumes also lead to eyes, nose and lung irritation and health
problems which are unable to heal in the long term.
Besides all of them in plastic injection facilities

Cuts
Injuries
Burns sourced from hot material
Explosions
Hazards sourced from auxiliary enterprises
Chemicals
Other important issue is that some accidents can be caused by injection machine and become
fatality.
7. Conclusion and Suggestions

To take necessary measures are required to beginning from installation process to the end of
the last product by taking over a factory and identifying possible risks and hazards which workers
may face to.We will try to discuss what we can do in case we should remove the hazards if it is not
possible we should change benign instead and if to change is not possible, we should take technical
precautions including personal protective equipment.
The necessary measures will be determined by identifying hazards and risks which can be
caused by these hazards and analyzing risks to take necessary precautions in the plastic injection
manufacture company.
The studies should have continuity. Although the law says the revision of risk, some of the
risks may also have overlooked. Some solutions and advancing technology can bring even new
risks with them. Some risks can be noticed with trainings, new work patterns and new technology,
etc. Therefore, it is important to update risk analysis every time and to monitor them consistently.
REFERENCES:
[1] Brewer, 1988
[2] ahin, 1999, S.1, p. 10-14
[3] Yksel, 2001,p.2
[4] ztrk, Gmhane, 2012, p. 16
[5] Kele, 2004, p.17
[6] Saram, p.24, Table 2 : A Successful OHS Management System
[7] yi, Bozkurt, htpp://www.isguv.com/, assess date: 18.11.2014
[8] zyldrm, 2008, p. 13
527
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
A VIEW AT OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT AT MARINAS FROM THE

PERSPECTIVE OF SUSTAINABILITY
Omer Bozkurt1,Stefan Terziev2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT:
Even if the technological developments reduce the requirement for manpower, the
significance of the human factor in the existence and sustainability of the activities of enterprises
has been becoming increasingly apparent over time. Although advanced technologies are being
used in systems bearing accident risks in production and service chains, the fact that no
improvements have been realized in the rate of occupational accidents experienced has led the
enterprises and researchers to measure human behavior by taking into consideration the perceptions
of executives on safety climate regarding occupational safety.
Sustainability that could be expressed in three dimensions, namely economic, social and
environmental, covers a wide area of actions including occupational safety applications, and the
entire corporate governance systems. A look at the reasons for occurrence and the results of
occupational accidents reveal that they have a direct effect on profitability as well as a weakening
effect on competitive power constituting the economic dimension of sustainability while
occupational illnesses, safe behavior and occupational safety make up the social dimension and the
physiologic, chemical and biologic contaminations that accidents cause constitute the
environmental dimension.
This study considers occupational safety at marinas within the scope of sustainability and
aims to reveal the economic, social and environmental dimensions of the issue through an in depth
research of the literature on the subject.
Key Words: Marinas, occupational safety, environment, sustainability
1
Omer Bozkurt, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
2
Stefan Terziev, Prof. Varna Free University
3
528
1.Introduction
Most of the offshore ultra-marine discoveries in history were done for the purposes of
investigating and finding new colonies. The use of the oceans that started with the history of
mankind has intensified in maritime tourism in todays modern world with maritime transportation,
in terms of trading. In the report that the European Union published about maritime tourism (EU
Final Report, 2013:5), defines Maritime Tourism as the activities on water (boating, yachting,
cruising sea sports) and as the activities by land (renting equipment and service production).
Collins (2007) defined marine tourism under a wide range of activities such as beach, camping,
marine wildlife observation, sea canoe, sports, fishing and sightseeing tours that include all the
activities related to the seafront and close waters.
First regulations related to marine tourism in Turkey gained 2634 numbered Tourism
Incentive Act that went into force in 1982. Within the scope of this Act and as a result of
regulations related to the yacht ports investments and operations, yacht ports were established, in
various qualities and statuses, on the natural coves located at the regions where tourism is alive
(Coastal Structures Master Plan Study Results, 2010:16). The sea vehicles, marine facilities and
sporting activities in tourism sector provide great advantages to countries with coastlines.
Being one of the tourism segments that are on demand in Turkey today, the maritime tourism
is defined, by the Maritime Chamber of Commerce, as activities performed on sea by sea vehicles
and other occupation activities that directly support with the occupational activities that are for
tourism. (WTO, 2013:212). In the regulation of maritime tourism under the 2634 numbered
Tourism Incentives Act, there are tourism operations, tools and facilities along with their categories
and certification descriptions belonging to them. (R.G.,1982) As for the Maritime Tourism
Regulations that was prepared on the basis of the 37th Clause of the Tourism Incentives Act, on the
other hand, categorized the maritime tourism as maritime tourism vehicles and maritime tourism
facilities that perform the tourism activities in oceans and defined it as indentifying the quality and
standards in order to improve and encourage maritime and tourism services and to use them safely,
to increase the competitive strength within the international area of the maritime tourism sector and
to increase quality. (R.G.,2009).
1.1 Marinas as Maritime Tourism Facilities
In addition to the sheltered natural ports that the sea vehicles need during their navigation,
they need ports to dock, expect for the needs of the crew, for replenishment, maintenance, repairs or
storage. The Regulation on Maritime Tourism in Turkey evaluates the yacht ports or marinas within
the scope of the maritime tourism facilities and stated them as, tourism facilities such as cruise
ship port, yacht port, boatyard, docks and peers that are within the scope of the tourism investment
or tourism operation activities and offer secure docking, mooring, maintenance and repair services
to only the marine tourism vehicles and offer few or all of the services such as eating, drinking,
recreation, entertainment and accommodations to passengers who come with these vehicles.
(R.G.,2009).
Under the Maritime Tourism Regulation, the maritime tourism facilities are qualified as,
tourism facilities such as cruise ship port, yacht port, boatyard, docks and peers that are within the
scope of the tourism investment or tourism operation activities and offer secure docking, mooring,
maintenance and repair services to only the marine tourism vehicles and offer few or all of the
services such as eating, drinking, recreation, entertainment and accommodations to passengers who
come with these vehicles. (R.G.,2009). The same regulation accepts the yacht ports as, maritime
facilities that own piers for docking yachts and ensure the yacht owners to come out of their yachts
529
walking, and own units that offer maintenance, repairs, mooring and technical services to yachts
with social facilities such as recreation, accommodation and shopping. (R.G.,2009).
The term Marina started to be used in the United States towards the end of the 1920s. As a
sectorial organization, PIANC (Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses)
defined marina as, an area of activity where the sailors and yachters receive basic needs such as
sleeping, cleansing, eating and drinking as well as vacations, fuel and food along with a place where
the sails are tightened and communication equipment is received. (Ilhan, 2008:14).
1.2 Features of the Marinas
Being an important coastal facility of the maritime tourism, the marinas have different
features such as infrastructure, superstructure service variety and diverseness operator. Even though
marina operating is not at desired levels in Turkey, it has showed significant improvements with the
Tourism Incentives Act coming into force in 1982. In Maritime Tourism Regulation, in addition to
the infrastructure and superstructure features, they are classified as three-anchored yacht ports, four-
anchored yacht ports and five-anchored yacht ports due to the social equipped structures.
a) Three-anchored yacht ports - Aside from the features stated in the 6th and 7th clause of the
Regulation, they also carry the qualifications stated below: have sales units, showers and toilets up
to at least 5% of the mounting capacity for male and female yachters, laundry and dishwashing
areas, a social facility for the yachters to relax and meet, a bathroom for the disabled and special
arrangements. On the other hand, included in the common infrastructure features, it also has vehicle
roads that are appropriate for the passing of ambulance, fire vehicles, garbage trucks and other
vehicles that will be offering services as well as duty-paid and duty-free sales units at the docking
areas. (R.G.,2009).
b) Four-anchored yacht ports In addition to the conditions required for the three-anchor
yacht ports, they also carry the qualifications stated below: have a restaurant or cafeteria, showers
and toilets up to at least 10% of the mounting capacity for male and female yachters, dry cleaning
services, yacht dock area and crane systems, maintenance and repair services, storage for yachters,
parking area or parking services up to at least 20% of the mounting capacity, tennis court,
swimming pool and beach area, gymnastics equipment, sauna, hamam units. (R.G.,2009).
c) Five-anchored yacht ports In addition to the conditions required for the four-anchored
yacht ports, they also carry the qualifications stated below: must have a helipad, bank service units,
infirmary, exhibitions, concerts, entertainment venues, meeting rooms, at least two tennis courts,
parking area up to at least 30% of the mounting capacity. (R.G.,2009).
1.3 Organizational Structure of the Marina Operations
The organizational structure of the marina operations and number of workers that they work
with in land and sea areas are directly connected to the capacity of the marinas. Being one of the
main factors of the maritime tourism, the marinas increase their attractiveness with the
technological developments in recent years and are taking their place among the businesses where
there is increasing competition. In addition to the structural features of the marinas
competitiveness, there must be an expert personnel and departments in their operation functions.
The management structures of the marinas will vary depending on their capacity and the services
they provide. Together with the commercial areas and sea areas in Figure 2, an organizational
structure of the marina providing full services can also be viewed. (Balci, 2011:25).
The structural differences of the marina operations also determine the number or employees.
In Table 1, viewing the number of personnel working in the marinas in Turkey, 15% of the marinas
have 25 or less employees, 46% have between 26 and 50, 39% have 51 employees. According to
530
Balci, marinas capacity to keep employees increases proportionally with their boatyard services,
technical service, shopping and social living services. (Balci, 2011:107)
Table 1: Number of Employees in Marina Operations in Turkey

15% of the marinas 25 or less employees
46% of the marinas 26-50 employees
39% of the marinas 51 or more employees
Resource (Balci, 2011:107)
2. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN MARINA

OPERATIONS
As the risks and the dangers differ in land and sea operations, marinas should also have
different action plans for the prevention and the intervention of accidents. 6313th numbered
Occupational Health and Safety Law has separately composed the obligations of the employer and
the employees at the businesses that engage in commercial activities. The paragraph of the 4th
Clause of the Law states that the employer conducts works in order to prevent occupational risks,
takes all types of measures including training and providing information, make organizations,
provide the necessary tools and equipment, ensure the compliance of health and safety
measurements to the changing requirements and to improve the current situation. (R.G.,2012).
The 155th Numbered Agreement of the ILO (International Labor Organization) on
Occupational Health and Safety Working Environment, it phrases, aside from the national-leveled
policies, under the 16th Clause of the agreement that the activities are within the reasonable levels of
the operation and states the conditions that, it is requested from the employers that the businesses,
machinery, equipment and procedures under their control cannot be risky in terms of safety and
health, that the chemicals, physical and biological substances and agents under their control cannot
be risky when the necessary measurement are taken, and that they must provide appropriate
protective clothes and devices in order to prevent, to an extent, the accidents risks and the adverse
effects on health if necessary. (R.G., 2004).
The OHSAS 18001 (Occupational Health and Safety Management System) requires for the
businesses to undertake that they will develop their environmental policy when taking
measurements in occupational health and safety, that they will be respectful to the environment
when producing products or services and that they will fulfill their social responsibilities. Therefore,
quality, environment and occupational health and occupational safety systems must be integrated
together (Ofluoglu and Sarikaya, 2005). In order for the businesses to integrate the occupational
health and safety management systems with the quality and environment, the OHSAS 18001
developed the occupational health and safety management system in a way that it coincides with the
ISO 9001 (QMS) and ISO 14001 (EMS) standards.
The Regulation on Preventing, Extinguishing and Rescuing Measurements Taken Against
Fire that started on Land along with Fires that started in Sea, Port or Coast and can reach the Land
or started on Land and can reach the Coast, Port and Sea related to the fires at coastal facilities
defined under port is a regulation that conforms with occupational safety management systems at
the marinas. The Regulation holds the owners, managers and officials of those facilities along with
the ship captains responsible at first for the prevention of the fire that started in the sea to spread to
the facilities on land and the fire that started on land to spread to the facilities in the sea and for
taking the necessary measures and extinguishing. (R.G.1975). The 3rd Clause of the Regulation
states that, the owners, managers and officials of the relevant company are in charge and are
responsible for the safety of lives and property and for always being ready to provide services
with the necessary measures and equipment and with sufficient amount of staff.
531
3. SUSTAINABILTY IN MARINA OPERATIONS
Cultural developments such as rapidly increasing world population and cities becoming more
congested create results that not only effect humans but the lifecycles of all the living things. The
argument still continue that the human factor is in the first place for causing global climate changes
that in return cause the depletion of natural resources, environmental pollution and increase in
greenhouse gases. First attempt towards discussing the environmental issues at international
dimension and looking for a common solution was the Human Environment Conference that
was held in 1972 in Stockholm by the United Nations. With this conference, in the new concepts
that came forward for the first time, it was stated that environmental protection is a prerequisite of
economic and social development together with environmental rights and mutual responsibilities
(Alada et al.). The works towards the solution of environmental problems started in 1972 and the
Our Common Future report was identified as the starting point in 1987 for improvement and
sustainability which was prepared by the World Environment and Development Commission
composed of independent experts from all the countries in the world and formed with the request of
the United Nations (Alada et al.). As per the preconditions of environmental-friendly economic
development and the report that shows short and long-term solutions for environmental issues, the
main precondition of economic development is sustainable development. However there is no
full consensus yet on how the implementations will be carried out.
As a sustainability target, where the social participation and improvement approaches were
put forth, the Agenda 21 was signed, with the Rio Declaration in 1992, by 82 countries including
Turkey and an action program was started. At the program, the sustainability development was
approached in all the important political fields and substantial findings were scrutinized related to
fight against poverty, population policy, trade, environment and energy policies, land policies and
financial and technological corporation. Even though tourism was not directly discussed, the
sustainability concept has been a good recipe for the tourism policies in the protection of
ecological, cultural and social environments. (Dogan, 2012:82)
3.1 Sustainability Concept
The sustainability concept is used more so together with the concepts that mean economic and
development. Mentioned for the first time in the Brundland Report prepared by the World
Environment and Development Commission in 1987, the sustainability, as a concept, can be defined
in different ways depending on international developments. The sustainability is perceived in a way
that it reduces the environmental effects of production and service activities and controls the use of
natural resources. According to Chapin, Torn and Tateno (1996: 1017), it is perceived as the ability
to continue the functions, processes and productivity of ecology and ecological systems even in the
future. The problems that the environmental issues create in global dimensions also bring forth the
role that service activities such as transportation, tourism, education and health play in increasing
the environmental issues besides the thoughts that question the current production concept and the
necessity to replace it. In terms of economic activities, if we were to view sustainability, it predicts
fundamental changes in the basic structures of the current economy such as competition, growth,
consumption and cost-benefit even though there are important reasons that cause environmental
(Kili, 2012).
Used very frequently in all the disciplines, the sustainability concept, as per Sarikaya and
Kara (2007: 222) relaying Gladvin et al (1995:877), is defined as a respect, social view and a
participating process that provides the controlled use of all the societys social cultural, scientific,
natural and human resources in agriculture, architecture, tourism, economy and businesses.
Sustainability is a necessity of globalization and human life, and no matter which area, it is
very important for businesses that their managers and employees to accept, in corporate culture, the
532
economic, social and environmental dimension and to use cultural values and natural resources in
that area to be used in balance. Therefore, for a sustainability development and for environmentally
compatible ecological life at the same time, it is suggested that economic decisions are made
together (Beyhan and Unugur, 2005). According the Callanbach (2001) who approached the
definition of sustainability in terms of having more social benefits, he emphasizes that instead of the
constantly increasing consumption and population, the sustainability and continuity and secure
future should be provided for a sufficient amount of people and he identifies the sustainable society
as a society that meets the common needs without destroying the expectation of the future
generations.
Concepts such as profit maximization, technological developments, industrialization, rapid
urbanization and increase in prosperity in 19th and 20th centuries have entered the worlds agenda as
a result of industrial revolution. Unlimited use of natural resources in order to maximize profits has
caused many environmental problems such as water pollution, air pollution and soil contamination.
(Altinbay, 2007). For this reason, there is a consensus view to control human activities.
3.2 SUSTAINABILITY DIMENSIONS

3.2.1 Environmental Dimension
The environment is not just a wide area that we live our lives; it is large ecosystem that
inhabits millions of living creatures. The economic environment that meets both our biological and
physical needs in order to main our lives also includes the entire historical and cultural values that
should be transferred from the past to the future. Conceptionally, the environment is a biological,
physical, social economic and cultural area that all the livings creatures mutually interact and
continue their relationships in their lifecycles. And the protection of the environment, in order to
maintain the live cycle without interruption, in its entirety is the works done towards preventing
the destruction, degeneration and elimination of environmental values and ecological balance as
well as the works towards correcting, improving and developing the environment(R.G., 1983).
In terms of environment and economy, several measures must be taken in order to ensure
sustainability. Implementation of the measurements taken on a global scale depends on
performance. Taking into account the reality of sustainability and environmental issues passing
beyond the countrys and administrative boundaries; the countries and other establishments
participation in sustainability efforts in a simultaneously consistent and balanced way depends on
their ability to perform (Gunduz, 2004:64)
According to the Sustainability Awareness Survey conducted by the IMSAD (Association
of Building Materials Industrialists) Committee, related to the environmental dimension of
sustainability, the companies pay more attention to components that are eco-efficiency, in other
words, reducing waste, energy consumption material use (IMSAD, 2012:11). In contrast, it was
seen that the companies pay less attention to the environmental factors that are non-economic such
as reducing the fossil-generated energy use. The main indicator of development, the sustainability
of the economy, will be the primary foundation factor of future societies. Complementary and
strengthening purposes are needed for ensuring the economic prosperity, social justice and
environmental protection (Kaypak, 2011:26)
3.2.2 Economic Dimension
The economic dimension of sustainability is an important criterion in businesses ensuring

long-term profitability. The sustainability works that the companies, who operate in production and
service fields, will apply to their service and production systems may provide important advantages
of the following:
- Service Cost
- Labor Costs
- Energy use
533
Providing cost savings in occupational health and safety may be seen as factors that increase
companys profitability and competitiveness. The companies believe that by combining
sustainability with operation applications, their organization will be durable and efficient.
According to Tokgoz and Once, cost savings can be obtained by improving material, energy and
product efficiency via the clean production methods and innovation. With the methods of improving
their quality of life, a safe and healthy working environment for both the employees and the society
will provide savings in the workers health and safety costs by creating higher productivity, by
reducing compensation and legal disputes, by lowering the costs of social services and heath
(Tokgoz and Once, 2009:268). Sustainability on the other hand may increase enterprise-reputation
of the business and may assist in creating standards compared to competitors, pulling the qualified
work force into operations and making the business less risky.
3.2.3 Social Dimension
While the businesses continue their operations at their location, they are also in relations with
many different sectors that make up society. These different sectors relating to the business are
referred to as stakeholders of the business (Tokgoz and Once, 2009:257). The stakeholder theory is
a strategic management concept that is related to the interactions that the businesses have with their
environment. When solving global problems, the businesses with their social responsibility
activities, work in a sustainable development parallel with their stakeholders. The businesses fulfill
both their legal obligations and their accountability duties as a volunteer. In traditional business
management, companies only answer to their stakeholders, but with the sustainability conception,
the scope of accountability has widened (Tokgoz and Once, 2009:257).
The sustainability emphasizes on not just the efficient distribution of resources over time but
the fair distribution of resources and opportunities among the current generation themselves as well
as the distribution between todays generation and future generation, and also emphases that the
economic activities are proportional in dimension to their own ecologic life support system. (Yanik
and Turker, 2012:295). The companies now are being viewed not just with their products,
profitability ratios or the value of their stocks in the stock market but also with their employees, and
more importantly how sensitive and aware they are to the society and environment they operate in
and these effect their prominence. (Yanik and Turker, 2012:295). It is stated that advanced or not,
all the countries that are market-centered or have centralized planning, must identify all of their
economic and social progress within Sustainability and that the sustainability represents,
perceptibly, the social justice and equality concept between generations and within the same
generation (Ozgenc, 2013:8).
4. CONCLUSION
The marina operations located in the Mediterranean basin, which is the attraction center of
maritime tourism, create a very serious competition field due to the effects of globalization.
Referred to as coastal structures, the marinas have an important function at the same time as being a
country border in the tourism sector. Thousands of tourists coming every year via the seaways and
using the marinas as a land connection reveal level of importance of the occupational safety
management systems. Being different from many sectors, at the maritime operations, where the
large numbers of complex legislations are applied, there are no clear implementations related to the
occupational safety management systems directly. And there are no concepts for literature yet that
was created by the researchers in this respect. For the occupational health and safety management
systems, there are sanctions, at the marine operations, that are within the general scope of the
relevant laws and regulations, instead of multi-headed regulations as it is with investments and
operations regulations.
534
Yachting is a nature-friendly tourism activity. Setting sails to blue waters with their sailboats,
the yachters continue to navigate using sea currents, wind and solar energy. Argument aspect of this
maritime tourism entertainment that has the least environmental impact is the environmental
pollution, coastlines being opened for zoning and public places being invaded. Even if it is thought
that the marinas are destroying the natural texture of the coastlines, it can be possible to turn the
marinas into nature-friendly structures by using the advantages of the coastline morphology.
Designed in accordance with the upper-level groups needs and tastes, the marinas have an
important place in the countries tourism revenue and have its place among the highest value-added
incomes.
Being a maritime tourism facility, the marinas can turn into environmentally-conscious
businesses without polluting nature with their operating model that they will create with a
sustainability perspective and provide serious benefits in preventing occupational accidents with
their environmental risks. For these reasons, risk analysis should be done on a regular basis and
must take into account the possible damage to people and the environment during these accidents.
For the sustainable marina operations to structure their occupational safety management systems on
sustainability strategy is also the required corporate social responsibility of the business at the same
time.
REFERENCES:
[1] ALADA, B. A., GURPINAR, E., BUDAK, S., Thoughts on Rio Conference, Essay
[2] Altinbay, A., 2007, Reporting of Environmental Costs, Academic Perspective,
International Peer-Reviewed Social Sciences E-Journal, ISSN:1694 528X Volume: 11
[3] ARAT, G., TURKES, M., 2002, Vision 2023: Science and Technology Strategy
Technology Predicted Project, Environment and Sustainable Development Panel
International Agreements Preliminary Report
[4] BALCI Selcuk, S., 2011, Technical Operational Management at the Marinas: A
Practice on the Development of Information Systems, Post-graduate Thesis, p.8-25-107
[5] BEYHAN Gulun, S., UNUGUR Mete, S., 2005, Sustainable Tourism and Identity
Model in the Context of Contemporary Requirements, ITU magazine/a, Architecture,
Planning, Design, Volume:4, Issue:2, pp:79-82,
[6] CALLENBACH E. ao., Ecomanagement: the Elmwood Guide to Ecological Auditing
and Sustainable Business, San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, 1993, s.85-86.
[7] Maritime Chamber of Commerce, 2013, Report on Marine Sector p.212.
[8] DOGAN, T., 2012, Effects of Eco-Tourism on the Environment in the Context of
Tourism and Environmental Relationship, Dissertation, p.82
[9] ERIS Deniz, E., 2007, The attractiveness and Marketing Strategies of the Turkish
Marinas in International Markets, Ege Academic View, 7(1) 2007: 37-55, p.40.
[10] FINAL REPORT, 2013, Study in support of policy measures for maritime and coastal
tourism at EU levelSpecific contract under FWC MARE/2012/06 - SC D1/2013/01-
SI2.648530
[11] F. STUART Chapin III, Margaret S. Torn, Masaki Tateno, Principles of Ecosystem
Sustainability, American Naturalist, Volume 148, Issue 6 (Dec., 1996), 1016-1037
[12] GUCLU, T., 2012, Yacht Port and Urban Interaction: The case of Marmaris,
Dissertation, p.19
[13] GUNDUZ, F., 2004, Environment and Tourism Sustainability, Sisli Municipality
Planning 2004/1, p.64
[14] ILHAN, K., 2008, Marina Operations Building Typology Relations, Post-graduate
Thesis, p.14
[15] IMSAD, 2012, Association of Building Materials Industrialists, Sustainability
Awareness Survey Study, Assessment Report, s.11
[16] KAYPAK, S., 2011, Sustainable Environment in a Globalization Process for a
535
Sustainable Improvement, KMU Journal of Social and Economic Studies, 13 (20): 19-
33, p.26
[17] KILIC, S., 2012, An Ecologic Approach to Economic Dimension of Sustainable
Development Concept, Journal of Political Science Faculty, No:47, pp.201-226
[18] OFLUOGLU G. and SARIKAYA, G., 2005, OHSAS18001 Occupational Health and
Safety Management System, Public-work V:8, P: 3/2005
[19] OZGENC, N., 2013, Sustainability and Poverty Relations, Family and Social Policy
Dissertation,
[20] OZTURK, E., 2012, Innovation and Performance Relationships at Yacht Ports: Study
on Turkey, Post-graduate Thesis, p.9.
[21] Official Gazette, Tourism Incentive Act, Volume: 17635, Date: 16.3.1982
[22] Official Gazette (European Union), Council Directive Related to the Measurements
Taken Towards Improving Employees Health and Safety, Date: June 12, 1989 Volume:
89/391/EEC, OJ L 183, 29.6.1989, Sh.1
[23] Official Gazette, 1975, Regulations on Preventing, Extinguishing and Rescuing
Measurements Taken Against Fire that started on Land along with Fires that started in
Sea, Port or Coast and can reach the Land or started on Land and can reach the Coast,
Port and Sea, Volume:3203, Date: 8.9.1975
[24] Official Gazette, Environmental Law, Volume: 18132, Date: 11.8.1983,
[25] Official Gazette, Marine Tourism Regulation, Volume: 27289, Date: 24.07.2009
[26] Official Gazette, 115 Numbered Agreement on Occupational Health and Safety
Working Environment, Volume: 5038, Date: 13.01.2004
[27] Official Gazette, Occupational Health and Safety Act, Volume: 28339, Date: 30.6.2012
[28] SARIKAYA, M., KARA Zisan, F., 2007., The Role of the Business in Sustainable
Development: Corporate Citizenship, Management Economy, Year:2007 Volume:14
Issue:2
[29] T.R. Ministry of Transportation General Directorate of Railways Ports and Airport
Areas Construction, 2010, Tourism Coastal Structures Master Plan Study Final Report,
[30] TOKGOZ, N., Once S. 2009, Company Sustainability an Alternative to Traditional
Management Concept, Afyon Kocatepe University, I.I.B.F. Magazine,C.X I,S I,
[31] YANIK, S.,Turker, I., 2002, Developments in Sustainability and Social Responsibility
Reporting (Integrated Reporting), I.U. Political Science Faculty Journal, No:47, pp.
291-308
536
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
ANALYSIS OF WORK ACCIDENTS WHICH HAPPENED IN ELECTRIC GENERATION

AND TRANSMISSION PLANTS IN TURKEY BETWEEN THE YEARS 2003-2013
Stefan Terziev1, Oguz Ozyaral2, Sinan Soyturk3
ABSTRACT
With the birth of industry, the resulting need for electrical energy has been supplied using
thermal and hydroelectrical plants. Later, in order to meet the increasing need, natural gas and
nuclear plants have been established.
Today, with the production of electrical energy by wind, photovoltaic, biogas and geothermal
methods, a more environmental and economically beneficial policy is being carried out.
With the developing economy and industry, natural energy resources of our world have
entered into the process of being used up, by using advanced technologies, developed countries have
tended towards cheaper, economical and sustainable energy sources that do not pollute the
environment.
It is necessary that electrical energy is used in a more extensive manner, power plants and
energy transmission systems utilize the latest technology, workers are trained regarding
occupational health and safety and are obligated to use personal protection tools appropriate to the
working environment.
In this study, occupational accidents have been analized by investigating the accident reports
of EA (TrkiyeElektrikretim A..) and TEA (TrkiyeElektrikletim A..) for the 2003-2013
period.
Keywords: Occupational Accidents, Occupational Health and Safety, Power Plants and
Energy Transmission Systems, EA, TEA.
1
Prof. Stefan Terziev, PhD, Eng, Varna Free University, Bulgaria
2
Ouz zyaral, Assoc. Prof., PhD, YeniYuzyil University, Turkey
3
Sinan Soytrk, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University ChernorizetsHrabar Bulgaria
537
Structure of Electric Power System inTurkey
Electric generation, transmission and distribution had been managed centrally by Turkish
Electric Administration (TEK) since 1970's,the structure of TEK was moderated in 1994, it was
structured under two different public economic enterprises as Turkish Electricity Generation and
Transmission Company (TEA) and Turkish Electricity Distribution Company(TEDA) [1].
Provision of electric power in time, safely, continuously, with high quality and reasonable
price to all users is considered as of key factors of economic and social development. Countries are
paying attention to establish generally free electricity market in order to conduct the activities of
generation, transmission, distribution and trade of electricity in the competitive environment [2].
Today, as a result the integration of electric transmission system of countries, import from
Bulgaria and export to Nahcevan areperformed [3].
Development of links of natural gas, oil and electricity with Neighboring Countries and Turkic
Republics enhances the importance of our country in the European and Global point of view with
respect to the location of Turkey [4].
In cases where long transmission distance is required to access regional step-down centers
from electric power generation plants, energy transmission lines with high-tension are utilized.
Various technical and economical factors including voltage drop, system stability and number of
power transmission lines required for a safe energysupply take place to transmit power efficiently.
Transmission lines with higher voltage are being constructed in many countries because of the need
to transmit high-tension power to long distances [5].
The fact that conventional energy sources will be exhausted in a short delay in terms of global
reserves enforces countries to create new strategic energy management and policies. Nowadays,
countries attach importance and priority to orient considerably their energy needs to various new
and renewable energy sources (water, wind, solar etc), to research possibilities to utilize these
sources efficiently, cheaply and commercially [6].
Investment in nuclear power slows down from time to time because of the negative
atmosphere created by accidents and negative propaganda conducted by environmentalist pressure
groups. Nuclear power plants are actually taking a considerable share of power generation in
developed countries like France, Belgium, Germany, Russia, Nederland, Japan, USA and Sweden.
In some countries, studies concerning inactivation of present nuclear power plants because of the
fact that they have expired and their technology are outdated. The studies concerning establishment
of two nuclear power plants in Turkey which have been conducted for a long time are progressing
[7].
Turkey, accepted supervision of IEAE on any power plants which are present or to be
established, through the convention that was issued with IAEA in 1981. The Atomic Energy
Commission was restructured as Turkish Atomic Energy Authority (TAEK) via the Law Number
2690 in 1982 [8].
Augmentation of energy sources and productivity of energy use have to be principal objective
for efficient use of power, prevention of wastage, mitigation of burden of energy costs on economy
and protection of environment [9].
538
Generation of Electric Power and EA
Electric Power Plants transform mechanic energy to electric power in electric power
generation; generate electric power by utilizing a natural energy source on earth. Electric power
generation plants may be listed as hydro-electric, thermal, nuclear, natural gas cycle, geothermal,
wind, tide and solar energy [10].Thermal sources (coals, oil, natural gas, biomass, asphaltite, oil
shales), hydraulic sources, nuclear sources, solar energy, wind energy, geothermal energy,
renewable energies of sea origin, tide energy, wave energy, gradient energy of sea surface
temperature, hydrogen energy are power generation types[11].
Our installed capacity of power plants reaching to 64007,5 MW with a rise of12.2% at the end
of the year of 2013 with respect to the previous year, increased to 69516,4 MW with a rise of
8.61% in 2014. Regarding to power plant types, the central type of which the installed capacity
raises the most is power plants working with imported coal. Installed capacity of power plants
utilizing imported coal as main fuel increased to 6062 MW with an augmentation of 55%. Wind
plants take the second type of power plant with respect to recorded increase. Installed capacity of
wind plants increased to 3629.7 MW with an augmentation of 31.5%. Geothermal power plants
which recorded an increase of installed capacity of 30.3% follow the wind plants. Installed capacity
of geothermal power plants became 404.9 MW by the end of 2014. Installed capacity of solar power
plants reached to 40.1 by the end of 2014 according to TEA data [12].
EA further performs rehabilitations in order to enhance productivity in thermal and

hydroelectric power plants and increase their generation capacity. It was principally finalized to
privatize 46 pieces of power plants (28 Hydroelectric Power Plants and 18 Thermal Power plants)
with total installed capacity of 16.247 MW among the existing generation plants of EA and its
affiliate companies and to keep 21 pieces of hydroelectric power plants with total installed capacity
of 7.626,5 MW in EA without privatization, to classify power plants to be privatized as portfolio
and to keep some of them out of portfolio to be privatized primarily. Accordingly,it is projected that
the share being in rate of 43.4% in 2012 of power plants of EA and its affiliate companies in total
installed capacity of Turkey will decease below 16% as a result of privatizations to be performed
[13].
Mixing of chemical materials coming to existence as a result of combustion of fossil fuels

utilized in the phase of performance of generation in electric power plants in rain and snow causes
acid rains which contaminate soil, kill threes, harm plants and animals, pollute lakes and water
courses [14], [15].Our daily life is colored by generated and provided electricity, in return, the harm
given by generation plants to environment jeopardizes the world and life day by day.
Transmission of Electric Power and TEA
TEA was launched in date of 01.10.2001 to take over all transmission facilities in the
country, to conduct services of transmission of electricity, load dispatch and operational planning in
accordance with general energy policies of the State. TEA is conducting its activities in
accordance with the new markets structure in the KHK system number 233 as public economic
enterprise in the framework of provisionsof present legislation and main regulations and in the
context of transmission license that it obtained from Energy Market Regulatory Authority (EPDK)
in 13.03.2003. The main regulation of TEA was validated by the decision of Higher Planning
Council (YPK) dated 11.06.2001 and with number 2001/T-19 and entered into force by
announcement in the Official Gazette dated 29.26.2006 and with number 24447[16].
The primary objectives of the Code of Electric Market number 4628 are to establish a
financially powerful, stable and transparent electric market which can work in accordance with
539
provisions of private law in competitive environment, to determine legal, technical and financial
criteria of electric companies related to privatization in this market which is open to competition
where private sector will also take place, to assure independent audit and inspection in this market
in order to ensure adequate, high quality, continuous, low cost and environment friendly electric
supply .
Power transmission lines are dimensioned referring to load and tension. Actually, long PTL
(Power Transmission Lines) in open field are installed as overhead lines while they are installed as
underground PTL lines. Underground PTL's are admitted in terms of security and visuality despite
its higher cost with respect to overhead lines because of requirement of high insulation. Overhead
Power Transmission Line consists of conductive cable from copper or aluminum, bearing post and
insulating isolator constituting connection between pylon and the conductive element.
Lines between electric power generation plants and central step-down (CS) transformer
stations are called as high tension, lines between CS transformer stations and transformer stations of
distribution centers (DC) are called as medium tension, , lines between CS transformer stations of
DC and end consumers are called as low tension.
Tensions of electricity generated in Turkey take place as 154-380 kV. Works to press tensions
equal or superior to1MV are actually conducted as a result of developed insulation technique in
world. We the fact that we are under fixed power of high tension in power transmission lines of
long distance, efforts have to be spent to maximize tension levels because it will minimize line
losses and voltage drop because it will decrease phase current with respect to low tension.
Electricity generated in power plants worldwide are transmitted to installed transformers in
step-down centers in urban areas through high tension transmission lines of 154-1000 kV and
transmitted from distribution centers to city centers and consumers via overhead and underground
distribution lines as 34,5kV[17].
According to data of Union of Electricity Industry-Euro electric (euroelectric), the total

electrical grid of Europe exceeds 10 million kilometers. Turkey, with its length of electrical grid of
1.2 million kilometers takes the third place in Europe after Germany and France. Chairperson of
Union of Electricity Industry-Euroelectric Susanne Nies argued as "Turkey has been integrated to
European System of Transmission Lines since 2013 that makes Turkey as a part of European
continent"[18].
It is observed that 8% of seriously injured accident victims who had accidents in TEA dies
and that this values above the average of Turkey [19].
METHODS AND FINDINGS

In this study, it is observed that 998 accidents in EA and 240 accidents in TEA occurred
in years between 2003-2013, the work accidents in EA and TEA have been analyzed through
accident reports from years between 2003-2013.
ANALYSIS OF WORK ACCIDENTS OCCURRED BETWEEN 2003-2013 IN EA
AND TEA
The fact that work accidents in EA and TEA are big work accidents and their dispersion
with respect to results from 2003-2013 is given respectively in Table 1 and Table 2.
It reveals that works of occupational safety in electric sector and that 72.6% of 998 accidents
occurred in EA and 52.92% of 240 accidents occurred in TEA resulted in death or serious
injuries.
540
Table1.Results of work Accidents between 2003-2013 in EA
It is seen in results of Table-1 that a considerable part of work accidents occurredin EA are
important accidents. 72.64% of 998 accidents which have occurred for the eleven years have
resulted in death and serious injuries.
Table 2. Results of work Accidents between 2003-2013 in TEA
It is seen in results of Table-2 that 52.92% of 240 accidents which have occurred in TEA
for the eleven years have resulted in death and serious injuries.
Number of insured employee, number of personnel who has taken training of work safety,
numbers of work accidents, number of accidents involving death, annual working hours, numbers of
days of incapacity and costs of accidents by years are respectively given in Table 3 and Table 4
according to data obtained for EA and TEA.
Tablo 3.Number of employees, training, training hours, its costs, results of work accidents between
2003-2013 in EA
About 18.56% of employees received training of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), in
2013 in EA according to Table 3. Number of work accidents occurred in recent year of 2013
decreased to 41 including 1 accident involving death. In calculation of number of days of
incapacity, it is considered that 7500 days are lost per case of death. Number of days of incapacity
and costs of accidents was calculated high in 2009 because of 4 accidents involving death.
541
Table 4- Number of employees, training, training hours, its costs, results of work accidents between
2003-2013 in TEA
According to Table 4, about 9.3% of employees of TEA are trained in matter of

Occupational Health and Safety every year. Although no considerable change in numbers of work
accidents occurred in TEA has been observed in recent years, a gradual decrease took place in
numbers of days of incapacity and accident costs. In calculation of number of days of incapacity, it
is considered that 7500 days are lost per case of death. Number of days of incapacity and costs of
accidents was calculated high in 2008 because of 3 accidents involving death.
Table 5, Distribution of victims of work accidents regarding to educational backgrounds between

2003-2013 in EA
It is remarkable in Table 5 that primary school or high school graduate employees who did
not take any technical training are exposed to 38% of accidents despite the activities carried in
EA are technical works especially in electric and mechanic character to a great extend.
Table 6, Distribution of victims of work accidents regarding to educational backgrounds between

2003-2013 in TEA
It is remarkable in Table 5 that primary school or high school graduate employees who did
not take any technical training are exposed to 41.61% of accidents despite the activities carried in
TEA are technical works especially in electric and mechanic character to a great extend.
542
Table7. Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in EA regarding to factor
of having received ISG-OHS training or not.
In EA, about 15% of personnel are trained in matter of Occupational Health and Safety
(OHS) regularly. Nevertheless, the fact that about 85% of employees exposed to accidents have
previously received the training of OHS, as it is may be observed in Table 7, isa matter which needs
to be examined.
Table 8.Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in EA regarding to factor

of having received ISG-OHS training or not.
In TEA about 7% of personnel are trained in matter of Occupational Health and safety
(OHS) regularly. Nevertheless, the fact that about 67% of employees exposed to accidents have
previously received the training of OHS, as it is may be observed in Table 8, is a matter which need
to be examined.
Table9.Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in EA regarding to age

groups
When Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in EA regarding to

age groups is examined, it is observed ,in the table 9, that the age group of 41 years and older has a
share of 49%. Distraction, reflex weakening and inured mod of working related to older age are
prominent factors.
543
Table10. Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in TEA regarding
to age groups
When Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in TEA regarding to

age groups is examined, it is observed ,in the table 10, that the age group of 41 years and older has a
share of 54%. Distraction, reflex weakening and inured mod of working related to older age are
prominent factors.
Tablo 11.Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in EA regarding to period

of service
Tablo 12.Distribution of victims of work accidents between 2003-2013 in TEA regarding to period
of service
When Table 11 and Table 12 are taken into consideration, it is observed that personnel in age
group of 30-40 years, having an experience of 10 to 15 years who have a considerable level of
experience but whose attention and reflexes have not been weaken constitute the optimal profile of
employee for TEA. On one hand, while older employees are in risk group despite their experience
because of the fact that instant mistakes can not be tolerated; younger employees are also in the risk
group despite their attention and reflexes are better because of the fact that they are inexperienced
and that electric current is not a visible and physical phenomenon.
544
Table 13.Distribution of work accidents regarding to months in EA in the period 2003-2013
It is observed in the Table 13 that it occurs a bit more accidents in months of January,
February, May and June with respect to other months in EA.
Table 14.Distribution of work accidents regarding to months in TEA in the period 2003-2013
It is observed in the Table 14 that it occurs a bit more accidents in months of June and
December with respect to other months in TEA.
Table 15.Distribution of work accidents regarding to days of week in EA in the period 2003-2013
It is observed in the Table 15 that it occurs a bit more accidents in days of Monday,
Wednesday and Thursday with respect to other days in EA.
545
Table 16.Distribution of work accidents regarding to days of week in TEA in the period 2003-
2013
It is observed in the Table 16 that it occurs a bit more accidents in days of Wednesday and
Friday in EA.In Friday, especially last hours of work are risky. While the fact that employees
have difficulty to get readapted to work after weekend makes Monday risky (it is known also as
Monday Syndrome) , the transition of employees to mode of weekend makes Friday risky especially
at last working hours. Thus, it the concentration of accidents in Monday and Friday is
understandable but the concentration in Wednesday is a matter to be examined by experts of work
safety.
The reason of very low numbers of accidents in Saturday and Sunday with respect to averages
is the low number of employees and low hours of work because of weekend. In general, the first and
the last days of week are the riskiest days in terms of work accidents.
Conclusion and Recommendations

In this study, accidents which occurred in period 2003-2013 in TEA and EA
wasanalized and the change of accidents in years were researched. The following findings were
obtained in conclusion of the research. When accident data of the period 2003-2013 are examined,
it is observed that 998 work accidents in Thermal and Hydroelectric Power Plants belonging EA
(Turkish Electricity Generation Company) and 240 work accidents in TEA (Turkish Electricity
Transmission Company) occurred.
When statistics of electric institutions of the period 2003-2013 are examined, it is observed
that 72.6% of 998 accidents occurred in EA and 52.92% of 240 accidents occurred in TEA
resulted in death or serious injuries. The statistical data reveals the fact that frequency of work
accident involving death in electric generation and transmission sector is much higher than average
of Turkey and the importance of works of Occupational Safety in electric generation and
transmission sector.
Although the activities conducted in EA and TEA especially mechanic and electric
works are technical works, 38,1% of accidents in EA and 39.63% of accidents TEA affect
primary school or high school graduate personnel who have not taken any technical training. This
exposes the requirement to select employees who are eligible for the job and who have completed
their training.
15 % of personnel of EA and 7% of personnel of TEA are regularly trained concerning

OHS (occupational health and safety) every year. Nevertheless the fact that 85.57% of victims of
work accidents in EA and 66.67% of victims of work accidents in TEA have previously
received OHS training reveals the requirement to reevaluate the quality of OHS trainings given in
both companies and in our country.
546
When accidents are examined in terms of age groups of victims it was observed that 48.40%
of age group equal to or older than 40 years in EA are exposed to accidents whereas the rate of
exposition to accident in the same age group in personnel of TEA is 51.07%.
When accidents are examined in terms of service period of victims it was observed that
22.44% of employees in EA and 15.56% of employees of TEA covering 0-5 years and that
29.16% of employees in EA and 37.78% of employees of TEA with more than 21 years in
service have been exposed to accidents.
It is seen that experienced and older personnel and very young and inexperienced employees
are exposed to work accidents and constitute the risk group in the energy sector. It is necessary that
very young inexperienced worker group receives OHS training like school education, receive The
Training of Certificate of License of Working Under High Tension (HT-YG) in Plants of Electric
Power Current (PEPC-EKAT) and that special corporate training are given them practically. It is
required the health of older personnel are checked with short intervals, extension of response time is
prevented and the personnel suffering from distractibility are employed in less dangerous fields.
Ones who are in the age group between twenty five and forty who are both experienced and
dynamic among personnel who have taken and repeated their theoretical and practical training have
to be employed in works at night and works in shift. The personnel who work under high tension
musnt be allowed to work overtime.
In next years, the employees who work as OHS expert among personnel of EA and TEA
will necessarily be electrical engineer, well informed about the practice and even have completed
post graduate program as a requirement.
Performance of work health and safety trainings in short intervals, increase of practical
studies on side, tracking of execution of cautions, creation of a safe work environment are necessary
in EA and TEA,
Amelioration of culture of work safety, regulatory cautions, use of PPE/KKD( personnel

protective equipment) by personnel in accordance with their maneuvers and maintenance
requirements, wearing arc preventing suits to minimize contact with electricity, use of hand tools
with full insulation, and actions of public institutions, enterprises and workers which are in
conformity with regulations of working health and safety are required .
REFERENCES:
[1] Resolution of High Board of Privatization, TEDA Privatization Scope and program
of Directorate of Privatization Administration of Prime Ministry of TC R.G: 18 June
2013 date Number: 28681, Ankara. (13.05.2013).
[2] EPDK energy market regulatory Authority 2014.
[3] pek ., Sezer H., World Energy Council 9. Turkish National Committee, p: 303,
stanbul, (24-27 September 2003).
[4] Erdem, ., Yrekli Z., World Energy Council 10.Turkish National Committee, p: 326,
stanbul, (27-30 November 2003).
[5] Khalifa, M., High-Voltage Engineering, Theory and Pratice, Cario University Giza,
Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York, p:1-2, (1990).
[6] Courts of accounts ,Electricity Generation Company 2012 Annual Report, Ankara,
9/303, (2012).
[7] EA Electricity Generation Company, Inspection report of 2013, Ankara, s:9/288,
547
18/288 (2014).
[8] ltanr M. ., Assessment of Energy Strategies of Turkey at the Start of 21st century
TSAD T/98-12/239 yayn, p. 157, stanbul (Aralk 1998).
[9] Energy Productivity Code, Legislation of Energy Productivity General Directorate of
Electrical Power Sources Survey and development administration of Ministry of Energy
and Natural Resources, p:1, Ankara, (2009).
[10] Turgut E., Seluk K., Generation, Transmission and distribution of electric power,
Detay Yaynclk, s: 3, Ankara, September 2011,
[11] MEB., Power generation of High tension Systems Elektrik Elektronik Teknolojisi
Yaynlar, p: 3-19,Ankara, (2011).
[12] Enerji Atlas., Study of Power Generation Statistics, Ankara, p:1-2, (2015).
[13] EA Electricity Generation Company, Inspection report of 2013, Ankara,p:9/288,
18/288 (2014).
[14] Ceylan M., Electric power plants andGeneration, Transmission and distribution of
electric power Sekin Yaynclk, p:40, january 2014 Ankara.
[15] ztrk H., Renewable Energy Sources, Birsen Yaynevi, p:8.,2013, stanbul.
[16] Turkish electricity Transmission Company. Corporate Information, Ankara, p:1,
(2015).
[17] High Voltage System, Working safely around high-voltage conductors, p:1-23,
British Columbia, 2014).
[18] http://enerjienstitusu.com/2014/12/26/turkiye-elektrik-sebekesi-uzunlugunda-avrupa-
ucuncusu/ 17 Ocak 2015).
[19] Ceylan H., Trkiyedeki Elektrik letim Tesislerinde Meydana Gelen Kazalarnn
Analizi Electronic Journal of Vocational Collage p:108 Mays 2012.
[20] EA reports of work accidents 2003-2013.
[21] TEA reports of work accidents 2003-2013.
548
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
TRAFFIC ACADEMY FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY IN TRAFFIC

Suat Sari1,Yanko Milev2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT:
The owner of the very first drivers license in the world is the German citizen, Karl Benz who
is regarded as the inventor of or todays automobiles. Due to noise and the disturbance of his
invention Motorwagen made, the citizens of Mannheim complained about Benz. Whereupon, Benz
obtained a permit, from the authorized administrations, to use his automobile in public places (first
drivers license was made mandatory in Prussia in 1903).
If we were to think that the driver licenses are being issued in Turkey since the 1920s, there
have not been any tests applied in nearly 95 years, to the owners of the license, related to their
driving skills and their current health situations. Because there arent any necessary data memory
related to the health situation, information level on new vehicle technologies, awareness skills in
traffic and psychological profile on many drivers in Turkish highways, it is impossible to make any
scientific comment on the profile of a common driver.
Key Words: OHS, Traffic academy, occupational safety in taffic
1
Suat Sari, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
2
Yanko Milev, Assoc. Prof. PhD Varna Free University
3
549
1. Introduction
Carried out for many years, how wrongful the system issues the licenses can be understood
from the 5,000 annual deaths in traffic accidents. Even with the construction of new roads, with the
effects of the increasing amount of vehicles, accidents involving death and injury still increase
every year. There are hundreds of driver classes in Turkey that aim to issue a license. The lack of
traffic culture and the lack of experience accumulation of these managers at the driving classes, and
audits and trainings not being within the international norms emerge as important problems that
trigger traffic accidents and affect occupational safety in traffic.
The road safety depends on what methods the society uses in order to manage their
transportation systems, land use, urban development and how they associate these with general
health and safety targets, and how they balance everything with the economic, social and
environmental requirements.
In conclusion, in order to prevent traffic accidents and provide traffic safety; first, the licenses
of all the commercial vehicle drivers, then the individual vehicle drivers and all the professional
drivers go through theoretical and practical trainings and be evaluated again.
To what extent the strategies relating to road safety are implemented in various societies does
not only depend on economic, technical developments and capacity but also depends on the
underlying social values. If the societies reject the fact of people dying or getting seriously injured
on the roads; they will be ready to establish efficient systems that allocate resources in order to
minimize the peoples mistakes along with the mistakes in their judgment, and compensate the
mistakes made against everything and move forward to higher levels.
2. WHAT KIND OF A TRAFFIC ACADEMY

In order to establish occupational safety in traffic by preventing traffic accidents; the quality
of the way the driving training and the licenses are issues must be evaluated and the mentioned
process must be compared to the EU countries thatve made proactive enforcements in on this
subject.
If we were to use Germany as an example that is the most successful country on this subject
within EU standards on implementation, these tests are carried out in Germany only by private
establishments named TV and DEKRA.
The theoretical training given to the driver candidates in Germany consists of 14 classes and
every class in 90 minutes. 12 of those classes consist of main subjects (traffic regulations, traffic
signs and rules, first aid, environmental information) and the programs are given in modular system.
The candidate is able to take any module he/she wishes on any day without certain order. They are
obligated to go through all 14 modules and enter a theological exam within a year. Those who pass
the theoretic exam must participate in implementation exam within a year. Municipal senate is
responsible for the supervision/monitoring of these classes. Mandatory Practice Training (steering
wheel training) is 12 hours and each class is 45 minutes. All of this training is conducted in flowing
traffic as 4 hours is spent on the highways, 5 in city roads and 3 in night trainings. Night driving
trainings must be done after its fully dark outside. Only after the person is fully able to enter
flowing traffic, he/she must then go through mandatory 12-hour training (in city, highways and
night training).
One of the most important facts here is that the people conducting these exams have
graduated from a 3-year Traffic and Transport Vocational schools that provide technical training or
from an engineering department of a university and own a A, B or C class driving certificate. As for
those who conduct a bus driving certificate exam must own a D class driving certificate. Those who
possess these conditions can serve in these training establishments after they receive 6 months of
training provided that they were successful in the exams given by the Ministry of Transport.
Internship Implementation:
Intern driver implementation is conducted, in periods of 2 years, to drivers in Germany who
were successful in exams and received their driving certificate. Some restrictions are put on these
drivers during their candidacy. While there is a tolerance of 0.5 promile is given to regular drivers,
550
candidate drivers receive none. Candidate drivers proven to have driven a vehicle with up to 0.5
promile are given a monetary fine in addition to being subjected to a improving driver behavior
training at a cost and his/her candidate period is extended for 2 more years.
Driver Class Trainings:

Class duration that the Class Trainers in Germany conduct is 6 months and within this time
frame, 770x45 minutes of training is given. In this training, 350 hours of Traffic Safety and Driver
Behavior, 70 hours of Traffic Laws, 100 hours of Environment and Vehicle Techniques, 15 hours of
steering and 235 hours of Traffic Pedagogy are given.
With a population of 84 million, there are 30,000 trainers working in 4,000 driving classes in
Germany and training is given to 800,000 people annually for a B glass driving certification.
If we were to compare the above system and implementation to the implementations and
trainings and the qualifications of the trainers in Turkey, the reason why Turkey is first in Europe in
traffic accidents is even more apparent. In this regard, because presenting the tests and the training
given to drivers along with their profiles will emit negative energy to our subject and because it is
an obsolete system, we did not see any reason to provide them in this study.
Table Population-Traffic Data and Accident Analysis Comparison (1)

Number
Number Number of
Number Number of Deaths
of Population vehicles
Country of of per
Vehicles (x1000) per 1000
Injuries Deaths 100,000
(x1000) people
vehicles
GERMANY 188,297 3,648 50,638 81,776 619 7
TURKEY 153,549 3,750 17,033 75,627 225 22
In this context, there is a need for traffic training and test centers in Turkey that are organized
by institutions that are within the same criteria provided above. Re-evaluation tests given to all the
license owner drivers across the country will assist us in determining the license owners who can be
drivers. Via these centers, the traffic accidents will be reduced and thanks to the practice trainings
that will be received in accordance with actual technology, there will also be fuel-savings across the
country.
GERMANY Hannover TV-Traffic drivers license driving test center (next to the highway)
551
Germany Berlin / Brandenburg TV training track/runway
3. NECESSITY OF A TRAFFIC ACADEMY IN TURKEY
As of first quarter of 2015, there is a total 25 million people in Turkey with a drivers license.
19 million of those are male and 6 million are female.
The increase in the amount of vehicles the last five years is 40% and the increase in the
number of drivers is 23%. With the amount in vehicles and drivers in 2010 and the ease of
obtaining vehicles with credit, it is foreseen that this will increase by 100% in 2010.
The spiritual extent of the number of deaths and injuries mentioned above and the monetary
losses require to put an end to this trend. In implementation carried out by the government, the
number of personnel and audits by the government power has not been sufficient enough to prevent
traffic accidents.
Sadly, we must state that, if we were to compare the traffic accidents in occurring in Turkey,
in terms of numbers and results, to developed western countries, we can see that the number of
accidents and fatalities are the highest in Turkey. One of the main reasons of this in general is the
lack of training and education on the subjects of road and traffic safety in Turkey. One of the ways
to protect yourself from traffic accidents is to learn and teach traffic rules and to fully comply.
Educating every person from a young age falls on to both a person individually and on all the
relevant institutions and establishments and all must do their part. For this purpose, establishment of
traffic safety will be possible by having an infrastructure, first aid services along with fulfilling a
good and sufficient training.
At the Traffic Academy, it is aimed to increase the driving skills of the drivers with the tests
that they never had the opportunity to see and take when they first received their license. In 2010s,
defensive driving techniques have become an indispensable training method. If we take a look at the
training required from some of the private transportation companies and businesses for their own
corporate identity, the number of drivers taking this type of training is very low. In addition, the
first aid, communication and behavior trainings given under this training are subjects that are
unknown to the license owners.
If we had to describe briefly, all the commercial vehicle drivers with license should be
subjected to exams by taking their practical and theoretical training at the Traffic Academy and the
drivers should go though the necessary minimum health screening and the psychotechnic tests
should be conducted by traffic psychologists.
552
3.1. Goal/Purpose of the Academy and Its Innovative Character
The purpose of this academy which will be providing safe driving training services, is to
educate conscious drivers. As a result of this goal, it is to teach safe driving techniques, to show and
demonstrate, within a safe environment, the mistakes made in traffic, and to ensure the development
of personal skills and most importantly, to make them experience, on the runway, the accidents that
may occur in traffic. Lets not forget, in order to establish a steady and safe traffic environment,
one of the most important things on top is to train the human factor on sufficient levels on the
subjects of road safety and vehicle techniques. It is not possible to prevent traffic problems,
especially traffic accidents with only superficial measures and police force.
3.2. Safe Driving Training Program
The work of the professional and commercial drivers in EU does not end with owning a
license. After the drivers receive their license, their knowledge is continuously updated on various
subjects by going through periodic training of primarily highway safety and rational and optimal
use of gasoline conducted by an authorized training center.
The professional drivers must receive their first period training within at least 3 years or
within 7 years the most after their receive their license. Later on, these periodic trainings are given
once every 5 years in at least 7-hour classes in a total of 35 hours.
Safe and defensive driving techniques and the demonstrated training at the Traffic Academy
will be done with training vehicles that have a movable frame and an electromechanical pump and
electronic control panel on them. These chassis frames are given different names depending on the
vehicles being used (skid car, skid bus). With the help of the SkidPlates, different ground conditions
are created such as wet, slippery, sandy, snowy and icy. As for the demonstration training, they are
outlines as; safety equipment and functions, sitting position and steer wheel holding, using the
steering wheel and driving physics, passing the vehicle in front, passing on the left and giving way,
braking techniques on different read surfaces, vehicle dynamics and skidding on windy roads, going
around the obstacles during danger and escape maneuvers, driving techniques on the slippery road,
driving techniques based on load and driving based on center of gravity (dynamic plate).
Basic course titles in the Traffic Academy;
1st Day: Basic Information

A-Traffic information
B-Motorized vehicle techniques
2nd Day: Fire and First Aid

A- Fire
B- First Aid
3rd Day: Psychological analysis of the driver

A- Psychotechnic evaluation and testing
B-Safe driving training
4th Day: Save Driving Information

A- Training before entering the road
B-Traffic rules
C-Stopping and viewing distances
D-Driving loaded vehicles
E-Driving in winding roads
553
F-Driving at night
G-Driving in bad weather conditions
5th Day: Practices with Safe-Driving Techniques

The objectives of the Safe Driving Class Program. With the programs, the drivers will:
a) Rather than being a driver coming out alive out of every dangerous situation in traffic;
comprehend the driver awareness that will not create these situations by realizing these types of
positions ahead of time,
b) Concepts of driving techniques related to safe driving,
c) Outside their own factors, driver to pay attention to the other drivers situation,
d) Be a calm and responsible driver while driving,
e) Develop their fast and accurate decision making skills,
f) Recognize potential dangers and avoid dangerous situations,
g) Monitor what types of risks that the incorrect assumptions and information creates,
h) Comprehend to tackle stress, fatigue and short-temper,
i) Improve their decision making skills under stress,
j) Hit the brakes correctly in a way that it becomes a reflex,
k) Comprehend the importance of vehicle maintenance in terms of safe driving
l) Make it a habit of making daily checks of the vehicle,
m) Fire precautions and first aid with fire behavior,
n) Gain confidence on first aid in accidents and first response
o) Gain driving techniques against overturning,
p) their evaluation of whether or not their psychological health is prone to accidents.
3.3. Goal/Purpose of the Academy and the Target Audience
The primary target audience of the project will be urban passenger-carrying drivers,
commercial vehicle drivers and taxi drivers. The main purpose will be to train, raise awareness and
educate approximately 10 million truck, bus, taxi and other commercial vehicle drivers and 9
million automobile drivers along with 6 million license owners who received their license but do
not drive.
We can summarize the intended purpose as follow:
554
To reduce traffic accidents,
To issue driver certificates within EU norms,
To create statistics on individual and commercial vehicle users by developing a layout that
gathers all types of statistical information on commercial vehicle drivers (this number is not known
by the official authorities).
The initial target audience can be listed as: School and Personnel service drivers, Taxi
drivers, Van and Minibus drivers, Public Transportation drivers, drivers that carry passengers on
vehicles that belong to the State, Inter-city passenger carrying drivers, drivers that provide
service in the Tourism sector.
3.4. Sectorial Benefits of the Academy
We can state that the concrete indicator of the primary benefit can come to light with the
realization of the Project and with the noticeable declines in monetary, fetal and injury accidents.
With the functioning of the project and the establishment of safety in traffic, the quality of life
will be increased, urban devastation that the accidents caused will be prevented and the traffic
congestion resulting from bad-driving of the untrained drivers will be eliminated.
Environmental pollution that leads to the biggest argument today is to reduce the carbon
dioxide emissions that the automobile-like vehicles with rubber tires cause and to use the fuel
(produced from underground sources) that is gradually draining away more efficiently, and for this
purpose, re-testing the drivers in all the countries in the coming years with ECO-Driving Economic
Driving Techniques is on the agenda. The most important elements of economic driving can be
listed as: periodic maintenance, use of air conditioner, fuel intake timing (should be purchased in
cool time zones during summer), fuel intake method (the fuel tank should never be filled
completely), tire pressures not being within theoretical values, vehicle driving technique,
unnecessary weights in the trunk and exhaust performance. Rather than the traffic academy just
issuing a license, there is no doubt that the information listed above will end the impact of waste on
the economy that is generating from the vehicle drives.
3.5. SLOGANS THAT SHOULD BE PUBLISHED IN THE MEDIA FOR TRAFFIC

SAFETY
1. Dont Neglect Safety by Neglecting Rules

2. Pedestrians have the priority in traffic
3. The measurement of civilized societies is the respect in traffic
4. The traffic is fixed with love, respect and tolerance. Speeding shortens the lives, not the
distance
5. Do not sacrifice our future plans to traffic
6. Respecting traffic rules is respecting humanity
7. The seat belt is the link that increases the percentage of life
555
8. Caution for excessive speed, what is lost is a life
9. The seat belt is a link between life and death
10. Lets comply with traffic rules and warn those who dont
11. Alcohol takes the mind, excess speed takes the life
12. Fastdriving - Lastdriving!
13. Each traffic rule is valuable as much as a life
14. The best driver is not the one who has a drivers license and the necessary documents; the
best driver is the one who follows the rules
15. The wheel of fate in traffic is willpower and the bad use of willpower is murder, not fate
16. Obey traffic rules and keep your love ones with you
17. Dear driver, you can purchase alcohol but never a life
18. The traffic culture develops with respect, not laws
19. Some choose speed, you should choose to live
20. Life is not cheap and the traffic rules are not unnecessary
21. Fasten your seat belt and provide life assurance
22. Those who are pals with speed become friends with traffic monster
23. If speeding is a pleasure, then living is more pleasure
24. Speeding shortens lives not distances
25. Alcohol blinds perception and pollutes traffic
26. Alcohol kills, neglect make you suffer, attention makes you laugh
27. Solid foundation is what holds the building steady and seat belt is what keeps the driver
alive
4. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The European Parliament has made a clear political statement in Europe: Not one single
death is Europe can be justified, therefore, long-term goal is to provide the assurance that no
European citizen dies or gets injured on the roads. (2)
In a similar way, the Ministers of Transport and Road Safety have made this statement on
October 23-24, 2003 at a conference in Verona, Many people dying and getting injured on the
roads is too high of a price and this being the situation, eliminating this problem has the first
priority in political agenda. (3)
For occupational safety and health in traffic, driving and attention tests should be done on the
drivers and all the drivers must have first-aid and communications training.
A Traffic Ministry should be established as soon as possible and the existing experts
should be put on duty.
A Traffic Culture should again be established as soon as possible.
The traffic class should be taught as a mandatory class in primary education.
The first requirement to reduce accidents is to raise awareness and train people on the subject
of traffic.
An important element to ensure compliance with traffic rules is education. An educated
person is a person that complies with society rules. In order to ensure value, attitude and behavior
changes that are expected from the drivers and to instill a new point of view, understanding and
appropriate values, it is inevitable not to renew the programs. Bringing solution to traffic problems
means investing in human element. The drivers should be put through very comprehensive written-
oral and demonstrated traffic tests and the licenses of the inadequate drivers should be seized, then
they should be enabled to obtain their license by staring in the driving classes again. (4)
REFERENCES:
[1] TUIK (Turkish Statistical Institute) 2014 highway date of the transportation sector,
www.tuik.gov.tr
[2] Peden Metal., eds. World report on road traffic injury prevention. Geneva, World
556
Health Organization, 2004.
[3] European Parliament Report on the Commission communication to the Council, the
European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the
Regions. Priorities in EU
[4] road safety progress report and ranking of actions. Brussels, European Commission,
2000 (COM(2000) 125 C5-0248/2000-2000/2136(COS)) 2000 FINAL A5-
0381/200o).
[5] Verona Declaration on Road Safety. Declaration of the Conference of Ministers for
Transport andRoad Safety, Verona, Italy, 2324 October 2003. Brussels, European
Union Road Federation, 2003
[6] (http://www.erf.be/files/2590_105_VeronaDecl_Sintesi_FINAL.pdf , accessed 1
February 2004).
[7] Suat SARI - TRANSIST 2011 IV. Transportation Symposium and Exhibition Notice,
sh.370
557
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
SAFETY PROTECTIVE MEASURES IN UNIVERSITY PREP

Yalcin Karagozler1, Stefan Terziev2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT:
The globalization of world trade affected, in conjunction with universities and students in
other countries have begun to prefer to read outside their own country. Especially in university
religion, language, different culture without having to racial discrimination and sectarian students
find reading facilities on the same campus. This study focused on the importance of protecting the
security necessary preparatory measures to be safe schools and schools with very complex student
identity. School administrator's role and tasks of the factors that need to provide a safe school
concept, guidance teacher's role and tasks, the teacher's role and tasks and family defined roles and
tasks, issues that need to be considered when making school safety climate measurement is
depicted.
Keywords: Safe Schools, School Climate, Safety, Protective Measures
1
Stefan Terziev, Prof. Varna Free University
2
Yalcin Karagozler, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
3
558
1.Introduction
The students are a valuable resource to promote a safe school climate. Being in the Safe
Schools initiative, take responsibility, but also contribute to the improvement of school climate, this
knowledge and experience they have acquired in school, people have established between positive
and healthy relationships that will help them in achieving success in the post-school life. The
creation of safe school climate, especially in schools to apply disciplinary system of our country,
the main criteria of safety-related systems prepared by the Ministry of Education and schools are
required to abide by the terms of the planning disciplines. In particular those planning period is also
audited by the inspectors. On paper and are not held with the participation of all users that plans to
increase school safety climate is not any good. After the planning of the event held on to intervene
where only the plan, the event management needs to occur as long as the lens is removed in the
closet again file is known. Safe school program, the participation of all users will be prepared in
advance of the protective functional that of security preparedness measures related plans, trial
within a year, to ensure the development of the security strategy, the school made the virtual drill
and practice, decision-making of managers will increase their insight, their work in peace and trust
academics, students and to establish healthy relationships, without upsetting the students, wincing
from the courses and research oriented to be a successful student, complete fulfillment of
employees ie administrative staff, administrative staff at the school will ensure that all users of the
administrative aspects of the health service receive.
Especially in our country 1999 zmit earthquake after the collapse of many schools, a break
for a long time student of education, sustaining the training of tents and fires result from accidents
occurring in the laboratories of schools, students and schools on the injury of teachers and school
administrators came to the preliminary injunction related to physical security and people's first
building have begun to question the robustness and security. Now that school is a non-preferred
status of the relocation of the building managers how they will compensate for this situation?
Schools great fire of preventing a potential earthquake-induced fire that may have occurred but are
not institutions, and rescue operations shall be extinguished in what way? How personal
information is stored at the school? Are there measures to prevent people from falling into the hands
irrelevant? Teachers, employees, students and visitors' personal information, personal files safe is it
under? That the security guard against sabotage enough? What is planned for the reduction of
violence in schools? Privacy criteria is implemented? Appropriate and carried out by reliable
persons? All this with questions and administrators, academics, students and all employees, the
official and consideration of other organizations and plan views of protective measures on security
preparations Is prepared? During the first examination of all research during the school's safe school
survey came in the physical security and physical security are emphasized fire and flood and
earthquake safe schools within the scope of sabotage.
2. Safe schools concept
When safe school concept first look has been designed according to pre-planned norm in
terms of physical security standards, with high degree of safety climate perceptions and practices,
campus, school buildings and environment are monitored by skilled camera systems, inputs and
outputs are controlled by private security, with pre-prepared security plans be taken against the
unlikely event of an emergency plan and measures to be implemented according to plan and the
methods into practice at certain time intervals and the school is constantly kept up to date.
Make a single definition of the concept of safe schools as well as all the social concept is not
possible. School safety or safe school definition B.Dnmez(2001-4) students, teachers and other
staff themselves physical, psychological and emotional care are feeling free. Gven,( 2002-9) Is
defined as the creation of a suitable environment for learning school safety at school. Bucher and
Manning (2005-3) to create safe schools is something other than the elimination of fighting and
violence in schools. Safe school students, teachers, administrators, staff helpful, and where the
559
positive interaction of visitors, attitudes, and whether the response of threatening manner, the front
of the positive relationships and personal development is a school that is dominated by a climate
that is open. Different a phrase students, staff, teachers and administrators of the school live in
peace anywhere, it is not superior to other friends of a group of individuals that respects each other
at school, is considered within the school climate as a place where everyone is in the positive
interaction. Bucher and Manning.(2005 - 3) American National School Safety Coordinator Ronald
safe school, anywhere in the school, including the fear of the weekend is an environment that is free
of violence and suspicion. School Safety; students, employees, managers and other stakeholders
with the visitors and they are the parents in the school environment safe environment, their
physical, psychological and social care "free" are feeling. School safety is not only limited to the
safety of the school environment. The extent of school safety and student size, employees,
managers and teachers starting from leaving the house to go to school again until the home
encompasses all phases. All common expression of this definition, every day is repeated, and a very
long time employees of the school life has become a part of our lives, administrators, teachers, and
should be converted into media will come with the visitors and exhibitors policy on this issue
should be produced.
2.1. The factors affecting of school safety
For teachers and students in order to achieve a successful education and learning in schools
must be a safe place. After the earthquake of August 17, questioned the soundness of the building or
in areas near schools in the same area carried out in a safe learning environment, how? Families
primarily to children in such schools do not want to read? Students themselves what they can do to
think about the future course of the head during an earthquake will happen anytime soon. They
constantly questioning it with teachers during training. Teachers and other employees to
continuously manage them to make this inquiry. Consequently teach core business and reduced
interest in learning. Then to become a safe school environment in terms of education and training is
a must. To determine whether a school is not easy to secure. Security is affected by many factors.
These factors are a large part of the country concerned as determined by education ministries
responsible for discipline with some school owners or managers of some of the principles set out by
teachers and students contributions and a portion of the results of research in the statistical
indicators, the government and civil society report is determined by removing some results .
Dwyer and Osha (2000-6), Akt Ik (2004-11) of the attributes of a safe school were as
follows:
1. Strong leadership at the school, dedicated teaching staff, the views of students, parents and
community participation in the selection of senior and programs are taken into account.
2. Physical arrangements of the school is safe.
3. Policies to maintain the prevention and school safety problems are applied consistently and
continuously.
4. Preventive programs for school safety is determined by taking into account the
characteristics of the students.
5. Measures and policies relating to school safety approach is based on observable.
6. Teachers and other staff and students are trained continuously to application programs and
are supported on school safety.
7. Measures relating to school safety and programs are constantly being monitored and
evaluated.
School safety; student, teacher or assistant, starting from leaving home to go to school in
order to include all stages of the service staff again last until the house. Thus has said the security
should be divided into 3 main categories. Ik (2004-11)
1. School safety in terms of space
2. Between the school and home security
560
3. In school and class covers security measures.
Welsh.2000 Ik (2004-19-11) Factors that make the unsafe school environment were as
follows:
1. Ineffectiveness, and hence the failure of teaching students,
2. Inconsistent and punitive administrative practices,
3. Punitive teacher behavior,
4. Unclear as for the desired behavior expectations,
5. Not showing the necessary sensitivity to the application of the rules,
6. Failure individualized instruction according to students' individual differences,
7. The lack of clear, fair and consistent rules,
8. Teachers and administrators to be fully aware of the rules,
9. Ignoring the wrong behavior,
10. That students believe the rules are legitimate,
11. The size of the school,
12. Lack of resources for education,
13. The weakness of teacher collaboration manager,
14. Passivity of the manager,
15. For students of social efficacy and lack of ability to control himself.
CSG City Security Group Chairman of the Board( 2004-1) (O.ztrk Gvenli 2013-16
)school book mentions a safe school standards consisting of 48 items. Each of these substances to
create safe schools parameter, but the priority and importance as physical security of the school,
administrators, staff and teachers varies according to priority. Students' health and safety educators
should be mindful and adopt safe educational concepts is the responsibility of educators. The
concept of safe schools, according to the individual's social environment where the individual is
based on the adapted effectively. This concept, school and community, living and refers to the
introduction of a training program to evaluate as a laboratory for learning. Many teachers safe
education, giving students the training program, they consider them as a preparation to life in a
positive way. To learn and teach in an environment that gives a sense of freedom; at home, at
school, in traffic, a playground and free time activities required to take adequate measures in such
activities. The realization of this goal, teachers, students required behaviors, habits, knowledge and
providing learning experiences to gain skills take on the responsibility of a school program loft
(1960-13).
Educators, students to school safety, managing interpersonal relationships and the need to
ensure the development of self-regulatory skills. Because most threatening issue for the vast
majority of students between people stems from the inability to solve problems. Students, families
and reflecting negative practices they see in the media, think the opposite will resolve the
differences between people with an attack action. Be weak in children's interpersonal relationships,
family inability to be an example of them. Children growing up in this family; When faced with a
positive school environment, students with opportunities to develop positive relationships by adults
in the school can overcome this problem, as presented. Students with conflict resolution programs,
are equipped with social rules. This rule allows students to redirect their anger and their escape
from the violence surrounding them. Another program that can be used as part of the school safety
studies are peer mediation and mentoring program. This program is a way for students to further
develop interpersonal communication skills. Students' strengths, these students are trained under
this program have the authority and control can direct them to make requests to positive or negative
behavior and then asked the students to mediate disputes of these students. This way guidance
programs implemented in an efficient way to increase their ability to interpersonal relationships Hill
(1996-11)
School safety must be the creation of school safety policies and plans to ensure the desired
level. School security policy may include the following points Gifford. And others (8). The school
name and that those responsible at the school who are, to be provided by who security in what size
561
and purpose, by whom the work to be done, will be carried out in which conditions will be included
in the security dimension person and should be written with the expectations of the institution. In
addition, student safety the nature of management created to provide the details of the application,
case reports of accidents, first aid practices, school equipment and maintenance reports, in an
emergency earthquake in behavior that is to be protected from earthquakes, details of evacuation
and escape paths to personal security measures , the reliability of employee personal information
security, put plans and applications against tampering and sabotage, describing the information
about risk materials that have to be stored in the school division can be considered DEW (1995-4).
School of measures taken in connection with the planning and safety will not be sufficient alone to
provide security at the school. Indeed, the alienating of the strict security measures in schools where
students and out of school, the students revealed that between insecurity and increase unwanted
behavior Beger R.(2003-2] Preparing school safety plans, students, teachers, staff, and is important
to the formation of a positive school climate among school counselors. This climate of violence in
schools will be reduced by different approaches. School safety, proper safety approach, positive
human relations, corporate enactment and shall be provided with a positive school climate Bucher
and Manning( 2005-3].
2.2. Roles and duties of school administrators related to school safety
The importance given to safety training in a school of school administrators, security, or see it
as a requirement of the basic conditions of life and education programs. Lifetime for the students to
know that they would be able to survive and security needs to be educated on the facts must be
faced by school administrators and teachers of the most important responsibilities. School
environment, but not seen in the training result is the teaching and learning process that provides a
structure for achieving these results affect too much. Primarily targets should be set for security
training. The objectives set out for security training; Loft( 1960-13)
1. Student life in the communities in which they live, health and teach students to be active in
the protection of tangible assets.
2. Give individuals responsibility for the impact of individual attitudes towards the group's
safety and the safety of others.
3. Such as fire hazards and to traffic in solving security issues for protection in emergency
situations in ensuring that cooperation.
4. Safety rules, regulations and laws to ensure their respect.
5. Providing common causes of accidents and have knowledge of how they can be prevented.
6. Pedestrian responsibilities, cycling and develop knowledge and skills that can be applied to
all traffic situations involving the use of the automobile.
7. Occupational hazards teach precautions to minimize.
8. Wounds, drowning, poisoning, fractures, sprains, burns, such as emergency medical skills
and knowledge can be applied to development problems, is defined as.
School administrators, students in providing a safer environment, planning and carrying out
the design and implementation process, it is necessary to take into account the following principles
[49].
1. Select your school safety targets. Each school is different and challenges, identifying the
right target to meet the needs of your school and the program must be prepared in
accordance with these objectives.
2. To exchange ideas with your colleagues. However, another school of thought that operates
in a plan in processing your school.
3. To prepare a comprehensive plan students, teachers, school staff, families and community
members to ensure the participation and strengthen your communication.
4. To create a successful program, students, teachers, school staff, families and communities
should create support among members. You get the expected benefits and clearly specify the
562
effective participants in the planning process. Before the program applies, creating common
support is required for the program success.
5. After the program starts, follow the program's development. The program effectively applied
or not applied, determine whether it was successful.
6. Institutionalize the program. The responsibility of the program is given to only a few people,
the program will be vulnerable to personnel changes. All interested parties should attend this
program so.
7. Ask the necessary support and assistance from governmental organizations.
B. Dnmez( K 2001-4) article titled, the school administrator plays a central role in terms of
school safety. School administrators are the first person responsible for the implementation and
monitoring of daily politics. More importantly, the manager will allow students to abide by the rules
and is responsible for the work of staff to supervise them.
At the same time, security-related issues with students, parents and ensure communication
with the public task is reduced to a large extent also to the manager. Benefiting from the manager
technical possibilities besides getting all kinds of security measures, you can learn all the students,
working with them and very important role in the creation of an appropriate climate to be placed in
the school's vision that can live together is reduced.
Young (1999:22), regarding violence seen in school, at any time of school violence, all of
which could be in a school, you should be prepared to manage the situation, in order to minimize
the risk implies that there can be practical steps to be taken. Dunn (1999:6) The school
administrator should do, in other words, these practical steps are summarized as follows.
1. Determine the limits of acceptable behavior and disorderly conduct against sheep against
honestly and persistently.
2. About the students, show sincere behavior you encounter a problem, including school safety.
3. Learn how to resolve conflicts and teach; describe the benefits of avoiding violence,
encourage the students to solve the problems arising from differences.
4. For the benefit of students of the school, the staff in the existing to help students reinforce
the idea that, to encourage students to report suspected crimes and accidents.
5. If a potential hazard or dangerous behavior warned against act now.
6. Ignore bullying or harassing behavior among students. Interceded and ceased to move the
show to students that such behavior is not acceptable.
7. To participate in activities outside your responsibility, share ownership of the school, learn
your views and recommendations expressed in a positive way.
8. Interact with families of children or preservatives (guardian).
9. Think about what you have learned about their experience as students at the end of a school
day.
10. Try to make yourself more approachable.
11. Make a plan that you can follow in a dangerous situation you might encounter in a moment
that you are responsible for the control of a group of students, the school also ask your
teacher to have such a plan. Act now to prepare your school does not have a plan for such
situations.
12. Be a model for positive behavior, avoid discouraging behavior that you live examples of
data on what the correct behavior.
School administrators in creating safe schools for all tasks relating to the right of the things
that encourages them to do all school safety by all researchers, related to school climate and culture,
are measures of educational quality. General school safety protective security measures necessary to
express as this is also the purpose of the plan. Stephens (1998), this condition is expressed as
follows: School safety purpose of the plan, from drugs, violence, intimidation and fear away,
teachers can teach, it is the success in an environment where students can learn is rewarded and
create a school climate that develops the whole student and maintain this climate. This purpose,
though, share some similar features, although all school safety plans, unlike any of the other
563
exactly. Therefore Dunn (1999: 6 ) proposes the following to the administrator to increase the
physical sense, school safety:
1. Check the entrance to the garden and the school building.
2. Reduce the number of students in school and class.
3. Minimize the elapsed time in the hallways or in potentially dangerous place to organize
programs.
4. Rearrange the control tasks during critical periods.
5. Set the student's order to leave the school in the school starting and dinner time.
6. Observe the school environment.
7. Working in coordination with local police, provide the round-trip safety school.
Schools prepare them outside of school safety plan for the safety of school administrators and
the tasks related to the implementation can be summarized as follows:
1. To create a school safety planning team and to organize,
2. The school safety plan with the school to make an annual security assessment team,
3. To contribute to the development of violence prevention programs and strategies,
4. To create a social support team,
5. To develop and manage a crisis intervention plan.
School safety plan covers the entire population. O'Reilly and Verdugo (1999-15) called this
the "Safe School = Secure society + Family safe" are to the form formula. However, the schools of
the protection functions causes of unsafe school with the community and the family are expected to
be more secure. This expectation of the importance of school, makes it even more important the role
of school administrators indirectly.
2.3. The duties and responsibilities of the school teachers guide
Ertukel,( 1974- 8) outlines the objectives of the School Guidance Counselor as follows.
1. To ensure the establishment of communication between the security department and
students.
2. School security unit of the students' personal property theft, the bullying, attacks and to
help ensure that students are exposed to all forms of violence.
3. Inform student about the work of the the security department of the school.
4. To stop false rumors for school safety.
5. To provide accurate information to families about school safety.
6. Students are trained to be able to provide for its own security.
7. Resolve incidents in schools in the school.
8. To create the awareness of a school community members in school.
9. To identify security problems in school.
2.4. The role and duties of teachers about school safety
The importance given to safety training in a school of school administrators, security, or see it
as a requirement of the basic conditions of life and education programs. Teachers should teach
safety. Within and outside the responsibility of the teacher training programs are relevant. However,
teachers sometimes practical applications of the subject areas they teach are unaware of the security
content as necessary. Many teachers given responsibility for work done outside the training
program, not carry out the responsibilities incumbent upon them because they lack knowledge of
the hazards found naturally in such activities. People need to teach safety, security should be
capable of teaching. Therefore, protective security measures competencies should have all the
teachers are as follows Yost (1960-21)
1. Today's having a security training philosophy helps to live in the world.
2. The individual, family, community, and be prepared for accidents and hazards affecting the
nation.
564
3. Implement the security methods at all levels of the school everyday tasks.
4 To become a part of the specified tasks in the following survey points;
a) Creating a safe environment in the classroom or in the office area,
b) Report all accidents, fire drills and participate in other security exercise, have a first-aid
information, and to fulfill its tasks in co-operation at all as planned by the school safety
study,
c) Teach students to be used in immediate danger stage security applications,
d) Students to use effective ways to provide security habits.
Aid to teachers and school staff for emergency preparedness in general, if a school in need of
training; teachers and school staff increased confidence they gained skills and competencies in first
aid, help them that they should do what the students in emergency situations, and encourage
students to engage in positive behavior, emergencies for students will be defined in a more open
manner Hill (1996- 11). In our country, despite the implementation of joint programs in the schools
of a similar nature, between schools; regions, or from a school in the same place are differences
depending on the success of the other. These differences, however, be explained by deficiencies in
the school's other items. B.Dnmez (2001-4) Teachers are the implementers of the program.
Therefore, it will be understood by all teachers should be prepared in the form of training programs
and can be applied. Teachers programs to resolve problems encountered during implementation and
to provide a more effective learning environment should be organized training courses and seminars
on various topics within the profession. B.Dnmez (2001-4)
2.5. The role and duties of the family regarding school safety
Families with school administrators and teachers have to exchange information through active
cooperation, following the students' progress and to identify the problem areas are useful in terms of
necessary preventive and guiding work. Making the awareness raising seminars and meetings for
parents in schools is effective in detecting by the families of children with a tendency to violence
and action. Believe in the success of the educational process of their children and their families
against them develop positive expectations, the importance of a safe school climate and the
approach is great. Primarily psychologically feel confident students and their families in a safe
school, will contribute positively to the development of safety perception. To show one of the most
important tasks of the family trust in the education of children and the support they receive at
school.
3. Measurement of school security
School because of the extra security of size, measuring whether it is safe or at what level is
safe school is difficult. Stephens (2004-18), stated that helped to improve the quality of education
and training offered at the school to measure the level of the school is safe. Dwyer and Osher
(2000-7), wherein the measuring the properties of a secure school, but it is important to determine
how these qualities have any school.
Determining the extent of any school providing security, five different standards are
mentioned in the literature regarding the measurement needs to be done for this purpose. School
safety standard measurement can be listed as follows Welsh, 2001, O'Reilly and Verdugo, 1999-
15)
1. Student of the information given in relation to the events they have encountered related to
school safety (such as the responses to the survey: for example school students carrying
weapons, you know in the past month?). Answers to questions about how to obtain this kind
of information related to school safety, mostly in the form of yes, no.
2. School safety of students and teachers opinions and thoughts (how safe do you think the
school? Answer to the question). Findings related to students' opinions and ideas is usually
obtained through a Likert-type questionnaire.
565
3. The statistics related to school safety (such as the number of incidents have been reported in
a year). School board regarding school safety at school and others (police) report held by the
fall into this group.
4. School discipline data (away from the school, such as deleting records penalty). Data on
school discipline they are involved in and outside events is an important indicator for
measuring the students' school safety.
5. Complaints of the students themselves threatening events and declarations is one of the
standard can be used to measure school safety.
Welsh (2001-19), this measurement standards related to school safety (Indicators-makers)
should be considered by researchers and practitioners. Measuring the security of any schools should
be considered a combination of all of these standards. Indeed, the Ministry of Education in 2007,
the first and safe school issues research is done in secondary education concerning school safety
Ministry of Education laws, regulations and safety to determine teachers and administrators
thoughts about his protocols related activities with other institutions the survey according to the
results; Ministry of Education and Ministry of the Interior relating to the cooperation protocol
between the manager / teacher ratio of 36.4% "partial" information that, if the rate of information
34.6% stated that the information the rate of 29.4%. These results indicate that teachers and
administrators have the information or they were not informed enough about the cooperation
protocol with the Ministry of Interior for the strengthening of preventive and protective measures to
ensure the safe environment in schools. This protocol by those who have information about this
press-publication rate of 46.9%, 25.9% of school administrators, and all from the 25.5% reported
that they learned from other teachers by 1.7%. Here the interesting point, although initiated a formal
study for the improvement of security with the Ministry of Interior in school, administrators and
teachers that work their organizations, managers and employees have learned from media organs
instead.
All of these results, the institutional factors related to school safety "school climate" in the
context of the Welsh stated in unhealthy organizational climate of the property; "Not satisfied with
the current situation in", "better call me", "alienation and low levels of innovation" is consistent
with the opinion. Welsh Again "school culture" concept of the common values must be in the
"school safety" managers on important issues, such as teachers, families and decision-making is
seen as the realization of cooperation with the students and the school.
Administrators, guidance counselors and class / subject teachers in order to provide a safe
environment in schools related to school safety "Do you have information about a cooperation
protocol signed between the Ministry of Interior and the Ministry of Education? information they
have given to the question of status; Ministry of Education and Ministry of Interior about the
cooperation protocol between the managers made in order to provide a safe environment in schools:
59.5%, guidance counselors, 36,5% of teachers reported that they have knowledge of the rate of
15.2%. Highest percentages of knowledge about the cooperation protocol with the aim to provide a
safe environment in schools is examined, which are, naturally, the administrator side are obliged to
follow up correspondence. However, administrators have the knowledge about this protocol by
59.5% is not enough. The rate drops to 36.5% in the guidance counselors. The teachers very small
part of the 15.2% that the information on this protocol, while 36.6% is partly information, while
nearly half of which is one of the educational process will provide a safe learning environment said
they have information about this protocol. These findings indicate that the Welsh and Sprague's
school environment in which unsafe factors; "Teachers managers weakness of cooperation",
"administrator passivity" and "to show the necessary sensitivity to the application of the rule" is
reminiscent of the matter. Ministry of National Education (EARGED Ankara 2009-14)
Again Have you received training in accordance with a protocol of cooperation with the
Ministry of Education in the same school in order to provide a safe environment in schools Ministry
of Interior regarding the increase of protective and preventive safety measures? information they
have given to the question of status; with the Ministry of Education in order to provide a safe
environment in schools Ministry of Interior between managers regarding the cooperation protocol /
566
teachers 85.8%, a rate that they receive any training, while 5.5% had received training that they had
received the 8.7% partially education. According to the percentage of principals and teachers in
schools to prevent the events close to 95% against the risks that will be effective and sustainable
arises they are not subject to in-service training in accordance with the protocol. However, the
Ministry of Education to intervene without delay in accordance with this protocol provides security
problems in schools was signed on September 20, 2007, "School Safety Liaison Officers" will be
determined and officials would undergo special training. Later on crisis intervention teams creating
violence in schools, making scientific determinations for determining the cause of violent internal
and external factorial other events, lasting solutions would be produced. All must be strictly in
accordance with the fulfillment of these protocols. According to the table above does not arise
unless the fulfillment of these activities. These results Dwyer and Osher's noted in the nature of a
safe school, "teachers and other employees are trained continuously in implementing programs
related to school safety, supported" and "school safety related measures and programs are
continuously monitored and evaluated" principles of good not run and thus our schools shows not
the creation of safe school qualifications.
4. Conclusions and recommendations
As we mentioned at the beginning of our study, only about determined that disciplinary
practices of official institutions of the notification to schools publish guidelines and instructions,
safe schools is not sufficient to create, manage to have the knowledge, with the transfer of
experience and expertise in failure to reach a place, its students and only in the classroom while the
teacher can not gain safe school qualifications, safety, bring is understood that even a small number
can be carried out in schools. Alone, school administrators, employees, teachers and students are
gaining qualifications seems to be able to safe schools. Literature in schools prominent theories
control theory related to safety, school climate is the theory and social disorganization theory
Welsh, Greene vejenkins, 1999, cited in Light, 2004- 20): literature should focus on climate theory
of safe schools theory mentioned because the students by the school climate theory which is an
important factor that determines the behavior of school climate. The school by having a healthy and
an open climate of the school there is a direct correlation between safety. How the school has an
open climate is healthy and it is very safe school. Sergiovann (1991; cited in Light, 2004 - 17) used
to determine the school climate indicators; rules applying consistency (conformity), responsibility,
standards, rewards, organizational clarity has determined leadership with support and friendly
relations.
Protective measures and security arrangements are situations that require expert in a
comprehensive and preventive measures. Laws relating to the provision of school safety,
regulations, directives and circulars can only determine the general framework. Schools receive
professional support on these issues will be guiding the determination of the target. Creating
preventive counseling services in schools in line with targets set of managers and actively running
are required. Administrators, teachers, students, parents and staff of the advisory committees should
be established to ensure the participation and students' problem starting from the first measures and
practices should be identified.
Students go to school at home, at school, in the garden, in the classroom, on field trips, school
events, laboratory studies, sports competitions and the school should feel that they are one of them
on the way home with the school administration. That they felt about school safety issues are which
means that the given value their opinions. For this purpose, school administrators and students on a
regular basis to determine the strategy of preventive security measures in consultation with the
student council consisting of leaders and to find solutions to students' views should be taken
regularly.
567
REFERENCES
[1] ABD, National School Safety Center , 2004
[2] Beger, R. (2003). The worst of both worlds: School security and the disappearing
amendment rights of students. Criminal Justice Review, 28: 336354.
[3] Bucher, K.T and Manning, M.L. (2005)Creating safe schools. The Clearing House.
September/October 2005,Heldref Publications.
[4] Dew, K. (1995). Health and Safety. Managing Schools. V: 4
[5] Dnmez, B. (2001). School Safety Issues and The Role Of The School Administrator.
Theory and Practice Of Educational Administration, 7(25), 63-74.
[6] Dunn, Martin (1999). "Critica i Elements in School Security." Americin School
&University. Vol, 71, Issue 11, p.13-16.
[7] DWYER, K. and OSHER, D. (2000). Safeguarding our children: an action guide.
Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education and Justice, American Institute for
Research
[8] Ertukel 1974
[9] Gifford and others, O.ZTRK. Safe school books
[10] Gven, M. (2002). The Role and Tasks Of Counselors For School Safety. Educational
Research,
[11] Hill, 1996 The Relationship Between School Items , http://notoku.com/okulun-
ogeleri-arasindaki-iliskiler/
[12] Ik, H. (2004). School Safety: A Conceptual Analysis. Journal of Education, S:164,
[13] Ankara, Autumn-2004, Ministry of National Education publications
[14] Loft 1960
[15] Ministry of National Education (EARGED Ankara 2009) Determination of the factors
that lead to security problems in school.
[16] Orelly, E. M., Verdugo, R. R. (1999). Safe School ndicators: The Data and Social
Policy. Education and Urban Society, 31 (3), 334-348.
[17] O.ZTRK. Safe school books
[18] SERGIOVANNI, T. J. (1991). The Principalship: a reflective practice perspective.
Boston: Allyn and Bacon
[19] STEPHENS, R. D. (2004). School safety assessment services. http://www.nssc1.org
[20] Welsh, W. N. (2000). The effects of school climate on school disorder. ANNALS,
AAPSS, 567, Haziran 14, 2008 tarihinde http://ann.sagepub.com/cgi/content/
refs/567/1/88.
[21] WELSH, W. N., GREENE, J. R. and JENKINS, P. H. (1999). School disorder: the
influence of individual, institutional, community factors. Criminology, 37(1), 73-115
[22] Yost, 1960; Components of School Relations Between http: //notoku.com/ school-
items-in-relationships between
[23] Young, Dick. " Schools, Safetey And Our Children." American Association of School
Administrators- Leadership News. April 22, 1999.
568
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria
SAFETY TECHNIQUES IN SECTOR GALVANIZATION

Akin Nural1,Alexander Kirov2, Oguz Ozyaral3
ABSTRACT
Ensuring the durability against corrosion of metals to be coated with zinc electroplating
process given name. Galvanization is performed in two ways. These methods; Electro Galvanized
methods and methods are hot-dip galvanized. Galvanized zinc coating applied to steel or iron metal
wear resistance is increased. Thereby prevents corrosion. In addition to covering a very wide range
of hosts, the risks in terms of sector workers are threatening the environment and nature.
Coating Industry, used for heavy metals and additives staff is inviting to occupational diseases
and accidents. All of the occupational disease can be prevented if the necessary measures are taken.
However, workers in the sector of occupational health and get to safety the required notice of
sector-specific hazards and risks beyond basic education should vardrl ago should be aware of the
factors threatening the environment in should then become conscious of protecting their safety and
health.
Sectoral job security of employees and employers in the current state of the galvanizing
industry in our work and make the necessary efforts to create health awareness will be provided.
Employers and employees and is intended to raise awareness on all sides of the issue of waste and
environmental transformation.
Keywords: Occupational Health and Safety, galvanizing, occupational diseases, occupational

accidents.
1
Akin Nural, Ph. D. Student, Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar Bulgaria
2
Alexander Kirov, Assoc. Prof. PhD Varna Free University
3
569
1.Introduction
Galvanized, it dipped into molten zinc at 450-455 degrees while the iron is called the tiger.
Zinc, iron brings a triple layer formed by strong bonding phase.
This process especially against rust out, to work outdoors in all weather conditions is required
for the extension of the life of metals. If you have been galvanized metal chromate coating increases
the life.
The most common pretreatment applied Galvanizing
1. Clean or take the oil with the aid of solvents or aqueous alkaline cleaners. This cleaning
temperature (hot defatting) will be supported with the help of ultrasound or electrolysis.
2. etching (generally dilute sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid)
3. burning with concentrated acid (sulfuric-, with hydrochloric and nitric acid)
4. Electrolytic mold downloads
5. Neutralizing
6 to the Depakote (usually sulfuric-, sitrik- with hydrochloric or acetic acid)
All of these procedures while the methods include chemical risks.
Our work is done with basic awareness survey on the chemical aspects of consciousness and
awareness to understand the terms of a total of 24 employees in terms of job security of employees
in the galvanizing industry. Sectoral risks identified any lack of awareness of employees is intended
to minimize.
2. MATERIALS AND METHODS
In this study, basic occupational health and safety of employees in the galvanizing industry
operating within the boundaries of Istanbul province to investigate the awareness of the two
companies held with 24 participants in the questionnaire were used. In addition, master's and
doctoral theses that have been made so far, has benefited from scientific articles and other related
work.
Method
This work of employees in the galvanizing industry in order to assess the level of awareness
about basic occupational health and safety, based on face-to-face interview survey method was used
to obtain data. The said survey questions before preparing similar studies (JORDAN C.E.,
MARDER A.R.,1997;32:5593.) have been used and shown to be fit for purpose attention to the
questions and understandable.
Galvanizing sector workers in the province of Istanbul has been the main body of this study,
statistically. In the research, 95% confidence level and 5% error is calculated accepted (Gltekin
YILDIRIM, 2005).
Answered given sequential numbers starting from one survey to the form and according to
this number will be used in research by SPSS 15.0 for transfer to a computer using the Windows
package program was created by the database for statistical analysis. The majority of the
classification scale for the data entry identification data (nominal), as defined and data entry are
made that way.
The main occupational health of workers in the galvanizing industry research and awareness
about safety in the calculation, the weight given in Table 1 were used.
Some questions were posed to respondents to measure the level of consciousness. Participants
Starting from each positive and meaningful answers to these questions are made to social distance
range being equal proportions. Umeda These ratios yes, less / more (partial), and asked them no
choice of appropriate markings. At the end of the survey respondents will arise according to the
highest score of 60 points was found to be the lowest score 20. . According to the points that
determine the level of awareness about the respondents safety has been established. Ranges of these
points are given in Table 2.
570
Table 1: Level of consciousness scoring charts
Question Yes Low / lot No
1. Do you know the environment you work 3 2 1
hazards that affect your health?
2. Exercise Do you know the dangers in the 3 2 1
environment that will affect your safety?
3. Use your machine and you know enough about 3 2 1
the possible dangers of the equipment?
4. Use your machine and you know the conditions 3 2 1
of safe use of the equipment?
5. You have received training in the safe handling 3 2 1
of the equipment to makinev you use?
6 Know enough and hazards of chemicals you use 3 2 1
and do you know?
7. Do you know the conditions of safe use of 3 2 1
chemicals you use?
8. Have you received training on safe use of 3 2 1
chemicals and the recognition that you use?
9. Do you know the storage conditions of 3 2 1
chemical you use?
10. . Do you think that's enough of the impact of 3 2 1
personal protective equipment?
11. Personal protective equipment, and all you 3 2 1
can say I'm using my own will?
12. Given appropriate personal protective 3 2 1
equipment, what you are doing?
13. Of the chemicals you are using respiratory 3 2 1
disease Musunzar think it will lead to?
14. Do you think it will lead to skin diseases of 3 2 1
chemicals you use?
15. Do you know whether or chemical gas 3 2 1
measurements in the environment you are
working?
16. Do you think it is appropriate and adequate 3 2 1
ventilation system??
17 .Do you know work-related accidents in the 3 2 1
sector?
18. Do you know of occupational diseases in the 3 2 1
sector?
19 Does the safer ways of working in the 3 2 1
industry? Do you know?
20. Is there a danger of burned in the industry? Do 3 2 1
you know?
Table 2 consciousness level score ranges

Awareness Level Score
High 41-60
Central 21-40
Low 1-20
571
RESEARCH FINDINGS
The respondents to the survey findings on the socio-economic Features

The age of the respondents as a priority, education level, education level, task, findings
related to work experience and income are summarized in Table 3. An analysis of respondents, the
respondents; mainly in terms of age 26-35 (54.2%) and 36-45 (25%) were in the age range; the level
of education that the rate of 54.2% in terms of secondary school graduates; It has come in terms of
monthly income between $ 1,000 and 1,500 per 66,7%; When the rate of 87.5% and in terms of the
tasks they are working mainly in terms of 1-5 years work experience (45.8%) and 6-10 (50%) it is
understood to have years of experience.
Table 3 socio-economic characteristics of the respondents
Frequency Rate (%)

Age 18-25 3 12,5
26-35 13 54,2
36-45 6 25,0
45-st 2 8,3
Primary Secondary
education 1 3 12,5
5
High
13 54,2
School
License 5
5 20,8
License 3
3 12,5
Task Workers 21 87,5

Engineer 3 12,5
work 1-5 yl 11 45,8
experience
6-10 12 50,0
11-15 1 4,2
1-5 yl 11 45,8
Income 1000-1500 16 66,7
level
1500-2000 5 20,8
2000-2500 1 4,2
2500-3000 2 8,3
Awareness Level Findings on the General Safety of participants in the Galvanizing

Industry Survey
Generally iligili galvanizing businesses in employee safety awareness of basic occupational
health and safety of the chemicals used in industry with job security was developed to examine the
questions in two parts to measure consciousness. Statistical values of the responses to prepared
questions are listed below the table.
572
Questions for measuring the Basic Safety Awareness
Do you know the environment you work hazards that affect your
health?
Valid Cumulative
Frequency Percent Percent Percent
or less
2 8,3 8,3 8,3
(partially)
Yes 22 91,7 91,7 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you know the hazards you work in an environment that will affect
your safety?
Valid Cumulative
less(partially) 1 4,2 4,2 4,2
or 3 12,5 12,5 16,7
Yes 20 83,3 83,3 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Machinery and equipment you use, do you know enough about the
potential dangers?
Valid Cumulative
or less
3 12,5 12,5 12,5
(partially)
Yes 21 87,5 87,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Machinery and equipment you use, you know the safe conditions of
use?
Valid Cumulative
or less (partially) 1 4,2 4,2 4,2
Yes 23 95,8 95,8 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Have you received training on the safe use of equipment machine you
use?
573
Do you know the environment you work hazards that affect your
health?
Valid Cumulative
or less
2 8,3 8,3 8,3
(partially)
Yes 22 91,7 91,7 100,0
Cumulative
Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent
21 87,5 87,5 87,5
No Yes 3 12,5 12,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you think that's enough of the impact of personal protective

equipment?
Valid Cumulative
No 1 4,2 4,2 4,2
Or less
3 12,5 12,5 16,7
(partially)
Yes 20 83,3 83,3 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
All with personal protective equipment I use on my own Would you
say that?
Valid Cumulative
No 2 8,3 8,3 8,3
Or less
4 16,7 16,7 25,0
(Partially)
Yes 18 75,0 75,0 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
574
Is what you are doing given appropriate personal protective
equipment?
Valid Cumulative
No 17 70,8 70,8 70,8
Or less
3 12,5 12,5 83,3
(partially)
Yes 4 16,7 16,7 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you think it is appropriate and adequate ventilation system?
Valid Cumulative
No 15 62,5 62,5 62,5
or less
4 16,7 16,7 79,2
(partially
Yes 5 20,8 20,8 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you know work-related accidents in the sector?

Valid Cumulative
No 3 12,5 12,5 12,5
Or less
13 54,2 54,2 66,7
(partially)
Yes 8 33,3 33,3 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
575
Do you know of occupational diseases in the sector?
Valid Cumulative
2 8,3 8,3 8,3
No Or
14 58,3 58,3 66,7
less(partially)
Yes 8 33,3 33,3 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Is there a safer way of working in the industry? Do you know?

Valid Cumulative
No 9 37,5 37,5 37,5
Or less(
5 20,8 20,8 58,3
partially)
Yes 10 41,7 41,7 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Is there a fire hazard in the industry? Do you know?

Cumulative
Yes 24 100,0 100,0 100,0
You have received training in the safe handling of the equipment you
use to machine?
Cumulative
No 21 87,5 87,5 87,5
Yes 3 12,5 12,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Working with chemical substances in occupational health and safety awareness answers to the
questions to measure
576
You know enough of the chemicals and hazards you use and do you
know?
Valid Cumulative
No 3 12,5 12,5 12,5
Or
18 75,0 75,0 87,5
less(partially)
Yes 3 12,5 12,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you know the conditions of safe use of chemicals you use?

Valid Cumulative
No 2 8,3 8,3 8,3
Or
13 54,2 54,2 62,5
less(partially)
Yes 9 37,5 37,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Have you received training on safe use of chemicals and the recognition
that you use?
Valid
Frequency Percent Percent Cumulative Percent
No 22 91,7 91,7 91,7
Yes 2 8,3 8,3 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you know the storage conditions of chemical you use?
Valid Cumulative
No 3 12,5 12,5 12,5
Or
17 70,8 70,8 83,3
less(partially)
Yes 4 16,7 16,7 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you think the use of chemicals that lead to respiratory diseases?
577
Valid Cumulative
No 2 8,3 8,3 8,3
Or
13 54,2 54,2 62,5
less(partially)
Yes 9 37,5 37,5 100,0
Valid Cumulative
Or
3 12,5 12,5 12,5
less(partially)
Yes 21 87,5 87,5 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you think it will lead to skin diseases of chemicals you use?
Valid Cumulative
Or less
2 8,3 8,3 8,3
(partially)
Yes 22 91,7 91,7 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
Do you know whether or chemical gas measurements in environments

in which you work?
Valid
Frequency Percent Percent Cumulative Percent
No 12 50,0 50,0 50,0
Yes 12 50,0 50,0 100,0
Total 24 100,0 100,0
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Job security should be taken to foster a culture should not be forgotten that the most important
step of education basic safety of its employees in the galvanizing industry has emerged in the
survey, the level of consciousness .. accidents and safety need to build a culture can be reduced to
reduce or minimum level of occupational diseases.
When galvanizing sector workers examined the basic safety quite high leaving the safety of
the average per capita level of awareness can create the illusion that the formation of culture.
In our study findings sector basic safety level in the range of 41-60 points in all of the
respondents that came at a high level. Subsequently, working with chemicals in occupational health
and safety levels are found to be higher by 75%. However, it was concluded that awareness of the
blood brought complacency to employers. Chemicals in working with occupational health and
safety awareness to the question "Have you received training on safe use of chemicals and the
recognition you use?" The answer given to the question of rates is striking employees. The
578
proportion of employees said yes to this question is only 8.3%. no answer those who suggest that
the rate of 91.7% employees ievr need not introduce chemicals. Yes, education is the answer to
that part of the investigation were found to be 8.3% of the university graduates.
Given the consciousnesses of largely acquired through education and occupational health and
safety obligations that the law employers are not given sufficient thought to their education. In the
education sector, as it is given the necessary attention by the galvanizing We absolutely have the
idea that every sector of occupational diseases and accidents at work decreased.
REFERENCES
[1] JORDAN C.E., MARDER A.R., Fe-Zn Phase Formation in Interstitial-Free Steels
Hot-Dip Galvanized At 450 Oc, Part I 0.00 Wt% Al-Zn Baths, J Mater Sci
1997;32:5593
[2] Gltekin YILDIRIM, Galvano sektrnde Meslek Hastalklar, Zehirlenmeler ve lk
yardm, 2005.
579
VII
,
28 30 2015 .
,
28 30 May 2015
Varna, Bulgaria

1, 2
:
(, , , .),
.
.

. ,
.
: , , , ,
, ,
SAFE CONDITIONS OF LABOR IN THE MEDICAL FACILITIES

Ismail Hodjaoglu1, Aneta Georgieva2
ABSTRACT:
In the article are viewed different factors (biological, chemical, physical, social, etc.)
influencing the safe conditions of labor in the medical facilities. A classification was made on the
unhealthy conditions of the working place. Proposed were technological processes and technical
resources for preventing the influence of the unhealthy factors. Underlined was the need of addition
of the regulatory and documentary base that regulates the safe conditions of labor in the health
sector.
Keywords: biological, physical, chemical factors, safety, medical facilities, prevention, health
sector
1
, , ,
Ismail Hakka Hodjaoglu, , PhD student, Istanbul, Turkey
2
. - . ,
Ass. Prof. Ph D-r dipl. Eng. Aneta Georgieva, VFU Chernorizets Hrabar
580
1. Introduction
From the right organization of the safe conditions of labor in the medical facilities depends
not only the health and life of the medical personnel, but also the patients health and life. The
security of the labor in this branch is linked to a lot of factors: first of all, with the specification of
the medicine, the essence of which is to protect the health of the people; secondly, the use of
medical apparatus with different levels of complexity and unhealthy for the people components (X-
rays and fluoride, radionuclides, lasers, etc.); thirdly, with a lot of trends in the medical fields [2].
Factors influencing the safe conditions of labor
We will review and classify the different factors influencing the safe conditions of labor in the
medical facilities [2].
1. Factors of the environment.

They can be classified in the following categories:
1.1.1. Biological factors.
Picture 1. Rod-shaped viruses in the epithelial cells
To them can be assigned the viral-picture 1, bacterial, parasitical and other health risk factors
for the personnel and the patients.
1.2. Mechanical, physical and chemical factors.
These are noise, vibrations, ultrasound, infrasound, heath, ionizing, etc. X-ray. Rays
and other rays, laser and radionuclides, chemical vapor compositions and
preparations and etc.
1.3. Factors linked to the social environment.
To these factors can be assigned the conditions of living standards, labor and
relacation, nutrition, water supply, etc.
1.4. Other factors of the environment.
They are linked to the specification and the diversity in medical practice -
Gynecology, Dentistry, Oncology, etc.
2. Factors of the social environment

To them the following can be added:
2.1. Physical factors-hardness of labor, mental overload, etc.
581
2.2. Chemical factors- linked to the use of unhealthy chemical compositions and
components;
2.3 Biological factors-conditions for working with safe biological chemicals, bacteria,
viruses, parasites, etc.
2.4. Labor factors- tension in the work force, dissatisfaction, etc.
3. Unhealthy chemical industrial factors.

They can be classified in the following categories:
3.1 Generally toxic
3.2. Irritable;
3.3. Sensitizing;
3.4. Mutagenic;
3.5. Carcinogenic;
3.6. Factors affecting the reproductive functions;
Protection from the impact of unhealthy and dangerous factors in the medical facilities
The protection from the impact of unhealthy and dangerous factors, influencing the health of
the medical personnel and patients follows to lead in the following areas:
1. Improvement of the technological processes.
This includes automation of the technological processes in the medical laboratories and
diagnostic apparatus, shortening the duration of the technological processes, assessment
of the effectiveness of the medical technologies and others.
2. Modernization of the technical resources in the medical facilities.
With the change of the medical equipment and the establishment of new technical
resources, the protection from the impact of dangerous factors in the medical facilities
can be significantly improved.
3. Spatial and timely protection.
This includes following the technological safety precautions of distance between medical
personnel and patients in close proximity to specialized complexes and laboratories,
following the rules for allotted time for observance of research, etc.
4. The use of communal and individual resources for protection.
They classify in several categories:
4.1. Equipment for protection of the face and respiratory system-Picture 2.
Picture 2. Individual equipment for protection in a strongly infectious environment.
582
Filtering masks- the main protective function is performed by the respiratory part
which cleans the inhaled air.
Isolation fixings they separate completely the respiratory organs from the outer
environment; the process of breathing with them functions through oxygen that is
located in the apparatus;
Respirators;
Anti-dust masks and cotton-gauze masks.
4.2. Means for protection of the skin and the body.

They protect the skin and the body from radioactive and chemical substances and biological
agents. They are classified in the following categories:
Isolating protective means- made of waterproof material- suits, cloaks, boots, gloves,
etc.
Filtering protective means- impregnated with special substances;
Medical resources for protection antidotes, radio protectors, vaccines, serums, etc.
Conclusion
1. The study of the different factors influencing the safe conditions of labor in the medical
facilities gives an opportunity to choose and adopt the most contemporary and effective
methods for protection of their impact.
2. The right organization of labor security in the medical facilities keeps the health and
lives not only of the medical personnel, but also of the patients.
3. Needed are changes and additions to the Norm base regarding the responsibilities of the
country and the private businesses for creating safe conditions of labor in the health
sector.
REFERENCES
[1] Russell M. Rivers, Diane Swain, William R. Nixon. Using Aviation Safety Measures to
Enhance Patient Outcomes. AORN Journal, January 2003.
[2] Keroack, Mark A. MD, MPH; Youngberg, Barbara J. JD, MSW; Cerese, Julie L. MSN;
Krsek, Cathleen MSN, MBA; Prellwitz, Leslie W. MBA; Trevelyan, Eoin W. DBA
Organizational Factors Associated with High Performance in Quality and Safety in
Academic Medical Centers. Academic Medicine, December 2007.
583

9007 ..
www.vfu.bg

. +359 52 359 587
+359 52 359 621
email: as@vfu.bg
email: sss@vfu.bg
ISSN 2367-7252

09 Proceedings 7th ISC Varna 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

09 Proceedings 7th ISC Varna 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar

7th International Scientific Conference

Varna Free University Chernorizets Hrabar

7th International Scientific Conference

ON THE PRECISELY MODELING OF THE NODES FROM STEEL STRUCTURES

SOME ISSUES OF FINISHING PRODUCTION WASTEWATER TREATMENT

SAFETY ENGINEERING IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASUREMENT OF PERCEPTION

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY STUDY IN FUEL STATIONS

GREEN PORT CONCEPTION AND LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES

THE REASONS FOR GREAT FIRES AND EXPLOSION INCIDENTS IN THE

ANALYSIS OF WORK ACCIDENTS WHICH HAPPENED IN ELECTRIC

TRAFFIC ACADEMY FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY IN TRAFFIC

SAFETY PROTECTIVE MEASURES IN UNIVERSITY PREP

SAFETY TECHNIQUES IN SECTOR GALVANIZATION

THE BALANCE BETWEEN PLANNING AND THE MARKET IN THE CURRENT

FIRE SAFETY IN THE INVESTMENT PROCESS - REGULATORY UPDATE.

Keywords: fire safety, regulations.

SOFIAS SUBURBAN AREAS: INITIAL CONCLUSIONS ABOUT THE

Keywords: spatial planning under market conditions, suburbanization, market machanism

ARCHITECTURE OF THE 21ST CENTURY IS DETERMINED BY THE CAPABILITIES

. 20. NANA, Bulgari, , 2012;

THE MASKARONS ELEMENT OF THE FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE OF

Keywords: maskaron, ornaments, facade decoration, embossed images, plastic language

URBAN PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION DEVELOPMENT OF SOFIA AND

Keywords: urban planning, transport, technical infrastructure, centralized governance,

SIGNIFICANT BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ALONG THE BULGARIAN BLACK SEA

Keywords: black sea coastline, buildings, facilities, city, development

URBAN AND INFRASTRUCTURAL CHANGES ON THE TERRITORY OF

Keywords: infrastructure, Danube bridge 2, Vidin Municipality, traffic flow

NOVEL LEARNING ENVIRONMENT FOR THE EDUCATION OF THE 21ST

Keywords: education, school, school architecture, learning environment

Kirkkojrvi Comprehensive School Sakarinmki school and day nursery, ,

restad College ,Copenhagen,

Gehua Youth and Cultural Center, , .

REHABILITATION OF EXISTING PREFABRICATED APARTMENT BUILDINGS

Keywords: sustainable architecture, reconstruction, prefabricated panel apartment buildings

CONTEMPORARY TRENDS IN DESIGNING ENERGY SUFFICIENT SPORTS

Keywords: energy-sufficient sports facilities, sustainable architecture, stadiums, sports halls

3.1 , (MetLife Stadium)

3.2 , (Cape Town Stadium)

3.3 , , (Castelao Arena)

4.1 , , (VTB Arena)

HISTORICAL OVERVIEW OF TECHNOLOGIES AND THEIR IMPACT ON THE

Keywords: architecture, design, industrial buildings, technology, history

. 3. , Sayner Hhtte, (1818-1830) [6]

.9. (1964) [20];

AN APPROACH FOR ACTUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF BIM TECHNOLOGY

Keywords: architecture, design, information technologies, Building Information Modeling,

ARCHITECTURAL APPROACH FOR CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIAL

Keywords: classification, industrial buildings, architecture

INNOVATIVE URBAN STRUCTURES FOR HI-TECH PRODUCTION

Keywords: urban planning, architecture, design, innovative production, technological park,

APPLICATION OF FACADE SYSTEMS AS PART OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT OF

. 1. , (c) Vinzenz Schller

TYPOLOGY IN ARCHITECTURE OF MEDIEVAL EASTERN ORTHODOX

Keywords: architecture, history, monasteries, typology

ANCIENT PORT FORMS ALONG BULGARIAN BLACK SEA COASTLINE

18. /Naulochus// Templum Iovis .

EXHIBITING AND PROTECTION OF CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL HERITAGE IN

RESEARCH ON THE TRENDS IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF MODULAR AND

NATURAL LIGHTING OF BUILDINGS

Keywords: architecture, natural lighting, light domes, light wells

.10. Zaragoza Bridge Pavillon